m/s. jay chemical industries limited,...

M/S. JAY CHEMICAL

INDUSTRIES LIMITED, UNIT-3

EIA report for Proposed Expansion of Synthetic Organic Dyes Manufacturing Plant at Plot No. 109 and 220, Phase - II, GIDC, Vatva, Taluka & District Ahmedabad, State Gujarat

NOVEMBER 2019

Kadam Environmental Consultants

w w w . k a d a m e n v i r o . c o m

E n v i r o n m e n t f o r D e v e l o p m e n t

E: [email protected]; T:+91-265-6131000

ACCREDITATION DETAILS

NABET Certificate No.: NABET/EIA/1619/RA 0042, Issued on 28-03-2017, Valid up to 26-05-2019

QCI/NABET/EIA/ACO/19/0961, Issued on 15-04-2019, valid up to 15-10-2019

NABET/EIA/1922/RA 0138, Issued on 05-08-2019, Valid up to 25-05-2022

M/S. JAY CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES LIMITED, UNIT-3

PROPOSED EXPANSION OF SYNTHETIC

ORGANIC DYES MANUFACTURING PLANT AT

VATVA GIDC, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT QUALITY CONTROL

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | NOVEMBER 2019 2

M/s. Jay Chemical Industries Limited, Unit-3

EIA Report for Proposed Expansion of Synthetic Organic Dyes Manufacturing Plant at Plot No. Plot no. - 109 and 220, Phase - II, GIDC, Vatva, Taluka & District Ahmedabad, State Gujarat © Kadam Environmental Consultants (‘Kadam’), November, 2019

This report is released for the use of Jay Chemical Industries Limited Unit-3, Regulators and relevant stakeholders

solely as part of the subject project’s Environmental Clearance process. Information provided, unless attributed to

referenced third parties, is copyrighted and shall not be used for any other purpose without the written consent of

Kadam.

QUALITY CONTROL

Name of Publication

EIA Report for Proposed Expansion of Synthetic Organic Dyes Manufacturing Plant at Plot No. Plot no. - 109 and 220, Phase - II, GIDC, Vatva, Taluka & District Ahmedabad, State Gujarat

Project Number 1835942106 Issue No. 1 Revision No. 0 Released November, 2019

DISCLAIMER

Kadam has taken all reasonable precautions in the preparation of this report as per its auditable quality plan. Kadam also believes that the facts presented in the report are accurate as on the date it was written. However, it is impossible to dismiss absolutely, the possibility of errors or omissions. Kadam therefore specifically disclaims any liability resulting from the use or application of the information contained in this report. The information is not intended to serve as legal advice related to the

individual situation.

Description of images on the front page:

1. Main Gate 2. Existing Process Plant

3. Plant Area






DECLARATION BY EXPERTS CONTRIBUTING TO THIS REPORT

“I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed this Report”.

EIA Sector Number as per NABET

21 Name of Sector as

per NABET Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry

EIA COORDINATOR

FUNCTIONAL AREA EXPERTS




VATVA GIDC, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT INTRODUCTION


TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 INTRODUCTION 36

1.1 Purpose of the Report .............................................................................................................. 36

1.2 Identification of project and project proponent ...................................................................... 36

1.2.1 Identification of the project .............................................................................................. 36

1.2.2 Identification of project proponent ................................................................................... 39

1.3 Brief description of the project ................................................................................................ 40

1.3.1 Nature of the Project ......................................................................................................... 40

1.3.2 Location and Size ............................................................................................................... 40

1.3.3 Investment ........................................................................................................................ 40

1.3.4 Employment Generation (Direct and Indirect) due to the project ..................................... 40

1.3.5 Site Photographs ............................................................................................................... 40

1.4 Scope of study.......................................................................................................................... 41

1.4.1 Terms of Reference............................................................................................................ 41

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 52

2.1 Type of Project ......................................................................................................................... 52

2.2 Need for the project ................................................................................................................. 52

2.3 Location ................................................................................................................................... 52

2.3.1 Immediate Neighbours ...................................................................................................... 57

2.3.2 List of Industries ............................................................................................................... 57

2.4 Approach and Connectivity to Facility...................................................................................... 57

2.4.1 By Road.............................................................................................................................. 57

2.4.2 By Rail................................................................................................................................ 57

2.4.3 By Air ................................................................................................................................. 57

2.5 Size or magnitude of operation ................................................................................................ 58

2.5.1 Site History ........................................................................................................................ 58

2.5.2 Justification for product and unit size ............................................................................... 58

2.6 Best Available Technologies (BAT)........................................................................................... 58

2.6.1 Preparation of Disperse Dyes Crude .................................................................................. 58

2.6.2 Formulation ....................................................................................................................... 58

2.7 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation .............................................................. 58

2.8 Technology and process description ........................................................................................ 59

2.8.1 Reactive Dyes .................................................................................................................... 59






2.8.2 Disperse Dyes ................................................................................................................... 102

2.9 Solvent Recovery System ........................................................................................................ 142

2.10 End Use of Products ................................................................................................................ 143

2.11 Cleaner Production Activities .................................................................................................. 143

2.11.1 List of Key Equipment ....................................................................................................... 144

2.12 Properties of Raw Materials .................................................................................................... 147

2.13 Storage & Transportation of Raw Materials ............................................................................ 152

2.13.1 Storage details of Raw Materials ...................................................................................... 152

2.13.2 Transportation details of Raw Materials ........................................................................... 157

2.14 Utilities.................................................................................................................................... 161

2.15 Infrastructure Facility ............................................................................................................. 161

2.15.1 Land Requirement ............................................................................................................ 161

2.15.2 Effluent Disposal Facility .................................................................................................. 161

2.15.3 Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility ................................................................................... 161

2.16 Water Consumption, wastewater Generation and Treatment Facilities ................................. 162

2.16.1 Source of water Supply..................................................................................................... 162

2.16.2 Water Consumption, Wastewater Generation for Proposed Unit ..................................... 162

2.17 Wastewater Treatment Scheme.............................................................................................. 166

2.17.1 Waste Water Generation Areas and Quantification .......................................................... 166

2.17.2 Combined Inlet Characteristics to the Existing ETP ......................................................... 166

2.17.3 Design Inlet & Outlet characteristics of ETP..................................................................... 166

2.17.4 Sizing of Existing ETP Units .............................................................................................. 167

2.17.5 Process Description of Existing ETP Units ........................................................................ 167

2.17.6 Performance Evaluation of Existing ETP ........................................................................... 167

2.17.7 Adequacy of Existing ETP Treatment Units ....................................................................... 169

2.17.8 Characterization of Process Waste Streams and Combined Inlet to ETP.......................... 171

2.18 Details of Proposed ETP Scheme ............................................................................................. 173

2.18.1 Design Flow ...................................................................................................................... 173

2.18.2 Design Inlet and Outlet Characteristics for proposed ETP................................................ 173

2.18.3 Recycling RO System Design Basis ................................................................................... 173

2.18.4 Design Basis for MEE System ............................................................................................ 174

2.18.5 Sizing of Proposed ETP Units ............................................................................................ 174

2.18.6 Process Description of Proposed ETP Units ...................................................................... 175

2.18.7 Adequacy of proposed ETP Plant ...................................................................................... 177






2.18.8 Details of RO ..................................................................................................................... 179

2.18.9 Details of MEE and ATFD ................................................................................................... 182

2.18.10 Techno-Economic Viability of Effluent Treatment System............................................. 185

2.18.11 Water Conservation Measures ....................................................................................... 185

2.18.12 Management Plan for effluent generated (spillage, leakages, vessel washing etc.) ..... 186

2.18.13 Measures proposed for preventing effluent discharge .................................................. 186

2.19 Fuel Consumption ................................................................................................................... 186

2.20 Air Emission ............................................................................................................................ 187

2.20.1 Point source emission & control measures ....................................................................... 187

2.20.2 Details of Air Pollution Control Measures from point source emissions ........................... 188

2.20.3 Adequacy –Air pollution Load ........................................................................................... 191

2.20.4 Line sources/fugitive emission & control measures ......................................................... 196

2.20.5 Odour Control Measures ................................................................................................... 196

2.20.6 Energy Conservation Measures......................................................................................... 196

2.21 Solid and Hazardous Waste Generation and Disposal ............................................................. 197

2.21.1 Quantification, Classification, Collection, Transportation and Disposal of Solid /

Hazardous Waste .......................................................................................................................... 197

2.21.2 Measures to be taken to Minimize Manual Handling ........................................................ 198

3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

199

3.1 General.................................................................................................................................... 199

3.2 Methodology ........................................................................................................................... 199

3.3 Study Area included in Environmental Setting........................................................................ 199

3.4 Landuse& Land Cover ............................................................................................................. 199

3.4.1 Classification of Land use and Land cover ........................................................................ 199

3.4.2 Study Area ........................................................................................................................ 199

3.4.3 Study Methodology Adopted............................................................................................. 199

3.4.4 Data Collection ................................................................................................................. 200

3.4.5 Interpretation of Satellite Data ........................................................................................ 200

3.4.6 Land use and Land cover Pattern of Study Area ............................................................... 201

3.4.7 Class Wise Area Statistics ................................................................................................. 204

3.4.8 Proximity to Sea / Water Bodies ...................................................................................... 205

3.4.9 Important Features within the Study Area ....................................................................... 205

3.5 Climate of the Study Area ....................................................................................................... 208

3.5.1 Temperature ..................................................................................................................... 208






3.5.2 Humidity ........................................................................................................................... 208

3.5.3 Wind Speed ....................................................................................................................... 208

3.5.4 Wind Direction .................................................................................................................. 208

3.5.5 Cloud cover ....................................................................................................................... 209

3.5.6 Rainfall ............................................................................................................................. 209

3.5.7 Average Long Term Meteorological condition .................................................................. 209

3.5.8 Site specific Meteorology .................................................................................................. 210

3.6 Ambient Air Quality ................................................................................................................. 213

3.6.1 Study Area & Study Period................................................................................................ 213

3.6.2 Methodology of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring .............................................................. 213

3.6.3 Secondary data ................................................................................................................. 213

3.6.4 Primary Data..................................................................................................................... 214

3.6.5 Ambient Air monitoring analysis results ........................................................................... 217

3.7 Traffic Survey .......................................................................................................................... 220

3.8 Noise Environment .................................................................................................................. 224

3.8.1 Selection of Noise Monitoring Locations........................................................................... 224

3.8.2 Noise Level Results ........................................................................................................... 225

3.8.3 Observation ...................................................................................................................... 225

3.9 Water Pollution ....................................................................................................................... 225

3.9.1 Groundwater Environment ............................................................................................... 225

3.9.2 Surface water Environment .............................................................................................. 229

3.9.3 General Study Methodology.............................................................................................. 229

3.10 Hydrogeology .......................................................................................................................... 232

3.10.1 Topography & Geomorphology ......................................................................................... 232

3.10.2 Drainage ........................................................................................................................... 232

3.10.3 Geological Conditions ....................................................................................................... 235

3.10.4 Hydrogeological condition ................................................................................................ 236

3.10.5 Seismicity ......................................................................................................................... 236

3.11 Soil Environment ..................................................................................................................... 238

3.11.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................... 238

3.11.2 Objectives ......................................................................................................................... 238

3.11.3 Methodology ..................................................................................................................... 238

3.11.4 Soil Sampling Locations .................................................................................................... 238

3.11.5 Sampling Results and Analysis Methodology.................................................................... 238






3.11.6 Soil Quality ....................................................................................................................... 239

3.11.7 Soil Quality Interpretation................................................................................................ 239

3.12 Ecology and Biodiversity ......................................................................................................... 239

3.12.1 Study Period ..................................................................................................................... 239

3.12.2 Scope, Aim and Objectives ............................................................................................... 239

3.12.3 Study Area ........................................................................................................................ 240

3.12.4 Methodology ..................................................................................................................... 241

3.12.5 Threatened Biodiversity Assessment Criteria ................................................................... 241

3.12.6 Study Details .................................................................................................................... 241

3.12.7 Baseline Status of Biodiversity ......................................................................................... 241

3.13 SOCIO-ECONOMICS ................................................................................................................ 247

3.13.1 Demographic Profile of Project District and Sub-Disrict................................................... 247

3.13.2 Brief Profile of Study Area ................................................................................................ 248

3.13.3 Social Profile ..................................................................................................................... 249

4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

254

4.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................ 254

4.2 Methodology of Identification and Assessment of Environmental Impacts ............................ 254

4.3 Quantifying the Likelihood of Occurrence of the Impact ........................................................ 262

4.4 Quantifying Environmental Impact significance except for Land use land Cover Component 262

4.5 Quantifying Environmental Impact Significance for Land Use Land Cover Component .......... 262

4.6 Categorising Environmental Impact Significance ................................................................... 262

4.7 Mitigation Measures................................................................................................................ 263

4.8 Identification of Impacting Activities for the Proposed Project ............................................. 263

4.9 Land Environment ................................................................................................................... 265

4.9.1 Identification of Impacting Activities for the Proposed Project ....................................... 265

4.9.2 Land Acquisition leading to change in Land use/cover .................................................... 265

4.9.3 Site Preparation ................................................................................................................ 265

4.10 Air Environment ...................................................................................................................... 266

4.10.1 Impact Scoring – Air Quality............................................................................................. 266

4.10.2 Impact prediction & Mitigation Measures......................................................................... 269

4.10.3 Impact on Ambient Air Quality ......................................................................................... 270

4.10.4 Results of Air dispersion modelling .................................................................................. 275

4.10.5 Prediction of incremental GLC of pollutants in Ambient Air ............................................. 277






4.10.6 Mitigation Measures ......................................................................................................... 280

4.11 Incremental Traffic ................................................................................................................. 280

4.11.1 Impact due to transportation ........................................................................................... 282


4.11.3 Fugitive Emission & Control Technologies ........................................................................ 282

4.11.4 Sources of Secondary Emission & Control ........................................................................ 282

4.11.5 Action Plan for Fugitive Emission Control ......................................................................... 282

4.12 Noise Environment .................................................................................................................. 283

4.12.1 Mitigation Measure ........................................................................................................... 283

4.12.2 Assessment of Noise using Sound Plan............................................................................. 286

4.12.3 Consideration during the analysis .................................................................................... 286

4.13 Surface Water and Hazardous Waste Management ................................................................ 290

4.14 Soil Environment ..................................................................................................................... 291


4.15 Hydrological Environment ....................................................................................................... 291

4.16 Ecological and Biological Environment ................................................................................... 293

4.17 Socio Economics...................................................................................................................... 294

4.17.1 Suggested community development activities ................................................................. 294

4.17.2 Impacts............................................................................................................................. 294


4.18 Occupational Health and Risk to Surrounding Community ..................................................... 295

4.18.1 Due to Storage of Hazardous Chemicals ........................................................................... 295

4.18.2 General Safety Measures .................................................................................................. 296


5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (Technology & Site)

298

6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

299

6.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan .............................................................................................. 299

6.2 Regulatory Framework ........................................................................................................... 304

6.3 Details of In-House Monitoring System .................................................................................. 304

7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

306

7.1 Public Consultation ................................................................................................................. 306






7.2 Risk Assessment ..................................................................................................................... 306

7.2.1 Background....................................................................................................................... 306

7.2.2 Key definition ................................................................................................................... 306

7.2.3 Methodology for Risk Assessment .................................................................................... 307

7.2.4 Hazard Identification ........................................................................................................ 307

7.2.5 Selection of Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios (MCLs’) ................................................... 309

7.2.6 Simulation of Release and Development of Contours ....................................................... 311

7.2.7 Compilation of results....................................................................................................... 322

7.3 Safety Measures ...................................................................................................................... 323

7.3.1 Treatment and Control ..................................................................................................... 323

7.3.2 Control Measures for Hazardous Raw Materials ............................................................... 323

7.3.3 Precaution during Storage, process and handling of chemicals ....................................... 323

7.3.4 Precautions to be taken during Transportation ................................................................ 324

7.3.5 Information about Ammonia Hazards and Precaution to be taken in case of Gas Leakage.

324

7.3.6 Information about Ethylene oxide Hazards and Precaution to be taken in case of Gas

Leakage. ........................................................................................................................................ 326

7.4 Disaster Management Plan ..................................................................................................... 328

7.4.1 Objectives ......................................................................................................................... 328

7.4.2 Roles and Responsibilities ................................................................................................ 329

7.4.3 Outside Organizations if involved in assisting On Site emergency ................................... 332

7.4.4 Types of Accident & System Elements .............................................................................. 333

7.4.5 Emergency Control Centre: ............................................................................................... 334

7.4.6 Measures taken to Avoid Stress and Strain ...................................................................... 334

7.4.7 Details regarding communication facilities available ....................................................... 334

7.4.8 Details of fire - fighting and other facilities ...................................................................... 335

7.4.9 Details of Antidotes .......................................................................................................... 336

7.5 Safety measures to be taken for general Public living in the vicinity ..................................... 336

7.5.1 Off-Site Emergency Plan ................................................................................................... 336

7.6 Leak Detection and Repair Programme (LDAR) ...................................................................... 337

7.7 Checklist of Do’s and Don’ts of preventive maintenance, strengthening of HSE, manufacturing

utility staff for safety related measures ........................................................................................... 338

8 PROJECT BENEFITS

341

8.1 Improvements in the physical infrastructure.......................................................................... 341






8.2 Improvements in the social infrastructure ............................................................................. 341

8.3 Employment potential –skilled; semi-skilled and unskilled .................................................... 341

9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

342

10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

343

10.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................ 343

10.2 Environmental Management Plan ........................................................................................... 344

10.2.1 Land Use ........................................................................................................................... 344

10.2.2 Air Quality ......................................................................................................................... 344

10.2.3 Noise Environment ........................................................................................................... 346

10.2.4 Water Quality and Hazardous waste managemnent & disposal ....................................... 347

10.2.5 Soil .................................................................................................................................... 349

10.2.6 Ecology and Biodiversity ................................................................................................... 349

10.2.7 Rainwater harvesting ....................................................................................................... 352

10.2.8 Social Management Plan................................................................................................... 352

10.2.9 Occupational Health Management Plan ............................................................................ 353

10.3 Environment Management Cell ............................................................................................... 354

10.4 Expenditure on Environmental Matters .................................................................................. 355

11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

357

11.1 Introduction and Background ................................................................................................. 357

11.2 Identification of the project .................................................................................................... 357

11.3 Regulatory Framework ........................................................................................................... 360

11.3.1 Need for the project and its importance to region............................................................ 360

11.4 Project Details......................................................................................................................... 360

11.4.1 Cost of the Project ............................................................................................................ 360

11.4.2 Area statement ................................................................................................................. 361

11.4.3 Power Requirement .......................................................................................................... 361

11.4.4 Water Resources & Water Quality .................................................................................... 361

11.4.5 Air Emission ...................................................................................................................... 361

11.4.6 Solid and Hazardous Waste Generation and Disposal ...................................................... 361

11.4.7 Employment Generation ................................................................................................... 361

11.5 Description of Environment .................................................................................................... 362






11.5.1 Study Period ..................................................................................................................... 362

11.5.2 Study Area ........................................................................................................................ 362

11.5.3 Landuse of the Study Area ................................................................................................ 362

11.5.4 Climatology....................................................................................................................... 362

11.5.5 Ambient Air Quality .......................................................................................................... 363

11.5.6 Noise ................................................................................................................................. 364

11.5.7 Surface Water Quality....................................................................................................... 364

11.5.8 Ground Water Quality ....................................................................................................... 364

11.5.9 Soil .................................................................................................................................... 365

11.5.10 Biological Environment.................................................................................................. 365

11.5.11 Socio-Economics ............................................................................................................ 365

11.6 Explanation of How, Adverse Effects have been Mitigated ..................................................... 365

11.6.1 Air Environment ................................................................................................................ 365

11.6.2 Noise Environment ........................................................................................................... 369

11.6.3 Hydrology, Surface Water and Ground Water................................................................... 370

11.6.4 Soil .................................................................................................................................... 371

11.6.5 Ecology & Biodiversity ...................................................................................................... 371

11.6.6 Socio-Economic Environment ........................................................................................... 371

11.6.7 Occupational Health & Risk .............................................................................................. 372

11.7 Environmental Management Plan (EMP) ................................................................................ 373

11.8 Environmental Monitoring Plan .............................................................................................. 374

11.9 Conclusion............................................................................................................................... 377

12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

378

12.1 Brief Resume and Nature of Consultancy Rendered by Kadam Environmental Consultants... 378

12.2 EIA Team Members ................................................................................................................. 379






LIST OF ANNEXURES

Annexure 1: Copy of ToR Letter issued by SEIAA, Gujarat 380

Annexure 2: Land Transfer Document 389

Annexure 3: Existing CTO 391

Annexure 4: Compliance of Existing CTO 395

Annexure 5: Water Supply Permission Letter for Water Consumption by VIA 407

Annexure 6: Existing Membership Certificate of M/s. The Green Environment Services Co-op. Society

Ltd. for Wastewater Discharge 408

Annexure 7: Membership Certificates for Hazardous Waste disposal 409

Annexure 8: Site layout Map with entry exit gate and fire tendor movement 416

Annexure 9: Detailed Document of Common Facilities 417

Annexure 10: Methodology and Photo-documentation of Baseline Monitoring 428

Annexure 11: Conservation Plan for Schedule – I Species 438

Annexure 12: Long-term climatological table (1981-2010) published by IMD for Ahmedabad 442

Annexure 13: Detailed result of Ambient Air Quality monitoring 444

Annexure 14: Detailed Traffic Survey data sheets 449

Annexure 15: Air Dispersion Modelling Results – GLC Isopleths & Reports for all parameters of air

emission sources from the proposed project 466

Annexure 16: Undertaking for not dig any Borewell within the premises 490

Annexure 17: Permission from PESO, Nagpur for storage of solvents 491

Annexure 18: Space allotment letter from GIDC for greenbelt development 493

Annexure 19: Monitoring reports of the ambient air quality for June-2019 & July-2019 & Workplace

Monitoring report for Aug-2019. 494

Annexure 20: Demarcated Separate Storage Area on Site Layout Map 497

Annexure 21: Third Party Safety Audit Report by Industrial Safety & Health 498

Annexure 22: List of SOPs 504

Annexure 23: Details of Show-cause & Closer Notice 505

Annexure 24: Environment Audit Report recommendations/Suggestions and compliance 506

Annexure 25: XGN generated Inspection report 514

Annexure 26: Undertakings by the Project Proponent 520

Annexure 27: Undertakings by the EIA Consultant 521

Annexure 28: Environment Policy 522

Annexure 29: Inward Copy of CGWA Application 523

Annexure 30: Certificate of Accreditation issued by QCI 525






LIST OF TABLES

Table 1-1: Production Details ............................................................................................................... 36

Table 1-2: Compliance with the Terms of References ......................................................................... 41

Table 2-1: Area Break up at Site ........................................................................................................... 56

Table 2-2: Immediate Neighbours ........................................................................................................ 57

Table 2-3: Major List of Industries in GIDC, Vatva ............................................................................... 57

Table 2-4: Schedule of approval activities and Project Timeline Scheduling........................................ 58

Table 2-5: Status of clearances received .............................................................................................. 59

Table 2-6: Material Balance of Acid Black 210...................................................................................... 63

Table 2-7: Material Balance of Acid Red 357 ........................................................................................ 64

Table 2-8: Material Balance of Reactive Black 5 (B) ............................................................................. 64

Table 2-9: Material Balance of Reactive Black 31 ................................................................................. 65

Table 2-10: Material Balance of Reactive Blue 220 .............................................................................. 65

Table 2-11: Material Balance of Reactive Blue 19 ................................................................................ 66

Table 2-12: Material Balance of Reactive Red 198 ............................................................................... 66

Table 2-13: Material Balance of Reactive Orange 107 .......................................................................... 67

Table 2-14: Material Balance of Reactive Blue 38 (Green 6B) .............................................................. 67

Table 2-15: Material Balance of Reactive Orange 16 ............................................................................ 68

Table 2-16: Material Balance of Reactive Red 35 ................................................................................. 69

Table 2-17 Material Balance of Reactive Red 106 ................................................................................ 69


Table 2-19: Material Balance of Reactive Violet 5 ................................................................................ 70

Table 2-20: Material Balance of Reactive Yellow 37............................................................................. 71


Table 2-22: Material Balance of Reactive Black 8 (HN) ........................................................................ 72

Table 2-23: Material Balance of Reactive Blue 4 (Brilliant Blue CR)..................................................... 73


Table 2-25: Material Balance of Reactive Blue 13 (Blue H5R) .............................................................. 74




Table 2-29: Material Balance of Reactive Green 19 .............................................................................. 76

Table 2-30: Material Balance of Reactive Violet 13 .............................................................................. 76

Table 2-31: Material Balance of Reactive Violet 46 .............................................................................. 77






Table 2-32: Material Balance of Reactive Orange 4 .............................................................................. 77



Table 2-35: Material Balance of Reactive Violet 1 ................................................................................ 79









Table 2-44: Material Balance of Reactive Yellow 145A ........................................................................ 84



Table 2-47: Material Balance of Reactive Brown 9 ............................................................................... 86

Table 2-48: Material Balance of Reactive Red 198 A ............................................................................ 87

Table 2-49: Material Balance of Reactive Red 195A ............................................................................. 87




Table 2-53: Material Balance of Reactive Yellow 135........................................................................... 90

Table 2-54: Material Balance of Direct Orange 108 .............................................................................. 90

Table 2-55: Material Balance of Direct Blue 199 .................................................................................. 91

Table 2-56: Material Balance of Direct Blue 86 .................................................................................... 91

Table 2-57: Material Balance of Yellow 22 ........................................................................................... 92

Table 2-58: Material Balance of Reactive Yellow C4G .......................................................................... 92

Table 2-59: Material Balance of Reactive Orange 122 .......................................................................... 93

Table 2-60: Material Balance of Reactive Brilliant Blue 221 ................................................................. 94

Table 2-61: Material Balance of Brilliant Blue JRF ................................................................................ 94

Table 2-62: Material Balance of Blue 72 ............................................................................................... 95

Table 2-63: Material Balance of Blue P5G............................................................................................. 96

Table 2-64: Material Balance of Black Mix ............................................................................................ 96

Table 2-65: Material Balance of Yellow 160 A ...................................................................................... 97






Table 2-66: Material Balance of Yellow 95 ........................................................................................... 97

Table 2-67: Material Balance of Yellow 205 ......................................................................................... 98

Table 2-68: Material Balance of Red 21 ................................................................................................ 98

Table 2-69: Material Balance of Yellow Mix.......................................................................................... 99

Table 2-70: Material Balance of Red Mix ............................................................................................. 100

Table 2-71: Material Balance of Blue Mix ............................................................................................ 100

Table 2-72: Material Balance of Orange Mix ........................................................................................ 101

Table 2-73: Material Balance of Red 2BN / Red FB - CI Red 60 .......................................................... 107

Table 2-74: Material Balance of Reactive Violet-26 ............................................................................. 108

Table 2-75: Material Balance of Fluorescent Yellow 10GF - CI Disperse 184 ...................................... 108

Table 2-76: Material Balance of Fluorescent Yellow 8GF - CI Disperse 82 .......................................... 109

Table 2-77: Material Balance of Fluorescent Yellow 10GN - CI Disperse 232/184.1........................... 110

Table 2-78: Material Balance of Brilliant Blue SR - CI Disperse Blue 354............................................ 110

Table 2-79: Material Balance of Cyanine Red ...................................................................................... 111

Table 2-80: Material Balance of Cyanine Pink ..................................................................................... 111

Table 2-81: Material Balance of Cyanine Blue ..................................................................................... 112

Table 2-82: Material Balance of CI - Blue 56 ....................................................................................... 112

Table 2-83: Material Balance of CI - Yellow 64 ................................................................................... 113

Table 2-84: Material Balance of Blue BG - CI - Blue 60 ....................................................................... 113

Table 2-85: Material Balance of Orange RL - CI Orange 25 ................................................................. 114

Table 2-86: Material Balance of Yellow SG - CI Yell 114 ..................................................................... 114

Table 2-87: Material Balance of Yellow 4G – CI Yell 231..................................................................... 115

Table 2-88: Material Balance of Scarlet BR - CI Red 74....................................................................... 115

Table 2-89: Material Balance of Yellow C4G - C.I. Yellow 79 .............................................................. 116

Table 2-90: Material Balance of Yellow SGL ........................................................................................ 116

Table 2-91: Material Balance of Yellow SG- C.I. Yellow 114 ............................................................... 117

Table 2-92: Material Balance of Yellow 34 .......................................................................................... 117

Table 2-93: Material Balance of Yellow 119 ........................................................................................ 118

Table 2-94: Material Balance of Yellow 68 .......................................................................................... 118

Table 2-95: Material Balance of Red 278 ............................................................................................. 119

Table 2-96: Material Balance of Yellow M7G ....................................................................................... 120









Table 2-100: Material Balance of Yellow 235 ...................................................................................... 122

Table 2-101: Material Balance of Orange 25 ....................................................................................... 122

Table 2-102: Material Balance of Red 74 ............................................................................................. 123


Table 2-104: Material Balance of Yellow 7GN ..................................................................................... 124

Table 2-105: Material Balance of Black 296 ........................................................................................ 124

Table 2-106: Material Balance of Black 1 ............................................................................................ 125

Table 2-107: Material Balance of Orange 288 ..................................................................................... 126

Table 2-108: Material Balance of Navy Blue 3G - CI Blue 79.1 ............................................................ 126

Table 2-109: Material Balance of Dark Red 2B - CI Red 167.1 ............................................................ 127

Table 2-110: Material Balance of Violet 3R - CI Violet 99.................................................................... 127

Table 2-111: Material Balance of Blue 2R - CI Blue 183 ...................................................................... 128

Table 2-112: Material Balance of Navy Blue 79.1 ................................................................................ 128

Table 2-113: Material Balance of Navy Blue 79.2 ................................................................................ 129

Table 2-114: Material Balance of Navy Blue 183 ................................................................................. 129

Table 2-115: Material Balance of Navy Blue 183.1 .............................................................................. 130

Table 2-116: Material Balance of Blue 291 .......................................................................................... 130

Table 2-117: Material Balance of Blue 4R............................................................................................ 131

Table 2-118: Material Balance of Blue 6GEF ........................................................................................ 132

Table 2-119: Material Balance of Blue 4RB ......................................................................................... 132

Table 2-120: Material Balance of Blue 4GEF ........................................................................................ 133

Table 2-121: Material Balance of Red BS............................................................................................. 133

Table 2-122: Material Balance of Scarlet GS........................................................................................ 134

Table 2-123: Material Balance of Red-XF2R ........................................................................................ 134

Table 2-124: Material Balance of Red 311 ........................................................................................... 135

Table 2-125: Material Balance of Yellow Brown XF ............................................................................. 135

Table 2-126: Material Balance of Brown XF......................................................................................... 136

Table 2-127: Material Balance of Navy XF2R ....................................................................................... 136

Table 2-128: Material Balance of Navy XF2G....................................................................................... 137

Table 2-129: Material Balance of Brown 378....................................................................................... 138

Table 2-130: Material Balance of Brown 165....................................................................................... 138

Table 2-131: Material Balance of Brown 165.1.................................................................................... 139








Table 2-134: Material Balance of Scarlet 3R C.I. Red 50 ..................................................................... 140

Table 2-135: Material Balance of Scarlet 3R C.I. Red 54 ..................................................................... 141

Table 2-136: Material Balance of Blue 373 .......................................................................................... 141

Table 2-137: Material Balance of Red 202 ........................................................................................... 142

Table 2-138: Details of Solvent Recovery ............................................................................................ 143

Table 2-139: End Use of Products........................................................................................................ 143

Table 2-140: List of Key Equipment ..................................................................................................... 144

Table 2-141: List and Properties of Raw Materials .............................................................................. 147

Table 2-142: Storage details of Raw Materials .................................................................................... 152

Table 2-143: Transportation details of Raw Materials......................................................................... 157

Table 2-144: Utilities Required ............................................................................................................ 161

Table 2-145: Details of Water Consumption ........................................................................................ 162

Table 2-146: Details of Wastewater Generation.................................................................................. 162

Table 2-147: Combined Inlet Characteristics to the Existing ETP ....................................................... 166

Table 2-148: Design Inlet & Outlet Characteristics of Existing ETP .................................................... 166

Table 2-149: List of ETP Units with Sizing ........................................................................................... 167

Table 2-150: Performance Evaluation of Existing ETP ......................................................................... 168

Table 2-151: Adequacy Check of Treatment Units of ETP – Quantitative Evaluation at Design capacity

of 250 KLD ........................................................................................................................................... 170

Table 2-152: Characterization of Process Waste Streams and Combined Inlet to ETP........................ 171

Table 2-153: Design Inlet & Outlet Characteristics of ETP .................................................................. 173

Table 2-154: Design Parameters of Recycling RO System ................................................................... 173

Table 2-155: Design Parameters of MEE System ................................................................................. 174

Table 2-156: Design Parameters of MEE System ................................................................................. 174

Table 2-157: Sizing of Proposed ETP Units .......................................................................................... 174

Table 2-158: Adequacy of Proposed ETP Units .................................................................................... 177

Table 2-159: Design Inlet & Outlet Characteristics of RO ................................................................... 179

Table 2-160: Operating Parameters for RO System............................................................................. 180

Table 2-161: Technical Specifications for RO system .......................................................................... 180

Table 2-162: Design Basis of MEE System ........................................................................................... 182

Table 2-163: Design Basis of ATFD ...................................................................................................... 182

Table 2-164: Technical Specifications for MEE system ........................................................................ 183

Table 2-165: Technical Specifications for ATFD system ...................................................................... 184

Table 2-166: Economic Viability of The ETP treatment system with ZLD concept ............................... 185

Table 2-167: Details of Fuel Consumption ........................................................................................... 186






Table 2-168: Details of Flue Gas Stacks............................................................................................... 187

Table 2-169: Details of Process Vent ................................................................................................... 187

Table 2-170: Adequacy of existing & proposed EMS & height of stack – Flue gas stacks.................... 191

Table 2-171: Adequacy of existing & proposed EMS & height of stack – Process stacks .................... 193

Table 2-172: Hazardous Waste Generation and disposal Details ........................................................ 197

Table 3-1: GPS Readings within Study Area ........................................................................................ 200

Table 3-2: Synopsis of Land use / Land cover Classification Used for the Project .............................. 201

Table 3-3: Area Statistics for Land Use/ Land Cover Categories in the Study Area ............................. 204

Table 3-4: Environmental Sensitivity table- Landuse and Landcover .................................................. 204

Table 3-5: Proximity to Sea / Water Bodies ........................................................................................ 205

Table 3-6: Sensitive Ecological: Important Features and Locations in the Study Area ....................... 205

Table 3-7: Predominant/Mean wind direction data (IMD Ahmedabad) .............................................. 208

Table 3-8: Average Meteorological condition at IMD Ahmedabad....................................................... 209

Table 3-9: Monitoring Methodology of meteorological data collection ............................................... 210

Table 3-10: Mean Meteorological data ................................................................................................ 210

Table 3-11: Max., Min. & Average summary of site-specific meteorological data ............................... 211

Table 3-12: Comparison of Primary Meteorological data with secondary data of IMD Ahmedabad .... 213

Table 3-13: Status of Ambient Air Quality data* as per NAMP project at Ahmedabad ........................ 213

Table 3-14: Status of Ambient Air Quality data* as per NAMP project at Ahmedabad ........................ 214

Table 3-15: Ambient Air quality Monitoring Location Details .............................................................. 214

Table 3-16 Ambient Air Monitoring Results ......................................................................................... 217

Table 3-17: Existing Traffic density over 24 hour duration ................................................................. 221

Table 3-18: Existing Traffic (vehicles in PCU/hour) during peak hours towards Vatva GIDC area (Up)

............................................................................................................................................................. 221

Table 3-19: Existing Traffic (Vehicles in PCU/hour) during peak hours towards Narol-Vatva Road

(Down)................................................................................................................................................. 222

Table 3-20: Existing Traffic (vehicles in PCU/hour) during peak hours towards JCIL-Unit-3 (Up) ..... 222

Table 3-21: Existing Traffic (vehicles in PCU/hour) during peak hours towards Vinzol rail crossing

road (Down) ........................................................................................................................................ 223

Table 3-22: Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise for Different Areas/Zones ................. 224

Table 3-23: Sampling Locations for Noise ........................................................................................... 224

Table 3-24: Groundwater Sampling Locations..................................................................................... 225

Table 3-25: Analysis Results of Ground Water Sample........................................................................ 227

Table 3-26: Surface water sampling locations..................................................................................... 230

Table 3-27: Analysis Results of Surface Water Samples ...................................................................... 231






Table 3-28: Stratigraphy Succession of Geological Formations........................................................... 235

Table 3-29: Details of soil sampling locations ..................................................................................... 238

Table 3-30: Soil Sample Analysis Results ............................................................................................ 239

Table 3-31: Details of the Water Bodies (River & Ponds) in the Buffer Zone ...................................... 240

Table 3-32: Sensitive Ecological Features of the Study Area ............................................................... 240

Table 3-33: Floral species reported from the Buffer Zone ................................................................... 242

Table 3-34: Faunal Groups of Mammals, Reptiles and Birds present in Buffer Zone of Proposed site 245

Table 3-35: Demographic Profile of Project District and Sub-district.................................................. 247

Table 3-36: Villages in Study Area with Households and Population .................................................. 248

Table 3-37: Population and Gender ratio details ................................................................................. 249

Table 3-38: Schedule Caste and Schedule Tribe Population Distribution in Study Area ...................... 249

Table 3-39: Literacy Rate in Study Area .............................................................................................. 249

Table 3-40: Education Facility ............................................................................................................. 250

Table 3-41: Medical Facility ................................................................................................................. 250

Table 3-42: Water Facilities ................................................................................................................. 251

Table 3-43: Communication Facilities.................................................................................................. 251

Table 3-44: Transportation facility ...................................................................................................... 251

Table 3-45: Occupational Pattern ........................................................................................................ 252

Table 3-46: Places given protection under the ASI Ancient Monuments Act ....................................... 252

Table 4-1 Scoring System for Environmental Impacts due to the Proposed Project – Severity

Assessment .......................................................................................................................................... 257

Table 4-2: Likelihood of Occurrence .................................................................................................... 262

Table 4-3: Environmental Impact Significance Criteria ....................................................................... 262

Table 4-4: Categorization of Impact Significance................................................................................ 263

Table 4-5: Environmental Impacts ...................................................................................................... 264

Table 4-6: Impact Identification ......................................................................................................... 265

Table 4-7: Impact scoring – Air Environment ...................................................................................... 266

Table 4-8: Emission Rate of pollutants from flue gas stack attached to proposed Boiler, HAGs & DG

Set ....................................................................................................................................................... 270

Table 4-9: Emission rate of pollutants from proposed process vents/stacks ..................................... 272

Table 4-10: Input data of line source air dispersion modelling (PM10 & PM2.5) ................................... 274

Table 4-11: Emission rates of pollutants from vehicular exhaust........................................................ 275

Table 4-12: Summary of Air Dispersion Modelling results from point sources & line sources of

proposed expansion project ................................................................................................................ 275

Table 4-13: Hourly average incremental in GLC due to proposed expansion project .......................... 277






Table 4-14: PCU/hr based on vehicle count ........................................................................................ 280

Table 4-15: Incremental Traffic due to the project ............................................................................. 281

Table 4-16: Final scenario of incremental traffic due to the proposed expansion in project and

capacity of roads ................................................................................................................................. 281

Table 4-17: Environmental Impact Scoring – Noise Environment ....................................................... 284

Table 4-18: Sources of noise with their sound pressure levels............................................................ 286

Table 4-19: Noise level at receptor locations ...................................................................................... 289

Table 4-20: Impact scoring for Soil ..................................................................................................... 291

Table 4-21: Impact Scoring for Ground Water .................................................................................... 291

Table 4-22: Aspect – Impact Identification, Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures....................... 293

Table 4-23: Suggested activities ......................................................................................................... 294

Table 4-24: Impact scoring of Socio-economic ................................................................................... 294

Table 4-25: Impact Scoring of Occupational Health, Community Health and Safety .......................... 295

Table 6-1: Environmental Monitoring Plan .......................................................................................... 300

Table 6-2: Applicable EHS Regulatory Requirements .......................................................................... 304

Table 6-3: List of Equipment................................................................................................................ 304

Table 7-1: Important Hazardous Events .............................................................................................. 307

Table 7-2: Damage due to Radiation Intensity .................................................................................... 308

Table 7-3: Overpressure Damage ........................................................................................................ 308

Table 7-4: Chemicals selected for Simulation ...................................................................................... 310

Table 7-5: Scenarios Selected for Simulation ...................................................................................... 310

Table 7-6: Failure Frequency for Storage Tanks .................................................................................. 311

Table 7-7: Broadly Accepted Frequency .............................................................................................. 311

Table 7-8: Radiation Level and Effect Distance ................................................................................... 311

Table 7-9: Overpressure Effect Distance ............................................................................................. 312

Table 7-10: Radiation Level and Effect Distance ................................................................................. 313

Table 7-11: Toxic Effect Distance ........................................................................................................ 314



Table 7-14: Overpressure Effect Distance ........................................................................................... 316












Table 7-21: Maximum Effective Distances........................................................................................... 322

Table 7-22: Event Consequences, Treatment and Control ................................................................... 323

Table 7-23: Siren Codes ....................................................................................................................... 335

Table 7-24: Quantities of fire extinguishers & hand appliances .......................................................... 335

Table 7-25: Safety Shower details ...................................................................................................... 335

Table 7-26: Details of First Aid Boxes .................................................................................................. 335

Table 7-27: Details of PPEs .................................................................................................................. 335

Table 7-28: Details of First Aider and Hospital Services ...................................................................... 336

Table 7-29: Details of Antidotes .......................................................................................................... 336

Table 7-30: LDAR protocol for VOC measurement ............................................................................... 338

Table 7-31: Do’s & Don’ts of Preventive Maintenance ......................................................................... 338

Table 7-32: Do’s & Don’ts list for HSE & Safety measures ................................................................... 339

Table 10-1: Environment Management Plan for Air Environment ....................................................... 344

Table 10-2: Environmental Management Plan for Noise Environment ................................................ 346

Table 10-3: Details of Activities responsible for Impact on Water Environment and Hazardous waste

Management plan ................................................................................................................................ 347

Table 10-4: Environmental Management Plan for Soil Environment ................................................... 349

Table 10-5: Details of Existing Greenbelt/ Plantation at project site/ core zone ................................ 350

Table 10-6: Details of Proposed Greenbelt Plantation at project site ................................................. 350

Table 10-7: Overheads for Proposed Greenbelt Development & Annual Maintenance of Existing &

proposed Greenbelt ............................................................................................................................. 351

Table 10-8: Land Area Breakup and Estimation of Runoff ................................................................... 352

Table 10-9: Budget for CER Activities for 5 years ................................................................................ 352

Table 10-10: Environment Management Cell....................................................................................... 355

Table 10-11: Expenditure on Environmental Matters .......................................................................... 356

Table 12-1: List of EIA team members ................................................................................................ 379






LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 2-1: Site Location Map ............................................................................................................... 53

Figure 2-2: Map Showing Project Boundary with Geographical Coordinates ....................................... 54

Figure 2-3: Site Layout Map.................................................................................................................. 55

Figure 2-4: Pie chart of Area Break up at Site ...................................................................................... 56

Figure 2-5: Flow Diagram of Vinyl Sulphone base Reactive Dyes ......................................................... 60

Figure 2-6: Flow Diagram of Cold Brand Reactive Dyes ....................................................................... 61

Figure 2-7: Flow Diagram of Hot Brand Reactive Dyes......................................................................... 62

Figure 2-8: Flow Diagram of Bifunctional Reactive Dyes...................................................................... 63

Figure 2-9: Flow diagram of Azo Cynation........................................................................................... 102

Figure 2-10: Flow Diagram of Yellow Methine..................................................................................... 103

Figure 2-11: Flow Diagram of Blue Methine ........................................................................................ 104

Figure 2-12: Flow Diagram of Cyanine Plant ....................................................................................... 105

Figure 2-13: Flow Diagram of Multi P Plant ......................................................................................... 106

Figure 2-14: Flow Diagram of HCl- Nitrite Base Azo Dye ..................................................................... 106

Figure 2-15: Flow Diagram of NSA Based Azo Dye .............................................................................. 107

Figure 2-16: Diagram of Solvent Recovery System ............................................................................. 143

Figure 2-17: Existing Water Balance Diagram ..................................................................................... 164

Figure 2-18: Proposed Water Balance ................................................................................................. 165

Figure 2-19: Block diagram of ETP- 250KLD ....................................................................................... 172

Figure 2-20: Process Block Diagram of Proposed ETP ......................................................................... 185

Figure 3-1: Land use and Land cover Map ........................................................................................... 203

Figure 3-2: Pie Chart of LULC classes in the study area ...................................................................... 204

Figure 3-3: Toposheet of the Study Area ............................................................................................. 207

Figure 3-4: Wind Rose Diagram ........................................................................................................... 212

Figure 3-5: Sampling Location Map ..................................................................................................... 216

Figure 3-6: Drainage of 5 km radius of the Study area ........................................................................ 234

Figure 3-7: Earthquake zoning map of Gujarat ................................................................................... 237

Figure 4-1: Data flow in AERMOD modelling system ........................................................................... 269

Figure 4-2: Isopleths for incremental noise generated during daytime ............................................. 287

Figure 4-3: Isopleths for incremental noise generated during night time........................................... 288

Figure 7-1:Jet Fire effect Consequence Contour due to 25 mm hole leak at Weather Condition 2.0/A

............................................................................................................................................................. 312






Figure 7-2: Late Pool Fire effect Consequence Contour due to Catastrophic Rupture at Weather

Condition 4.0/D ................................................................................................................................... 313

Figure 7-3:Overpressure effect Consequence Contour due to 25 mm hole leak at Weather Condition

3.0/E .................................................................................................................................................... 313

Figure 7-4: Maximum Concentration effect Consequence Contour due to 10 mm hole leak at Weather

Condition 3.0/E.................................................................................................................................... 314

Figure 7-5: Maximum Concentration effect Consequence Contour due to Catastrophic Rupture at

Weather Condition 3.0/E ..................................................................................................................... 315

Figure 7-6: Toxic Consequence Contour due to 10 mm hole leak at Weather Condition 3.0/E ........... 315

Figure 7-7: Toxic Consequence Contour due to Catastrophic Rupture at Weather Condition 3.0/E ... 316

Figure 7-8: Jet Fire effect Consequence Contour due to 25 mm hole leak at Weather Condition 2/A 317

Figure 7-9: Late Pool Fire effect Consequence Contour due to 25 mm leak at Weather Condition 4.0/D

............................................................................................................................................................. 317

Figure 7-10: Overpressure effect Consequence Contour due to Catastrophic Rupture at Weather

Condition 3.0/E.................................................................................................................................... 317

Figure 7-11:Toxic Consequence Contour due to 1 mm hole leak at Weather Condition 3.0/E ............ 318

Figure 7-12:Jet Fire Effect Consequence Contour due to 25 mm hole leak at Weather Condition 2.0/A

............................................................................................................................................................. 319

Figure 7-13: Overpressure effect Consequence Contour due to Catastrophic Rupture at Weather

Condition 4.0/D ................................................................................................................................... 319

Figure 7-14: Toxic Consequence Contour due to 5 mm leak at Weather Condition 3.0/E ................... 321

Figure 7-15: Toxic Consequence Contour due to Catastrophic Rupture at Weather Condition 3.0/E . 321

Figure 7-16: Onsite Site Emergency Organogram ............................................................................... 331

Figure 10-1: Organogram of EMS-EMP ................................................................................................ 355






LIST OF PHOTOGRAPHS

Photograph 1-1: Site Photographs ....................................................................................................... 41

Photograph 3-1: Photo Documentation of Land Use ........................................................................... 206

Photograph 3-2: Photodocumentation of Ambient Air ........................................................................ 220

Photograph 3-3: Photo Documentation of Traffic Survey .................................................................... 223

Photograph 6-1: Lab Instruments ....................................................................................................... 305






ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

AAQM Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

AERMOD Atmospheric Dispersion Modelling System

AOD Air Operated Diaphragm

ATFD Agitated Thin Film Dryer

BOD Biological Oxygen Demand

CCA Consolidated Consent to Auhorization

CPCB Central Pollution Control Board

COD Chemical Oxygen Demand

CO Carbon Monoxide

DGVCL Dakshin Gujarat Vij Corporation Limited

DISH Department of Industrial Safety Health

DMP Disaster Management Plan

EC Environmental Clearance

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment

ESMPs Environmental and Social Management Plans

EHS Environment, Health and Safety

EER Evacuate, Escape and Rescue Plan

EPRG Emergency Response Planning Guidelines

ECC Emergency Control Center

FMECA Failure Modes Effects and Criticality Analysis

GIDC Gujarat Industrial Development Corporation

GOI Government of India

GPCB Gujarat Pollution Control Board

GLC Ground Level Concentration

HAZOP Hazard and Operability Study

HSD High Speed Diesal

IAA Impact Assessment Authority

IMD Indian Meteorological Department

ICUN International Union for Conservation of Nature

IDLH Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health

JCIL-3 Jay Chemical Industries Limited, Unit-3

KLD Kilo Liters per Day

LDO Low Density Oil

LFT Liver Function Test

LEL Lower Flammability Limits

LCLo Lethal Concentration Low

LIZ Likely Impact Zone

MSIHC Manufacture, Storage, Import & Hazardous Chemical Rules

MoEF Ministry of Environment and Forests

MCLs’ Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios

MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet

NOC No Objection Certificate

NDT Non Destructive Testing

NIOSH National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health

NOx Oxides of Nitrogen






OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration

PEL Permissible Exposure Limits

PM Particulate Matter

PPEs Personnel Protective Equipment

PDCR Plan, Do, Check, Act

SEIAA State Level Environmental Impact Assessment Authorities

SS Suspended Solid

SOx Oxides of Sulphur

SPL Sound Pressure Level

SMC Site Main Controller

STEL Short Time Exposure Limit

ToR Terms of References

TCLo Toxic Concentration Low

TLV Threshold Limit Value

TDS Total Dissolved Solid

TSDF Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility

USEPA United States Environment Protection Agency

UFL Upper Flammable Limits

VOC Volatile Inorganic Carbon

VIA Vatva Industrial Association

ZSI Zoological Survey of India






GLOSSARY OF TERMS USED

ACCIDENT: An accident may be defined as “an undesirable and unplanned event with or without or major or

minor damage consequence to life and/or property.”

AMBIENT: Ambient temperature is temperature of the surrounding area.

AN INCIDENT: An incident is emergent situation of any critical deviation in the process control or otherwise that

may lead to a major accident / potential emergency and disaster.

ANEMOMETER: A device used to measure speed of wind or any other moving gas.

ATMOSPHERIC STABILITY: Atmospheric Stability is defined in terms of vertical temperature gradient in the

atmosphere. It is usually described using the system of categories developed by Pasquill. The categories of stability

class are identified by the letter A to F (or sometimes A-G)

Neutral stability occurs typically, when there is total cloud cover and is designed by category D (The temperature

gradient = adiabatic lapse rate) Unstable conditions occur when the sun is shining. The unstable conditions are

designated by the letters A-C with A is the least stable condition stable conditions occur on clear, calm nights, when

the air near the ground is stratified and free from turbulence and are designated by the letter E &F. Sometimes an

additional category G is used for exceptionally stable conditions. Neutral conditions correspond to a rate of decrease

in temperature with height of about 1°C per meters, vertically. For the dispersion study D & C stability class has

been considered.

BLEVE (BOILING LIQUID EXPANDING VAPOUR CLOUD EXPLOSION):The event may have two folds, one;

flammable liquid under pressure rapidly spread in to the open area in form of vapour cloud, two; if this spreading

vapour cloud gets any source of ignition, then violently explosion took place produce missiles effect with secondary

fires and create heavy damages to the surrounding area. The phenomenon is called as BLEVE.

BUND/DYKE: Raised ground or a wall built around a tank or tank farm, to retain spills and prevent their spread,

thus reducing hazards.

BURNING RATE: The value is the rate (in millimeters per minute) at which the depth of a pool of liquid decreases

as the liquid burns.

CAS (CHEMICAL ABSTRACT SERVICE REGISTRY NUMBER): The unique identification number assigned each

compound/chemicals registered with the Chemical Abstract Service (CAS) is listed to aid in quick identification of

the compound.

CARCINOGEN: A substance capable of producing cancer (carcinoma).

CHRONIC: Of long duration or having frequent recurrence. Chronic health effects are those that become apparent

or continue for some time after exposure to hazardous chemicals.

Class ‘A’: Means petroleum having a flash point below 23°C. (e. g. Petrol, Hexane, Toluene, Naphtha)

Class ‘B’: Means petroleum having a flash point of23°C and above but below 65°C. (e. g. HSD, SKO, MTO etc.)

Class ‘C’: Means petroleum having a flash point of 65° C and above but below 93° C.

COMBUSTION PRODUCT: Material produced or; generated during the burning or oxidation of a material.

CONTAMINANT: A harmful, irritating or moisture material that is foreign to the normal atmosphere.

DANGEROUS OCCURRENCE: Dangerous Occurrences include bursting of vessel collapse of crane, derrick, hoist,

explosion, fire, leakage, escape of any molten metal / hot liquid, explosion of receiver /container, collapse of

building/ structure, as specified under schedule of Rule 103 of GFR 1995 and provision under section 88-A of the






Factories Act 1948, where in a factory any dangerous occurrence as specified occurs weather causing any bodily

injury or disability or not.

DENSITY: The mass of Unit Volume of a substance e.g. kg/m3

DISASTER:A disaster is catastrophic consequence of a major emergency / accident that leads to, not only

extensive damage to life and property but also disrupts all normal human activity for a pretty long time and

requires a major national and international effort for rescue and rehabilitation of those affected.

DISTRICT CRISIS GROUP (DCG): The District Crisis Group is the apex body in the district to deal with major

chemical accidents and to provide expert guidance for handling chemical accidents.

Ref; Schedule 7 of Rule 8 of Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness & Response) Rule, 1996

DOMINO EFFECT: An effect by which a small hazardous incidence in a unit can escalate to surrounding area

causing heavy damages to man, properties &environment.

EMERGENCY: Emergency means a situation leading to a circumstance or set of circumstances in which there is

danger to the life or health of persons or which could result in big fire or explosion or pollution to the work and

outside environment, affecting the workers or neighborhood in a serious manner, demanding immediate action.

(Ref. Para 2(j) of Part I of Schedule XIX of Gujarat Factories Rules 1963(1995).

EMERGENCY INFORMATION PANEL: Every Goods carriage used for transporting any dangerous or hazardous

goods shall be legibly and conspicuously marked with an emergency information panel in each of three places of

the carriage.

ENDOTHERMIC PROCESS: A process accompanied by the absorption of heat.

EVACUATION: Removal of residents and other persons from an area of danger.

FIRE BALL: The burning of a flammable gas cloud, the bulk of which is initially over-rich i.e. (UFL). The whole

cloud appears to be on fire as combustion is taking place at eddy boundaries, when air is entrained.

FLAMMABILITY LIMITS (UFL- LFL): In fuel-air system a range of composition exists outside which a flame will

not propagate a substantial distance from an ignition source. The limiting fuel concentrations are termed the upper

flammable limit (UFL) and lower Flammable Limit (LFL)

FLASH FIRE: A burning of a flammable vapour cloud at very low flame propagation speed.

FLASH POINT: This is defined as the lowest temperature at which vapours above a combustible substance will

ignite in air when exposed to a flame.

Depending on the test method used, the values given are either Tag closed cup (C. C.) or Cleveland open cup (O,

C.) The values, along with those in 6.2 and 6.5 give an indication of the relative flammability of the chemical. In

general, the open cup value is about 10o to 15oF higher than the closed cup value.

HAZARD: Hazard may be defined as “the potential of an accident.” Hazard exists in man and the system of

materials and machines.

HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS: Any substance or material in a quantity or form which may be harmful to humans,

animals, crops, water systems, or other elements of the environment if accidentally released. Hazardous chemicals

include explosives, gases (compressed, liquefied or dissolved), flammable or combustible liquids, flammable solids

substance, toxic, corrosives, oxidizing substance, poisonous and insecticides substances.

“Hazardous Chemicals” means

Any Chemical, which satisfies any of the criteria, laid down in Part I of Schedule I and is listed in column 2 of

Part II of the schedule.

Any Chemical listed in Column 2 of Schedule 2.






Any Chemical listed in Column 2 of Schedule 3, as per provisions given below;

Rule 68J 1 (a) of GUJARAT FACTORIES RULES 1963 (Amended-1995)

Rule 2(e) of MANUFACTURE, STORAGE AND IMPORT OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL RULES, 1989.

Rule 2(b) of Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness & Response) Rule, 1996.

HAZARDOUS PROCESS: Any process or activity in relation to an industry specified in the First Schedule under the

Section 2(cb) of the Factories Act 1948 (1987).

HAZCHEM CODES: The HAZCHEM code system was developed by the British Fire Service for use on vehicles

transporting dangerous substances. It consists or either two or three characters. The first character is a numeral in

the range of 1 to 4.

1 – Jets, 2 – Fog, 3 – Foam, 4 - Dry Agent

The second character is a letter selected from the range P, R, S, T, W, X, Y, Z.

Personnel Protection – 1The letter P, R, W or X indicate that a full chemical suit and breathing apparatus should be

warn. 2. The letters S, T, Y & Z indicate that breathing apparatus need only be warn if the substances are involved

in a fire.

Contain or dilute – The letters P, R, S, & T indicate dilution while W X Y & Z indicate containment.

The third character when appearing is E indicates that evacuation of persons in the neighboring areas must be

taken into consideration.

IC (INCIDENT CONTROLLER): He has to tackle the situation of operations on process/storage/event/occurrence

by taking technical decisions to control the emergency by responding the requisite experienced persons.

IDLH (IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO LIFE AND HEALTH): The level of concentration immediately

dangerous to life or health from which a worker could escape without any impairing symptoms or any irreversible

health effect (NIOSH/OSHA). The concentrations are reported either parts per million (ppm) or milligrams per cubic

meter (mg/m3).

IGNITION TEMPERATURE: This is the minimum temperature at which the material will ignite without a spark or

flame being present. Along with the values in 6.1 and 6.2 above, it gives an indication of the relative flammability of

the chemical. It is sometimes called “auto ignition temperature”.

LC50 (LETHAL CONCENTRATION): Lethal Concentration level for air Bourne toxic substance.

LD50 (LETHAL DOSE): The term LD50 signifies that about 50% of the animals given the specified dose by mouth

will die. Thus for a grade 4 chemical (below 50 mg/kg) the toxic dose for 50% of animals weighting 70 kg (150 lb)

is 70 50 = 3, 500 mg=3.5 gr or less than 1 tea spoonful, it might be as little as a few drops. For a Grade 1 chemical

(5 to 15 g/kg) the LD50 would be between a pint and a quart for a 150 lb man.

LOCAL CRISIS GROUP (LCG): It is body constituted by Government, in the industrial pocked to deal with

chemical accidents and co-ordinate efforts in planning, preparedness and mitigation of chemical accidents.

Ref: Schedule 8 of Rule 8 of Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness & Response) Rule1996.

MAJOR ACCIDENT: Major Accident means an incident involving loss of the life inside or outside the site or ten or

more injuries inside and/or one or more injuries outside or release of toxic chemical or explosion or fire of spillage

of hazardous chemical result in ‘On Site’ or ‘Off Site’ emergencies or damage too equipment leading to stoppage of

process or adverse effects to the environment. (Ref. 1Rule 68(J)(1)(d) of Gujarat Factories Rules 1963(2004), 2.

Rule 2(j) of Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical Rules, 1989. 3. Rule 2(f) of Chemical

Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness & Response) Rule, 1996).






MAJOR ACCIDENT HAZARDOUS (MAH) INSTALL ION: Isolated storage and industrial activity at a site,

handling (including transport through carrier or pipeline) of hazardous chemicals equal to or in excess of the

threshold quantities specified in column 3 of Schedule 2 and 3 respectively.

Ref: Rule 2(g) of Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness & Response) Rule1996.

ODOUR THRESHOLD: The lowest concentration of an air contaminant that can be detected by smell.

OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN: The objective of an Off Site Emergency Plan is to protect the life and property of

the neighborhood areas of the industrial unit. Off Site Emergency Plan shall be prepared by Government Authorities

as per Rule 14 of MSIHC Rules 1989 and follow the instruction under provision of CA(EPPR) Rules 1996.

ON SITE EMERGENCY PLAN: On Site Emergency Plan is to be prepared by occupier of industrial Units as per

Schedule 8A under Rule 68(J)(12) of Gujarat Factories Rules 1963(2004). Ref: Section 41(B)(4) of The Factories Act

1948, Schedule XI under Rule 13 of MSIHC Rules 1989, and Rule 5,7, & 9 of CA(EPPR) Rules 1996.

OSHA: Occupational Safety and Health Administration – U. S. Federal Agency

OVER PRESSURE: Maximum pressure above atmosphere pressure experienced during the pressure of a blast

wave from an explosion.

PLUME: Hazardous gas / vapour / cloud resulting from a continuous source release.

PUFF: Plum is instantaneous release of a gas / vapour from the source.

POOL FIRE: A pool of flammable liquid burning with a stationary diffusion flame

RESPONSE: The efforts to minimize the risks created in an emergency by protecting the people, the environment

and the property, and the efforts to return the scene to normal pre-emergency conditions. Persons who perform

the various response functions are termed “RESPONDERS”.

RISK: Risk of an accident may be defined as “the chance or probability or likelihood of an accident being caused in

a given man-material-machine system.

SENSITIVE POPULATIONS: Groups of people that may be more susceptible than the general population to the

toxic effects of the release due to pre-existing health condition (patients in hospitals, pregnant women etc.) or age

(elderly people infants, handicaps).

SPILL: Spill is large liquid releases from a bulk storage tank/process vessel.

SMC (SITE MAN CONTROLLER): He is overall responsible for directing operations & decides the actions,

consulting with incident controller &seniors, and handle &control the emergency.

SHORT – TERM INHALATION LIMIT (STEL): The parts of vapour (gas) per million parts of contaminated air by

volume at 25OC (77OF) and at one atmosphere of pressure is given. The limits are given in milligrams per cubic

meter for chemical that form a fine mist or dust. The values given are the maximum permissible average exposures

for the time periods specified.

SPECIFIC GRAVITY: The specific Gravity of a chemicals is the ratio of the weight of the solid or liquid to the

weight of an equal volume of water at 4OC (or at some other specified temperature) If the specific gravity is less

than 1.0 (or less than 1.03 in sea water) the chemical will float, if higher it will sink.

TLV (THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUE): TLV refer to airborne concentration of substances. There are three categories

of TLV.

TLV – TWA – Time Weighted Average.

TLV – STEL – Short term Exposure limit

TLV – for gases and vapour is usually expressed in PPM. (Part of the gas/vapour/million parts of air)






TOXIC CLOUD: Air borne mass of gases, vapours, fumes, dust or aerosols of toxic materials.

TOXICITY: The ability of a substance to cause damage to living tissue, impairment of the central nervous system,

serve illness or death when ingested, inhaled or absorbed by the skin.

VAPOUR CLOUD: Air borne dispersing hazardous vapours, which may or may not be visible as a “Cloud”






LIST OF PERSONS MET AND INSTITUTIONS VISITED

Jay Chemical Industries Limited, Unit-3, Vatva, GIDC, Ahmedabad

1. Mr. Pankaj Kumar, Head-Environment

2. Mr. Shirish kumar






1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Purpose of the Report

Products falling under project/activities listed within the Schedule to the EIA notification dated September 14th

2006 (amended till date) requires prior Environmental Clearance (EC) from the Impact Assessment Authority (IAA)

at the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) (for Category A project) or the State Level

Environmental Impact Assessment Authorities (SEIAA) (for Category B projects).

The products of the project are covered under Project /activity, 5(f) B, namely “Synthetic Organic Chemical

Industry (dyes & dyes intermediates; bulk drugs & intermediates excluding drug formulation; synthetic rubbers;

basic organic chemicals; other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates)” requiring Environmental

Clearance from SEIAA, Gujarat as the project site is located within Notified Industrial Area.

The purpose of the report is to conduct an Environmental Impact Assessment study as per the EIA Notification

2006, amended till date and as per the Terms of Reference No. SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/5(f)/827/2019 dated 24th May 2019

and seek Environmental Clearance for the project.

1.2 Identification of project and project proponent

1.2.1 Identification of the project

The proposed project is a brownfield project. The existing plant of M/s. Jay Chemical Industries Ltd, Unit-3 is

manufactureing 40 MT/month Turquoise Blue, 160 MT/month vinyl sulphone and 60 MT/month Acetanilide. Now,

the unit proposes to proceed for manufacturing various varieties of Synthetic Organic Dyes by chemical synthesis @

2000MT/Month .This expansion of Synthetic Organic Dyes manufacturing plant at Plot no. - 109 and 220, Phase -

II, GIDC, Vatva, Taluka Ahmedabad, District Ahmedabad, Gujarat. Details of production are given in Table 1-1.

The estimated cost of the proposed project is ~ INR 70 Crores.

Table 1-1: Production Details

Sr. No

Name of Products CAS Number Type of Dye Production capacity MT/Month

Existing Proposed Total

1 Turquoise Blue

Reactive 40 0 40

2 Vinyl Sulphone Intermediate 160 0 160

3 Acetanilide Intermediate 60 0 60

4 Synthetic Organic Dyes Reactive/ Disperse

1 Acid Black 210 99576-15-5

REACTIVE 0 1000 1000

2 Acid Red 357 61951-36.8

3 Reactive Black 5 17095-24-8


5 Reactive Blue 220 128416-19-3

6 Reactive Blue 19 2580-78-1

7 Reactive Red 198 78952-61-1

8 Reactive Orange 107 94158-82-4



11 Reactive Red 35 85940-67-6

12 Reactive Red 106 152066-97-2







Sr. No



14 Reactive Violet 5 12226-38-9

15 Reactive Yellow 37 20298-05-9



18 Reactive Blue 4 -



21 Reactive Blue 198 124448-55-1

22 Reactive Blue 160 93921-06-3


24 Reactive Green 19 61931-49-5


26 Reactive Violet 46 -



29 Reactive Red 74 12270-82-5


31 Reactive Red 31 93919-17-6

32 Reactive Red 120 68214-04-0

33 Reactive Red 141 71002-20-5

34 Reactive Orange 14 -

35 Reactive Yellow 86 -




39 Reactive Yellow 145A 93050-80-7

40 Reactive Blue 172 85782-76-9

41 Reactive Blue 194 80156-94-1

42 Reactive Brown 9 70788-62-4

43 Reactive Red 198 A 111211-40-6

44 Reactive Red 195A 93050-79-4

45 Reactive Red 250 152187-49-0




49 Direct Orange 108 6358-79-8

50 Direct Blue 199 90295-11-7

51 Direct Blue 86 1330-38-7

52 Yellow 22 12226-49-2

53 REACTIVE YELLOW C4G -


55 Reactive Brilliant Blue 221 93051-41-3

56 Brilliant Blue JRF 84057-71-6

57 BLUE 72 68967-01-1

58 BLUE P5G 12236-87-2

59 BLACK MIX -

60 YELLOW 160A 84000-63-5

61 YELLOW 95 84045-63-6






Sr. No



62 YELLOW 205 780759-89-9

63 RED 21 80419-51-8

64 YELLOW MIX -

65 RED MIX -

66 BLUE MIX -

67 ORANGE MIX -

68 Red 2BN / Red FB - CI Red

60 6408-72-6 Disperse Dye (Azo

Cynation) 0 50 50

69 Reactive Violet-26 17418-58-5

70 Fluorescent Yellow 10GF - CI

Disperse 184 71838-87-4

Disperse Dye (Yellow Methine)

0 10 10 71 Fluorescent Yellow 8GF - CI

Disperse 82 12239-58-6

72 Fluorescent Yellow 10GN - CI

Disperse 232/184.1 35773-43-4

73 Brilliant Blue SR - CI Disperse

Blue 354 104137-27-1

Disperse Dye (Blue Methine)

0 20 20

74 Cyanine Red - Disperse Dye

(Cyanine Plant) 0 10 10 75 Cyanine Pink -

76 Cyanine Blue -

77 CI - Blue 56 12217-79-7 Disperse Dye (Multi P

Plant) 0 10 10 78 CI - Yellow 64 10319-14-9

79 Blue BG - CI - Blue 60 12217-80-0

80 Orange RL - CI Orange 25 -

Disperse Dye (HCl- Nitrite Base Azo Dye)

0 400 400

81 Yellow SG - CI Yell 114 -

82 Yellow 4G – CI Yell 231 -

83 Scarlet BR - CI Red 74 -

84 Yellow C4G - C.I. Yellow 79 12220-70-1

85 Yellow SGL 70528-90-4

86 Yellow SG- C.I. Yellow 114 61968-66-9

87 Yellow 34 1344-37-2

88 Yellow 119 57308-41-5

89 Yellow 68 21811-64-3

90 Red 278 68248-10-2

91 Yellow M7G -

92 Yellow 247 -

93 Yellow 248 -

94 Yellow 249 -

95 Yellow 235 177570-98-8

96 Orange 25 31482-56-1

97 Red 74 61703-11-5

98 Yellow 56 -

99 Yellow 7GN -

100 Black 296 -

101 Black 1 6054-48-4

102 Orange 288 3769-57-1

103 Navy Blue 3G - CI Blue 79.1 3618-72-2 Disperse Dye (NSA

Based Azo Dye) 0 500 500 104 Dark Red 2B - CI Red 167.1 -

105 Violet 3R - CI Violet 99 -






Sr. No



106 Blue 2R - CI Blue 183 -

107 Navy Blue 79.1 3618-72-2

108 Navy Blue 79.2 3618-72-3

109 Navy Blue 183 2309-94-6

110 Navy Blue 183.1 2537-62-4

111 Blue 291 56548-64-2

112 Blue 4R 66557-45-7

113 Blue 6GEF -

114 Blue 4RB -

115 Blue 4GEF -

116 Red BS 78564-86-0

117 Scarlet GS 86836-02-4

118 Red-XF2R -

119 Red 311 77907-28-9

120 Yellow Brown XF -

121 Brown XF -

122 Navy XF2R -

123 Navy XF2G -

124 Brown 378 -

125 Brown 165.1 -

126 Brown 165.1

127 Orange 61 12270-45-0

128 Orange 30 12223-23-3

129 Scarlet 3R C.I. Red 50 12223-35-7

130 Scarlet 3R C.I. Red 54 12217-86-6

131 Blue 373 51868-46-3

132 Red 202 61931-39-3

Total 260 2000 2260

1.2.2 Identification of project proponent

M/s. Jay Chemical Industries Ltd, Unit-3 (JCIL-3) is a small scale unit incorporated in 1982. Having established their

market in manufacturing and trading of Turquoise Blue, the unit now proposes to proceed for manufacturing

various varieties of Synthetic Organic Dyes by chemical synthesis @ 2000 MT/Month. The company's current

product involves chemical synthesis of Turquoise Blue. Now, looking at the prospective market growth in the Dyes,

the project proponent is keen to start manufacturing of various types of Synthetic Organic Dyes by chemical

synthesis.

Need for the project and its importance to region

The industrial sector in the past 5 to 7 years has seen a dramatic boom and also the keeping in mind the

globalization trend, JCIL-3 have identified the demand for the proposed products and with continuous R & D found

that it can be developed in-house and produce commercially for domestic market as well as an eye more on export

markets.

Enhanced direct employment for technical/administrative works and indirect employment opportunities for

transporters of raw materials and finished goods. Business opportunities for local people as there will be scope of

hiring vehicles like tractors & trolleys, bulldozers, JCB, excavators during construction and operation phase of the

project. So, it will generate tax revenue for the region.






Demand Supply Gap

The global textile dyes market is projected to grow from USD 7.34 billion in 2017 to USD 9.82 billion by 2022, at a

CAGR of 6.00% between 2017 and 2022. The growing demand for textile dyes for various fiber types, such as

cotton, polyester, and viscose, is expected to fuel the growth of the textile dyes market. The cotton segment is

expected to be the fastest-growing fiber type segment of the textile dyes market during the forecast period.

Properties such as durability and abrasive resistance of textile dyes are the key drivers for the increase in demand

from this segment. These properties make the textiles derived from cotton appropriate for mass-produced clothing

products.

Global Market & Domestic Market

JCIL-3, has 5% market share at globally and 15% market share in India. Considering overall market potential and

future trend JCIL has further scope of growth for cotton and Polyester dyes.

Presently JCIL-3 are selling average 48000 MT yearly and we are expecting year on year basis 15% overall growth

into the business in coming year of Cotton and Polyester dyestuff.

1.3 Brief description of the project

1.3.1 Nature of the Project

The proposed project is an expansion project. JCIL-3 proposes to manufacture various varieties of Synthetic

Organic Dyes by chemical synthesis @ 2000MT/Month .This expansion of Synthetic Organic Dyes manufacturing

plant at Plot no. 109 and 220, Phase - II, GIDC, Vatva, Taluka Ahmedabad, District Ahmedabad. Details of product

with capacity are given in Table 1-1.

1.3.2 Location and Size

The site is located at Plot No.109 and 220, Phase - II, GIDC, Vatva, Taluka Ahmedabad, District Ahmedabad. The

total Plot Area of plant will be 11666 m2.

1.3.3 Investment

Existing: INR 10 Crores

Proposed: INR 70 Crores

Total: INR 80 Crores

1.3.4 Employment Generation (Direct and Indirect) due to the project

At present 60 Nos. permanent employees are working at site and after proposed expansion additionally ~70 Nos. of

people will be employed.

1.3.5 Site Photographs

Site photographs are given in Photograph 1-1.






Photograph 1-1: Site Photographs

Main Gate Existing Process Plant

Plant Area

1.4 Scope of study

1.4.1 Terms of Reference

As per ToR letter no. SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/5(f)/827/2019 dated 24th May 2019 issued by SEIAA, Gujarat attached as

Annexure 1, the scope of work for this EIA includes collection of baseline data with respect to major

environmental components, viz. air, noise, water, land, biological and socio-economic components for three

months, undertake impact assessment using appropriate computational modelling and propose appropriate

Mitigation measures for any potential environmental impacts.

This EIA report complies with the directions of the Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry II), Impact Assessment

Authority (IAA), as per the approved Terms of Reference. Summarized details of the same are provided in Table

1-2.

Table 1-2: Compliance with the Terms of References

S. No.

Terms of Reference Chapters & Sections Where Addressed

A. Standard ToR Points

1 A tabular chart with index for point-wise compliance of below

mentioned TORs. Compliance of ToR is given in Chapter 1, Table

1-2,

2

Executive summary of the project - giving a prime facie idea of the objectives of the proposal, use of resources, justification, etc. in addition, it should provide a compilation of EIA report, including

EMP and the post-project monitoring plan in brief.

Executive Summery is given in Chapter 11, Page 357

3 Justification for selecting the proposed product and unit size. Justification for selecting the proposed product and unit size is given in Chapter 2, Section

2.5.2, Page 58






S. No.



4 Land requirement for the project including its break up for various

purposes, its availability and optimization. Area Break up of site is given in Chapter 2,

Table 2-1, Page 56

5 Land possession documents. Copy of NA order showing permission to use the project land for industrial purpose. If located in GIDC,

copy of plot holding certificate obtained from GIDC Authority.

The plant is located at Plot no. - 109 and 220, Phase - II, GIDC, Vatva, Taluka & District

Ahmedabad, State Gujarat

Copy of plot holding certificates are given in Annexure 2, Page 389

6 Location of the project site and nearest habitats with distances from the project site to be demarcated on a Toposheet (1:50000 scale)

Toposheet showing project site is given in Chapter 3, Figure 3-3, Page 207

7 Topography details of the project area. Topography details of project area is given in

Chapter 3, Section 3.10.1, Page 232

8 Geological features and geo-hydrological status of the study area. Details are given in Chapter 3, Section 1.1.1 &

Section 3.10.4, Page 235 & Page 236

9

In case of project located outside notified area: Legal undertaking stating that unit is complying the three conditions [i.e. water

consumption less than 25 m3/day; Fuel consumption less than 25 TPD; and not covered in the category of MAH units as per the

Management, Storage, Import of Hazardous Chemical Rules (MSIHC Rules), 1989] as per the amendment to EIA Notification, 2006 vide

SO 1599 (E) dated 25/06/2014.

Not Applicable as the site is located in notified industrial area

10 Present land use pattern of the study area shall be given based on

satellite imagery. Landuse pattern of the study area given in

Chapter 3, Section 3.4.6, Page 201

11

Layout plan of the factory premises clearly demarcating various units within the plant.

Site layout map is provided at Chapter 2, Figure 2-3, Page 55

Provision of separate entry & exit and adequate margin all around the periphery for unobstructed easy movement of the emergency vehicle / fire tenders without reversing back. Mark the same in the

plant layout.

Site layout map with entry exit gate and fire tender movement are attached as Annexure 8,

Page 416

12 Technical details of the plant/s along with details on best available technologies (BAT), proposed technology and reasons for selecting

the same.

Technical details of the plant is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.6, Page 58

13 Product spectrum (Proposed products along with production

capacity) and processes.

Production details are given in Chapter 1, Table 1-1, Page 36

Process details are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.8, Page 59

14

Chemical name of each proposed product to be manufactured. List of products with CAS number are given in

Chapter 1, Table 1-1, Page 36

Details on end use of each product. (Provide CAS number of all the products & raw materials. In case of Dyes & Dyes, CI number.)

End use of products are given in Chapter 2, Table 2-139, Page 143

Properties of raw materials are given in Chapter 2, Table 2-141, Page 147

15 Details on Raw material, source and storage within the premises.

List of Raw materials with properties are given in Chapter 2, Table 2-141, Page 147

Source and storage details are given in Chapter 2, Table 2-142, Page 152

16

Details of complete manufacturing process / operations of each product along with chemical reactions, process flow diagram describing each unit processes and unit operations along with

material balance, consumption of raw materials etc.

Details of manufacturing process, process flow diagram with material balance are given in

Chapter 2, Section 2.8, Page 59

17 Details on strategy for the implementation of cleaner production

activities. Cleaner production technology details are given in


18 Assessment of source of the water supply with adequacy of the same to meet with the requirements for the project. Permission obtained from the concern authority for supply of raw water.

Existing water is sourced from Borewell and its NOC application has already been done to CGWA. For proposed expansion, source of water is GIDC






S. No.



water supply.

GIDC water supply permission letter for water consumption is shown in Annexure 5, Page 407

19 Undertaking stating that no bore well shall be dug within the premises (If project is located within the industrial estate).

Undertaking is attached as Annexure 16, Page 490

20 Details on water balance including quantity of effluent generated, recycled & reused. Details of methods to be adopted for the water

conservation.

Details of water balance with water consumption and generation are given in Chapter 2, Section

2.16, Page 162

The new ETP will be ZLD system for treatment of additional quantity of waste water. RO Permeates

will be recycled back to the Unit for utilization leading to water conservation.

Water conservation measures are provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.18.11, Page 185

21 Efforts to minimize effluent discharge and to maintain quality of

receiving water body.

Treated outlet is being sent to CETP for further treatment and disposal.

Water conservation measures are provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.18.11, Page 185

ZLD system will be installed for proposed expansion.

22 Explore the possibilities for Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) or Efforts to

minimize effluents discharge and to maintain quality of receiving water body.

The new ETP that will be constructed for new products of manufacture will be ZLD system and there will be no effluent discharge to receiving

body.

Details are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.18, Page 173

23

Segregation of waste streams, characterization and quality with specific treatment and disposal of each stream including action plan

for maximum recycle of treated waste water and minimum discharge for effluent.

Characterization of Process Waste Streams and Combined Inlet to ETP are given in Chapter 2,

Table 2-152, Page 171

24

Capacity of ETP in KL/day. Details of ETP including dimensions of each unit along with schematic flow diagram.

Inlet, transitional and treated effluent qualities with specific efficiency of each treatment unit in reduction in respect of all

concerned/regulated environmental parameters.

Inlet effluent quality should be based on worst case scenario considering production of most polluting products that can be

manufactured in the plant concurrently.

Details of Existing and Proposed ETP are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.17, Page 166


Table 2-152, Page 171 Performance evaluation of ETP is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.17.6, Page 167

25 In case of discharge into GIDC drainage / Pipeline:

Not Applicable.

I. Copy of permission letter with quantity (KL/day) from the concern

authority of drainage network / pipeline with confirmation for spare capacity available to take additional effluent.

II. Characteristics of the combined effluent and treated water to be

sent to Common pipeline with reference to the MoEFCC/CPCB/GPCB discharge norms.

III. Provision for continuous Monitoring System for waste water

discharge.

26 In case of wastewater sent to Common Facilities (CF) like CETP,

MEE, Spray Dryer etc.

Present ETP waste water after treatment will continue to be sent to CETP of Vatva. New ETP

for additional waste water from expansion phase will be treated and then passed through RO and

MEE system for ZLD concept.

a.

Details of Common Facilities including

(1) Total capacity of the CF

(2) Copy of CC&A of the CF.

(3) Actual load at present (Qualitative and Quantitative - KL per day)

(4) Booked quantity & Spare capacity of CF

Total capacity of The Green Environment Services and all details of Common Facilities are given in

Annexure 9, Page 417






S. No.



(5) Copies of XGN generated Inspection reports with analysis reports of the water/Air/Hazardous samples collected by GPCB (Last

2 year). Copies of instructions issued by GPCB in last 2 year and point wise compliance thereof.

(6) Copies of Show- cause notices, closure notices etc. served by the GPCB and its compliance

(7) Recommendations and suggestions of the last two Environment Audit reports of CETP and its compliance report.

(8) Common Facility Up gradation scheme, if any

It is available with CETP

b. Status of compliance to the 18(1) (b) directions issued by the CPCB with respect to CETP compliance & CEPI area action plan along with

relevant supportive document. It is available with CETP

c. Give status of compliance of Environmental norms of existing

Common infrastructure i.e. CETP, MEE & Spray Dryer (Whichever is applicable) in which you are a member.


d.

Submit adequacy of Common Infrastructure i.e. CETP, MEE & Spray Dryer for additional load (Whiever is applicable) along with written confirmation/membership certificate mentioning the same (Total consented quantity, total quantity booked so far, quantity booked

for the unit, spare quantity available).


27 In case of Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD): Unit will be installed ‘ZLD’ system for proposed

wastewater generation. The proposed wastewater will be send to MEE followed by RO.

I. Action plan for 'Zero' discharge of effluent shall be included.

Notarized undertaking for assuring that underground drainage connection will not be taken in the unit.

Additional quantity and quality of effluents will be sent to a new ETP and will be ZLD system. No discharge outside the premises. Existing waste

water will be treated in old ETP and will be continued to be sent to CETP Vatva as per present

discharge conditions.

II. Economical and technical viability of the effluent treatment system

to achieve Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD).

Economical and technical viability of the effluent treatment system are given in Chapter 2,

Section 2.18.10, Page 185

III. Certification of adequacy of proposed ZLD scheme through credible

institutes of National repute.

Adequacy of new treatment units and basic design is presented in Chapter 2, Section 2.18.7,

Page 177

IV.

To estimate & monitor ground water quality & its contamination status, piezometer wells, one on up gradient of the groundwater

flow and other three on the down gradient side of the ground water flow of the proposed project at different depth based on available ground water depth shall be established and all the parameters

mentioned in IS 10:500 for potable water standard shall be monitored.

Details are given in Chapter 2, Section 3.10.4, Page 236

28

In case of in-house MEE/Spray dryer for waste water treatment: Capacity of MEE/Spray dryer in KL/hr.

Technical details of MEE including evaporation capacity, steam required for evaporation, adequacy of the proposed boiler to supply

steam for evaporation in addition to the steam required for the process etc.

Capacity & technical details of MEE are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.18.9, Page 182

29 Technical details of ATFD/Crystallizer/Spray Dryer, RO/NF system

etc. (If any). Details of ATFD are given in Chapter 2, Section

2.18.9, Page 182

30 Undertaking stating that a separate electric meter will be provided

for the wastewater treatment system viz. ETP, RO, MEE, Spray Dryer etc. (Whichever is applicable).

This is an existing unit so already provided separate electric meter for effluent treatment

systems & online meters for monitoring of flow.

31 Economical and technical viability of the effluent treatment system Economical and technical viability of the effluent

treatment system are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.18.10, Page 185






S. No.



32

Plans for management, collection and disposal of waste streams to be generated from spillage, leakages, vessel washing, used

container washing etc.

Plans for management, collection and disposal of waste streams to be generated from spillage,

leakages, vessel washing, used container washing etc. are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.18.12,

Page 186

Measures proposed for preventing effluent discharge during unforeseen circumstances.

Measures proposed for preventing effluent discharge during unforeseen circumstances are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.18.13, Page

186

33 Action plan for reuse of liquid waste streams like Spent acids, Poly Aluminum Chloride etc. Within premises to convert into valuable

products instead of sending outside to actual end-users.

Spent acid generated will be send to Novel Spent Acid Management for recycling and MoU for spent acids to be attached as Annexure 7, Page 409

34 Adequacy of the proposed EMS with respect to the pollution load

envisaged in terms of Air, Water and hazardous waste.

Adequacy of existing and proposed ETP are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.17.7 & 2.18.7, Page

169 & 177 Adequacy of flue gas stacks and process vents are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.20.3, Page 191

Hazardous waste generation and disposal details are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.21, Page

197

35 One season Site-specific micro-metrological data using temperature,

relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall should be incorporated.

Site specific micro-meteorological data are given in Chapter 3, Section 3.5.8, Page 210

36

Anticipated environmental impacts due to the proposed project/production may be evaluated for significance and based on

corresponding likely impacts VECs (Valued Environmental Components) may be identified. Baseline studies may be conducted within the study area for all the concerned/identified VECs and likely

impacts will have to be assessed for their magnitude in order to identify mitigation measures.

Impact identification and mitigation measures are given in Chapter 4, Page 254

Baseline studies are given in Chapter 3, Page 199

37

One complete season baseline ambient air quality data (except monsoon season) to be given along with the dates of monitoring.

The parameters to be covered shall be in accordance with the revised National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) as well as

project specific parameters like NH3, HCL, CL2, HBr, VOC etc.

Baseline ambient air monitoring has been carried out for three months from 20th March 2019 to 20th

June 2019 Details are provided in Chapter 3, Section 3.6, Page 213

Location of the monitoring stations should be so decided so as to take into consideration the pre-dominant downwind direction,

population zone and sensitive receptors. There should be at least one monitoring station in the upwind direction. There should be at

least one monitoring station in the pre-dominant downwind direction at a location where maximum ground level concentration is

likely to occur.

Location of Ambient Air monitoring is given in Chapter 3, Table 3-15, Page 214

Wind-rose diagram is given in Chapter 3, Figure 3-4, Page 212

38

Modelling indicating the likely impact on ambient air quality due to proposed activities. The details of model used and input parameters

used for modelling should be provided.

Air quality dispersion modeling details are given in Chapter 4, Section 4.10.2, Page 269

The air quality contours may be shown on location map clearly indicating the location of sensitive receptors, if any, and the

habitation

The air quality contours is given in Annexure 15, Page 466

The wind rose showing predominant wind direction should also be indicated on the map.

Wind-rose diagram is given in Chapter 3, Figure 3-4, Page 212

Impact due to vehicular movement shall also be included into the prediction using suitable model. Results of air dispersion modelling

should be superimposed on Satellite Image / geographical area map.

Line source emission details are given in Chapter 4, Section 4.10.3, Page 270

Results of air dispersion modelling are given in Annexure 15, Page 466

39 Base line status of the noise environment, impact of noise on

present environment due to the project and proposed measures for noise reduction including engineering controls.

Base line status of the noise environment is given in Chapter 3, Section 3.8, Page 224

impact of noise on present environment due to the project and proposed measures for noise






S. No.



reduction are given in Chapter 4, Section 4.12, Page 283

40 Specific details of

a) Process gas emission from each unit process with its qualification. Process vents details are provided in Chapter 2,


b) Air pollution control measures (APCM) proposed for process gas

emission. Adequacy of the air pollution control measures (APCM) for process gas emission measures to achieve the GPCB norms.

Details of APCM are provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.20.2, Page 188

c) Details of the utilities required. Utility details are given in Chapter 2, Section

2.14, Page 161

d) Type and quantity (MT/hr & MT/Day) of fuel to be used for each

utility. Fuel details are provided in Chapter 2, Table

2-167, Page 186

e) Flue gas emission rate emission from each utility.

Flue gas stacks details are given in Chapter 2, Table 2-168, Page 187

Details of Flue gas emission rate for proposed project is given in Chapter 4, Section 4.10.3,

Page 270

f) Air Pollution Control Measures (APCM) proposed to each of the

utility along with its adequacy.

Details of Air Pollution Control Measures (APCM) are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.20.2, Page

188

g) List the project specific sources of fugitive emission along with its

quantification and proposed measures to control it. Details of fugitive emission is given in Chapter 2,

Section 2.20.4 & 4.10.2, Page 196 & 269

h) Details on tail gas treatment. (If any) Tail gas will not be generated.

41 Provision of CEMS (Continuous Emission Monitoring System).

CEMS is not envisaged but if mendated by CPCB/GPCB, it will be implemented as per

guideline. However, JCIL-3 is member of CETP Odhav Enviro Project Limited (OEPL). So, unit have already installed flow meter, camera and

NVR as per CPCB guideline and its data is being transferred to CPCB server.

42 Action plan for odor control to be submitted. Odour control plan is given in Chapter 2,


43

Management plan for solid/hazardous waste including storage, handling, utilization and safe disposal as per the Hazardous and

Other Wastes (Management and trans boundary Movement) Rules 2016. CPCB guidelines in respect of specific treatment, such as solar

evaporation, incineration, etc., need to be followed.

Solid and Hazardous waste generation and disposal details are provided in Chapter 2,

Section 2.21, Page 197

44 How the manual handling of the hazardous wastes will be

minimized? Methodology of de-contamination and disposal of discarded containers and its record keeping.

Measures to be taken to minimise manual handling of Haz waste are given in Chapter 2,


45

Management of by-products which fall under the purview of the Hazardous and Other wastes (Management and Trans boundary

Movement) Rules 2016 as per the said rules and necessary permission from the concern authority.

Not Applicable as by-products are not genetated

46 Membership of Common Environmental Infrastructure like TSDF, Common Incineration Facility (CHWIF), MEE, Spray Dryer etc.

Membership certificate of TSDF facility for landfill and Incineration is provided in Annexure 7,

Page 409

47

Name and Quantity of each type of solvents to be used for proposed production. Details of in-house solvent recovery system

including mass balance, solvent loss, recovery efficiency (% recovery), feasibility of reusing the recovered solvents etc. for each

type of solvent.

Details of solvent recovery system with diagram and Name & quantity of each type of solvents are

given in Chapter 2, Section 2.9, Page 142

48 Appropriate monitoring network has to be designed and proposed,

to assess the possible residual impacts on VECs. Environment Monitoring Plan is given in Chapter

6, Section 6.1, Page 299

49

A detailed EMP including the protection and mitigation measures for impact on human health and environment as well as detailed

monitoring plan and environmental management cell proposed for implementation and monitoring of EMP. The EMP should also

EMP is given as Chapter 10, Page 343 Expenditure on environmental matters are given

in Chapter 10, Section 10.4, Page 355






S. No.



include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum earmarked for environment pollution control measures.

50 Details of in-house monitoring capabilities and the recognized

agencies if proposed for conducting monitoring. Details of in-house monitoring capabilities are given in Chapter 6, Section 6.3, Page 304

51 Permission from PESO, Nagpur for storage of solvents, other toxic

chemicals, if any. Permission from PESO, Nagpur for storage of

solvents are given in Annexure 17, Page 491

52

Occupational health impacts on the workers and mitigation measures proposed to avoid the human health hazards along with

the personal protective equipment to be provided.

Occupational health impacts with mitigation measure are given in Chapter 4, Section 4.18,

Page 295

Provision of industrial hygienist and monitoring of the occupational injury to workers as well as impact on the workers.

Industrial hygienist is not appointed at site but unit has trained first aider to handle emergency.

Details of first aider are given in Chapter 7, Table 7-28, Page 336

Plan for periodic medical checkup of the workers exposed

Details of work place ambient air quality monitoring plan as per Gujarat Factories Rules

Annual medical checkup is being carried out for all workers

Ambient air quality monitoring is being carried out by NABL/MoEF approved laboratory on monthly basis. Analysis report of tha same is attached as


53

Details on volatile organic compounds (VOCs) from the plant operations and occupational safety and health protection measures. Proposal for Leak Detection and Repair (LDAR) program as per the

CPCB guidelines.

LDAR protocol for VOC measurement is given in Chapter 7, Section 7.6, Page 337

54

Risk assessment including prediction of the worst-case scenario and maximum credible accident scenarios should be carried out. The

worst-case scenario should take into account the maximum inventory of storage at site at any point of time. The risk contours should be plotted on the plant layout map clearly showing which of the facilities would be affected in case of an accident taking place.

Risk assessment including prediction of the worst case scenario is given in Chapter 7, Section

7.2.6, Page 311

Based on the same, proposed safeguard measures including On-Site / Off-Site Emergency Plan should be provided.

DMP is given in Chapter 7, Section 7.4, Page 328

55 MSDS of all the products and raw materials. MSDS is given in the soft copy

56

Details of hazardous characteristics and toxicity of raw materials and products to be handled and the control measures proposed to

ensure safety and avoid the human health impacts. This shall include the details of Antidotes also.

Properties of raw materials and products are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.12, Page 147

Safety measures are given in Chapter 7, Section 7.3, Page 323

Details of Antidots are given in Chapter 7, Section 7.4.9, Page 336

57

Details of quantity of each hazardous chemical (including solvents) to be stored, Material of Construction (MoC) of major hazardous

chemical storage tanks, dyke details, threshold storage quantity as per schedules of the Manufacture, Storage & Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules of major hazardous chemicals, size of the biggest storage tank to be provided for each raw material & product etc.

Storage details of raw materials are given in Chapter 2, Table 2-142, Page 152

How the manual handling of the hazardous chemicals will be minimized?

Measures to be taken to minimise manual handling of Haz waste and container

decontamination method are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.21.2, Page 198

58

Details of the separate isolated storage area for flammable chemicals.

Unit has provided separate storage area for flammable chemicals. Storage area is demarcated

in site layout map attached as Annexure 20, Page 497

Details of flame proof electrical fittings, DCP extinguishers and other safety measures proposed. Detailed fire control plan for flammable

substances and processes showing hydrant pipeline network, provision of DG Sets, fire pumps, jockey pump, toxic gas detectors

Details DCP extinguishers, fire protection system, hydrant pipeline network, provision of DG Sets, fire pumps, jockey pump, gas detectors etc. are given in Chapter 7, Section 7.4.8, Page 335






S. No.



etc.

59 Submit checklist in the form of Do’s & Don’ts of preventive

maintenance, strengthening of HSE, manufacturing utility staff for safety related measures.

List of Do’s and Don’ts are given in Chapter 7, Section 7.7, Page 338

60 Specify safety precautions to be taken for Chemical storage,

process, and handling & transportation hazard.

Specify safety precautions to be taken for Chemical storage, process, and handling &

transportation are given in Chapter 7, Section 7.3, Page 323

61 Details on workers training before engaging work, periodical, in-

house, outside etc.

In-house EHS training is given before engaging work for all staff, Contract Workmen and new

joining employee. A list of SOPs is given in Annexure 22, Page 504

62 Details on various SOP to be prepared. List of SOPs are given in Annexure 22, Page

504

63 Details on safety audit to be carried out and their compliance status.

Observation of third party safety audit report is given in Annexure 21, Page 498

Safety Audit Report is available with the Unit

64 Specific safety measures to be taken for general Public living in the

vicinity.

Safety measures for general public living in the vicinity is given in Chapter 7, Section 7.5, Page

336

65 Details on hazard identification i.e. HAZOP, HAZAN, Fault tree

analysis, Event tree analysis, Checklist, Audit etc. to be adopted for the safety operation of the plant.

Looking to the flow process chart and raw material use for proposed expansion we will

appoint third party safety authority to carry out HAZOP, HAZAN, Fault Tree analysis and Event Tree Analysis after getting EC. However third

party Safety Audit is carried out every two years. Safety audit has been done by Dy. Director,

Industrial Safety & Health (Retd.), Ahmedabad. Observations of the audit report is attached as


66 Detection and monitoring of VOC's / gases.

Workplace monitoring for VOC is being carried out in quarterly basis for the existing unit. Reports are

attached in Annexure 19, Page 494. VOC monitoring will also be done for the proposed

unit.

67

Detailed five year greenbelt development program including annual budget, planning schedule, species, width of plantations, number of trees to be planted, area under green belt development [with map], budgetary outlay etc. along with commitment of the management to

carry out the tree plantation activities outside the premises at appropriate places in the nearby areas and elsewhere.

Greenbelt development plan is given in Chapter 10, Section 10.2.5, Page 349

Site layout Map demarcated with greenbelt is given in Chapter 2, Figure 2-3, Page 55

68 Action plan for the greenbelt development – species, width of plantations, planning schedule, etc., in accordance to CPCB

published guidelines.

Greenbelt development plan is given in Chapter 10, Section 10.2.5, Page 349

69

Detailed socio-economic development measures including community welfare program most useful in the project area for the overall improvement of the environment. Submit a detailed plan for

social corporate responsibilities, with appropriate budgetary provisions for the next five years and activities proposed to be

carried out; specific to the current demographic status of the area.

Socio economic plan including budget to be used for one years for Social management plan is

provided in Chapter 10, Section 10.2.8, Page 352

70

(a) Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report. (b). Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement

/ deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions ? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

Environment Policy is given in Annexure 28, Page 522

71 What is the hierarchical system or administrative order of the

company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the EC conditions. Details of this system may be

Hierarchical system is to deal with the environmental issues given in Chapter 10,






S. No.



given. Section 10.3, Page 354

72

Does the company have a system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the

company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism should be detailed in the EIA Report.

Reporting Mechanism for non-compliance / violations of Environmental Norms is given in


73 Phase wise project implementation schedule with bar chart and time frame, in terms of site development, infrastructure provision, EMS

implementation etc.

Project implementation schedule is given in Chpater 2, Table 2-4, Page 58

74 Certificate of accreditation issued by the NABET, QCI to the

environmental consultant should be incorporated in the EIA Report.

Certificate of accreditation issued by the NABET, QCI to the environmental consultant is given in


75

An undertaking by the Project Proponent on the ownership of the EIA report as per the MoEF&CC OM dated 05/10/2011 and an

undertaking by the Consultant regarding the prescribed TORs have been complied with and the data submitted is factually correct as

per the MoEF&CC OM dated 04/08/2009.

Undertaking by the Project Proponent is attached as Annexure 26, Page 520

Undertaking by the EIA Consultant is attached as Annexure 27, Page 521

76 All documents to be properly referenced with index and continuous

page numbering. Noted and Complied

77 Where data are presented in the Report especially in Tables, the

period in which the data were collected and the sources should be indicated.

Noted and Complied

78

Project Proponent shall enclose all the analysis/testing reports of Water, air, soil, noise, etc. using the MoEF&CC/NABL accreditated

laboratories. All the original analysis/testing reports should be available during appraisal of the Project.

Analysis /testing reports of water, air, noise etc. have done by MoEF&CC/NABL accredited

laboratory as Kadam Environmental Consultancy (Certificate No.: NABL/TC-7099, Valid up to

26/03/2020)

79 In case of Expansion of the project.

a Need for the proposed expansion should be justified in detail Need for the project is given in Chapter 2,

Section 2.2, Page 52

b Adequacy of existing EMS (Environmental Management System)

Adequacy of existing ETP is given in Chapter 2, Table 2-151, Page 170

Adequacy of stack and process vent are given in Chapter 2, Table 2-170 & Table 2-171, Page

191 & 193 respectively.

List of Hazardoues waste with existing and proposed quantity is given in Chapter 2, Table 2-172, Page 197 & Membership of hazardous waste disposal is given in Annexure 7, Page

409

c Explore the possibility to achieve Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) for

existing as well as proposed activity.

Unit has membership of CETP for existing unit and they will provide ‘ZLD’ system for proposed

wastewater generation. The proposed wastewater will be send to MEE followed by RO.

d

Records of any legal breach of Environmental laws i.e. details of show- cause notices, closure notices etc. served by the GPCB to the

existing unit in last five years and actions taken then after for prevention of pollution.

Details of show- cause & closure notice are given in Annexure 23, Page 505

e Copies of Environmental Clearances obtained for the existing plant,

its point wise compliance report. Not Applicable as Existing products are Non-EC

products

f Environmental audit reports for last 3 years and compliance of its recommendations/Suggestions. (Include latest audit report and its

compliance.)

Compliance of last 3 years environment audit report recommendations and suggestions are

given in Annexure 24, Page 506

g Copy of Consent to Operate (CC&A) obtained along with point wise

compliance status of all the conditions stipulated therein.

Copy of CC&A and its compliance report are given in Annexure 3 & Annexure 4, Page 391 &

395 respectively.

h Compliance of MoEFCC circulars vide No: J-11011/618/2010-IAH (I) dated 30/05/2012 and J-11013/41/2006-IA- ll(l) dated 20/10/2009.

For existing unit EC was not applicable






S. No.



i

Copies of XGN generated Inspection reports with analysis reports of the water/Air/Hazardous samples collected by GPCB (Last 2 year). Copies of instructions issued by GPCB in last 2 year and point wise

compliance thereof.

GPCB inspection reports from last two years are attached as Annexure 25, Page 514

80 In case of project is located in Ankleshwar-Panoli, Vatva-Narol &

Vapi GIDC.

A Compliance of MOEFCC’s OM no. J-11013/5/2010-IA.Ii (I) dated

25/11/2016 regarding lifting of moratorium on the consideration of projects for environmental clearance.

Not Applicable as existing product is non EC products

B Compliance of direction under section 18 (1) (b) of the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) act, 1974 issued by CPC8

dated 31/03/2016 regarding compliance of CETP.

Unit is regularly uploaded monitoring report on GPCB website & submitting compliance report to

GPCB office and GPCB is regularly submitting compliance report to CPCB.

a Action initiated by GPCB, if any, against proposed unit regarding

non-compliance of prescribed standards under the various environmental laws.

b

Performance of CETP with respect to current hydraulic load & prescribed standards with No Objection Certificate of CETP

regarding incorporation of the proposed unit for acceptance of waste water.

c

Performance of TSDF site with respect to current load & prescribed standards with No Objection Certificate of TSDF site regarding incorporation of the proposed unit for acceptance of hazardous

waste to the common infrastructure.

d Copies of quarterly action report taken for the above points

submitted to the CPCB.

e Report of GPCB which have conducted monitoring as per the said

direction by CPCB dated 31/03/2016.

Additional ToR Points

1

Compliance of MoEFCC’s OM dated 01/05/2018 regarding “Corporate Environment Responsibility” (CER). Fund allocation for Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) shall be made as per

MoEFCC’s O.M. No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated 01/05/2018 for various activities THEREIN. Te details of fund allocation and activities for

CER shall be incorporated in EIA/EMP report.

Details of CER are given in Chapter 10, Section 10.2.8, Page 352

2

Address Area Adequacy considering a) proportionate availability of space for production plant.

B) Proportionate availability of storage area for raw materials, finished goods, utilities and goods carrier movement within

premises. C) Proportionate captive/common infrastructure available to accommodate additional load due to proposed expansion.

d) Environment impact and its mitigation measures for common/captive infrastructure due to proposed production.

Area Adequacy and land distribution details are given in Chapter 2, Table 2-1, Page 56

3

Explore the use of renewable energy to the maximum extent possible. Details of provisions to make the project energy-efficient

through of energy efficient devices and adoption of modes of alternative eco-friendly sources of energy like solar water heater, Solar lighting etc. measures proposed for energy conservation.

Energy conservation measures are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.20.6, Page 196

4 PP shall address spent solvent with details of storage, handling and

re-use under the Hazardous and other Waste (Management and Trans boundary Movement) Rules 2016.

Quantity of spent solvent generation and its disposal is given in Chapter 2, Table 2-172,

Page 197

5

Leak Detection and Repairing Programmer (LDAR) for all the volatile organic solvent proposed for use in-house with detailed chemical

properties including vapor pressure. LDAR shall endeavor prevention of losses of solvents to the best minimum extent.

Details od Leak Detection and Repairing Programmer (LDAR) system is given in Chapter

7, Section 7.6, Page 337

Chemical properties of solvents are given in






S. No.



Chapter 2, Table 2-141, Page 147

6 PP shall furnish status of all the applicable rules, acts, regulation,

clearances in a tabular form. Status of clearances are given in Chapter 2,

Table 2-5, Page 59

7 Safety precautions including flame proof electric fittings to be taken

to avoid fire hazard during unloading, storage, transportation, handling and processing of solvents.

Specific safety precautions to be taken for Chemical storage, process, and handling &

transportation are given in Chapter 7, Section 7.3, Page 323

8

Segregation of waste streams based on characteristics and its proper management keeping in view direction under section 18(1)

(b) of the water (prevention and control of pollution) act, 1974 issued by CPCB regarding compliance of CETP.



9 Treatability and adequacy report for complete ZLD for additional

wastewater. Feasibility report for complete reuse treated wastewater for industrial purpose.

Additional quantity and quality of effluents will be sent to a new ETP and will be ZLD system. No discharge outside the premises. Existing waste

water will be treated in old ETP and will be continued to be sent to CETP Vatva as per present

discharge conditions.

Adequacy of new treatment units and basic design is presented in Chapter 2, Section 2.18.7,

Page 177

10 Compliance of all the condition stipulated in GPCB circular dated

03/11/2018 and subsequent circulars/orders in this regard. Noted




VATVA GIDC, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT PROJECT DESCRIPTION


2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Type of Project

The proposed project is an expansion project to manufacturing of synthetic organic dyes at Plot no. -109 and 220,

Phase - II, GIDC, Vatva, Taluka Ahmedabad, District Ahmedabad, Gujarat. This project activity is covered under

Category 5(f)-Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry “B” projects of SEIAA, Gujarat, as per new EIA Notification vide

gazette no. S.O. 1533 dated 14th September 2006 and its amendments till date

2.2 Need for the project

The project brings the following benefits to the country and the region that are both needed and beneficial to the

country and region:

JCIL, having 5% market share at globally so foreign Exchange with strong international credentials.

With continuous R & D found that it can be developed in-house and produce commercially for domestic market

as well as an eye more on export markets.

Proposed products manufacturing in the country will be very much economical compare to Imports of the same

and also the export of the same will earn extra revenue generation for our county.

Employment for up to 100 persons and multi-fold additional indirect employment to traders, vendors and other

suppliers of services and products.

Taxes, revenues and royalties to the local administration, state and central governments.

2.3 Location

Proposed project is located at Plot No. -109 and 220, Phase - II, GIDC, Vatva, Taluka Ahmedabad, District

Ahmedabad, Gujarat. The total Plot Area of plant will be 11666 m2.

The general location of the proposed project in India is presented in Figure 2-1. Map showing the project

boundary on Google image with latitude and longitude of the site is shown as Figure 2-2. Similarly, the site layout

map is presented as Figure 2-3 and area breakup at site is given in Table 2-1.

M/S. JAY CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES LIMITED, UNIT-3 PROPOSED EXPANSION OF SYNTHETIC ORGANIC DYES

MANUFACTURING PLANT AT VATVA GIDC, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Figure 2-1: Site Location Map




Figure 2-2: Map Showing Project Boundary with Geographical Coordinates

M/S. JAY CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES LIMITED, UNIT-3 PROPOSED EXPANSION OF SYNTHETIC ORGANIC DYES MANUFACTURING PLANT AT VATVA GIDC,

AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Figure 2-3: Site Layout Map






Table 2-1: Area Break up at Site

S. No. Title Area, m2

% of total Area Existing Proposed Total

1 Processing Area 1723 1437 3160 27.09

2 Storage Area 1625 1625 13.93

a Hazardous Chemicals 721 721 6.18

b Other Non-hazardous chemicals 658 658 5.64

c Hazardous Waste 226 226 1.94

d Water Storage 20 20 0.17

3 Effluent Treatment Plant 2164 850 3014 25.84

4 Boiler 60 60 0.51

5 Cooling tower 225 225 1.93

6 DG Sets 21 21 0.18

7 Roads 1605 1605 13.76

8 Administrative Building 146 146 1.25

9 Open Space 300 300 2.57

10 Greenbelt Area 100 1410 1510 12.94

11 Area for proposed Expansion 3697

Total 11666 11666 100

Total 3697 Sq. Mtr land is required for proposed expansion which is 31.69% of total land area.

1437 m2 land will be used for production facility. Total area of existing and proposed for production facility will

be 3160 m2 which is 27.09% of total land of area.

1625 Sq. Mtr land is used for storage facility which is 13.93% of total land of area.

850 m2 land will be used for proposed ETP+ZLD facility. Total area of existing and proposed for ETP+ZLD

facility will be 3014 m2 which is 25.84% of total land of area.

Approx 2260 m2 addition land has been allotted to us behind our industry premises for green belt development

by the VIA-GIDC.

Figure 2-4: Pie chart of Area Break up at Site

27%

14%

26%3%

1%

2%

14%

13%Processing Area

Storage Area

ETP

Utility

Administrative Building

Open Space

Roads

Greenbelt Area






2.3.1 Immediate Neighbours

Following are immediate neighbours.

Table 2-2: Immediate Neighbours

S. No. Direction Description

1 North Mayur Dye Chem (Dye Manufacturing company)

2 East GIDC Open Plot

3 South Kharikat Canal

4 West Bodal Chemcial (Dye Manufacturing company)

2.3.2 List of Industries

List of industries in GIDC, Vatva are given in Table 2-3.

Table 2-3: Major List of Industries in GIDC, Vatva

Sr. No. Name of Industry Type of Industry Location in GIDC Vatva

1 Aarti Organics Dyes and Dyes Intermediates Phase 2,

2 Ajay Organics Pvt Ltd Dyes and Dyes Intermediates Phase 2,

3 Ambica Engineering Works Chemical Machinery Phase 3,

4 Bhagwati Organics Pvt. Ltd. Pharmaceuticals and Bulk Drugs Phase 2

5 Mangal Textiles Mills (I) P. Ltd. Textile Phase 1

6 Matangi Industries Dyes and Dyes Intermediates Phase 2

7 Mayur Dye Chem Intermediates LLP. Dyes and Dyes Intermediates Phase 2

8 Jay Chemicals Industries Ltd. Dyes and Dyes Intermediates Phase 2

9 Unison Pharmaceuticals Pharmaceuticals and Bulk Drugs Phase 2

10 Cadila Healthcare Ltd Pharmaceuticals Phase 4

11 Doshion Veolia Water Solution Pvt. Ltd. Chemical Mfg and Suppliers Phase 2

12 Jindal Texofab Ltd. Textile Phase 4

13 Patel Alloy Steel Pvt. Ltd. Rolling Mill Phase 2

14 Ishan Dyes & Chemicals Ltd Pigment Phase 1

2.4 Approach and Connectivity to Facility

2.4.1 By Road

Site is in the Vatva GIDC, Phase III, Ahmedabad. Site is easily approachable through National Highway – 1 is about

~2.19 km aerial distance in north east direction and National Highway-8 is about ~3.38 km aerial distance in NNW

direction from the site.

2.4.2 By Rail

Ahmedabad Railway station is ~8.52 km aerial distance in NNW direction from the site. Nearest Vatva railway

station is about ~1.21 km aerial distance in WNW direction from proposed site.

2.4.3 By Air

The nearest Ahmedabad Airport is ~12.83 km aerial distance in North direction from the site.






2.5 Size or magnitude of operation

The proposed project is an expansion project to manufacture synthetic organic dyes 2000 MT/ Month. Details of

production capacity is given in Table 1-1.

The existing project cost is ~ 10 Crores and estimated cost of the proposed project is ~ INR 70 Crores. So total

cost of the project will be ~ 80 Crores.

2.5.1 Site History

Jay Chemical group of Industries is more than 50 years old industry organization. Present site was purchased in

1976 and production activity was started in the year 1982. Jay Chemcial Industry Limited Unit – 3 is a large scale

industry and engaged in the manufacturing of Dyes and Dyes Intermediates.

2.5.2 Justification for product and unit size

Presently JCIL-3 is manufacturing only Turquoise Blue. Synthetic Organic Reactive Dyes are mostrly campatable

with cellulose fibre. As per market demard and growth in Textile sector, various kind of Dyes are required which are

compatable with Cellolouse fibre and Nylone Fibre to fullfill the demards of Reactive & Disperse Dyes which are

used in both Cotton and Synthetic Textile industry. By this expansion JCIL-3 will try to fullfill demands of both

Textile Industrial sector.

The textile dyes market is projected to grow from USD 7.34 billion in 2017 to USD 9.82 billion by 2022, at a CAGR

of 6.00% between 2017 and 2022. The growing demand for textile dyes for various fiber types, such as cotton,

polyester, and viscose, is expected to fuel the growth of the textile dyes market. JCIL, having 5% market share at

globally and we are expecting year on year basis 15% overall growth into the business in coming year of Cotton

and Polyester dyestuff. Considering overall market potential and future trend JCIL having further scope of growth

for cotton and Polyester dyes.

2.6 Best Available Technologies (BAT)

2.6.1 Preparation of Disperse Dyes Crude

Diazotization by Nitrosyl sulphuric acid is adopted to reduce the acid consumption.

Recycling of effluent after crude synthesis.

In the preparation of solvent based dyes, collect all solvent based effluents for fractional distillation to recover

all solvents for reuse.

Acid and Auxiliaries containing effluents of crude synthesis is to recycle and reuse to reduce the consumption of

fresh acid and auxiliaries

2.6.2 Formulation

Formulation plant is to make zero liquid discharge. AOD pumps (zero leakage) will be used instead of Roto

pumps.

Use of latest automatic online packing for the Dyes powder.

2.7 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation

The status of the progress of JCIL’s EC application is provided in Table 2-4.

Table 2-4: Schedule of approval activities and Project Timeline Scheduling

S. No. Activities Period

Start Finish






1 Submission of Form I along with Proposed ToR to SEAC, Gandhinagar 17th January 2019

2 Receipt of ToR Letter from SEIAA, Gandhinagar 24th May 2019

3 EC & CTE Approval Septemer 2019 December 2019

4 Detailed Engineering January 2020 Feberuary 2020

5 Procurement and Delivery March-2020 As per requirement

6 Construction at Site (Buildings, Mech., Piping, Elec., Inst etc.) March-2020 September-2020

7 Mechanical Commissioning May-2020 November-2020

8 Pre Commissioning November-2020 December-2020

9 CTO from GPCB January-2021 February-2021

10 Process Startup and Stabilization March-2021 -

Table 2-5: Status of clearances received

S. No. Activities Period

1 CTO from GPCB 06/07/2015 valid upto 30/04/2020

2 PESO Certificate for EO storage 13/03/2019 valid upto 30/09/2023

2.8 Technology and process description

2.8.1 Reactive Dyes

Four types of process based on chemical reaction are as follow:

1. Vinyl Sulphone base Reactive Dyes

Process description:

Vinyl sulphone ester of aniline (amine) charged into water and 30% hydrochloric acid added. Mass is stirred for 4

hours and then cooled by ice to 0-5 degree C. Sodium nitrite solution added to this amine below 5 degree C and

completely diazotised. Mass stirred SI positive for 1 hour and then made SI negative with sulphamic acid solution.

To this diazo H Acid powder (coupler) added below 5 degree C and stirred for 4 hours without temperature control.

When acidic coupling completed pH adjusted to 4.5 by sodium carbonate and further maintained for 2 hours. Dyes

produced transferred to holding reactor for shade and strength adjustment and transferred to spray dryer for

drying and directly packed.






Flow Diagram:

Figure 2-5: Flow Diagram of Vinyl Sulphone base Reactive Dyes

2. Cold Brand Reactive Dyes


K Acid (amine) charged into water and 30% hydrochloric acid added to it. Mass stirred for 2 hours and then cooled

by ice to 5 Degree C. To this sodium nitrite solution added slowly and diazo prepared. Diazo stirred for 2 hours and

then made SI negative by Sulphamic acid solution. To this diazo added meta-uredo aniline (coupler) powder and

simultaneously pH adjusted to 6.5 by sodium bi carbonate. When coupling completed again it is cooled to 0 degree

C by Ice and charged cyanuric chloride and stirred. When reaction completed pH adjusted to 6.5 if required dye is

isolated by adding salt and filtered in filter press and mother liquor goes to ETP. Press cake thus obtained charged

into cold water, slurry transferred to spray dryer for shade, strength adjustment and Spray powder directly packed.






Flow Diagram:

Figure 2-6: Flow Diagram of Cold Brand Reactive Dyes

3. Hot Brand Reactive Dyes


6 CAPSA (amine) charged into water and 30% hydrochloric acid added to it. Mass is colled to 0 degree C by ice and

then sodium nitrite solution added to it. When diazotisation completed, made SI negative with sulphamic acid

solution and H Acid (coupler) clear solution added for coupling. Ph adjusted to 6.5 by soda ash and when coupling

complted charged copper sulphate solution for metallization. When reaction completed again cooled to 0 degree C

by ice and cyanuric chloride powder charged. Ph adjusted to 6.5 by soda solution. After reaction completion added

Metanilic acid powder for condensation and pH adjusted to 6.5. Dye produced transferred to spray dryer for drying

and packing.






Flow Diagram:

Figure 2-7: Flow Diagram of Hot Brand Reactive Dyes

4. Bifunctional Reactive Dyes


Vinyl sulphone ester of aniline is charged into water and ph adjusted to 4.5 by soda bi carbonate. This is cooled to

0 degree C and cyanuric chloride powder added. Mass is stirred for 6 hours and when reaction completed charged

H Acid powder and ph adjusted to 5.5 by soda bi carb. Mass is stirred till reaction completed and then coled by ice.

Seperately Sulpho Tobias acid diazo prepared by charging Sulpho tobias acid in water , adding hydrochloric acid

and at 5 degree C sodium nitrite solution added. When diazo ready made SI negtive and transferred to condense

mass prepared in 1st step and ph adjusted to 6.5. Dye solution transferred to spray dryer and powder directly

packed.






Flow Diagram:

Figure 2-8: Flow Diagram of Bifunctional Reactive Dyes

Material Balance of Reactive dyes:

1. Acid Black 210

Table 2-6: Material Balance of Acid Black 210

S. No.

Input/MT of Product

Raw Materials Quantity (MT/MT)

1 PNA 0.13

2 HCl 0.23

3 Sodium Nitrite 0.18

4 Ice 5.1

5 Water 3.3

6 H Acid 0.29

7 Soda Ash 0.05

8 DASA 0.22

9 caustic Flakes 0.19

MPD 0.07

Total 9.76

S. No.

Output/MT of Product Remark/Disposal Mode Product Liquid Effluent Air Emission Recovery/ Product Solid Waste

1 Acid Black 210 1 Product

2 evaporation loss 0.02 To Atmosphere

3 Water (Evaporation) 3.74 To Atmosphere

4 Effluent 5 To ETP

TOTAL 5 3.76 1 0

9.76






2. Acid Red 357

Table 2-7: Material Balance of Acid Red 357

S. No. Input/MT of Product


1 6 NAPASA 0.4

2 HCl 0.06

3 Nitrite 0.12

4 Ice 6.75

5 Water 4

6 PMP 0.32

7 Caustic Flakes 0.17

8 Salicylic Acid 0.05

9 B.C.S. 0.28

Total 12.15

S. No.

Output/MT of Product Remark/Disposal

Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Acid Red 357 1 Product


4 Effluent 7.5 To ETP

TOTAL 7.5 3.65 1 0

12.15

3. Reactive Black 5 (B)

Table 2-8: Material Balance of Reactive Black 5 (B)

S. No.

Input/MT of Product


1 Vinyl Sulphopne 0.49


3 Hydrochloric Acid 0.22

4 Sulfamic0 Acid 0.00

5 Sodium Bicarbonate 0.22

6 H-Acid 0.29

7 Sulfuric Acid 0.0001


Total 1.34

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

1 Reactive Black B 1 Product



4 Handling Loss 0.01 To ETP

TOTAL 0 0.33 1.00 0.01

1.34






4. Reactive Black 31

Table 2-9: Material Balance of Reactive Black 31

S.

No.

Input/MT of Product


1 Caustic Lye 0.04

2 Copper Sulphate 0.10

3 DMAVS 0.10

4 Gamma Acid 0.07


6 Salt 0.25

7 SPCP 0.09

8 Salicylic Acid 0.01

9 Sulphamic acid 0.00

10 Soda Ash 0.06

11 Sodium Acetate 0.20


13 Ice 4.00

14 Water 6.00

Total 11.12

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Reactive Black RL (BLACK 31) 1



TOTAL 10.12 0.00 1.00 0.00

11.12

5. Reactive Blue 220

Table 2-10: Material Balance of Reactive Blue 220

S. No.

Input/MT of Product


1 Sulfo Oavs 0.284


3 Sulfamic Acid 0.002

4 Sodium Carbonate 0.085

5 4-Sulfo Hydrazone 0.247

6 Copper Sulfate 0.190


8 Water 0.013


Total 1.665

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Reactive Blue 220 1 Product










TOTAL 0.023 0.631 1.000 0.010

1.665

6. Reactive Blue 19




1 Bromamine acid 0.717

2 MBVS Cond 0.377

3 Soda bi carb 0.713

4 copper 0.045

5 cuprous chloride 0.090

6 Hydrochloric acid 2.889

7 Sulphuric acid 0.338

8 Calcium Carbonate 0.169

9 Water 2.150

Total 7.49

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/ Product

Solid Waste

1 Reactive Blue 19 1

2 Sodium Bromide 0.2

3 Carbon Dioxide 0.4


5 Calcium Sulphate 0.23 To TSDF


7 salt 0.38

8 Impurities 0.16

9 Cupric Chloride 0.14


TOTAL 3.71 2.54 1.00 0.23

7.49

7. Reactive Red 198

Table 2-12: Material Balance of Reactive Red 198

S.No. Input/MT of Product

Raw Materials Quantity ( MT/MT)

1 VS 0.18

2 Cyanuric Chloride 0.118

3 Soda Bi Carb 0.294






4 H Acid 0.198

5 Metanilic acid 0.109


7 Sodium nitrite 0.045

8 Soda ash 0.035

9 Ice 3.5

10 Water 2.5

Total 7.119

S.No.

Output / MT of Product

Remark/Disposal Mode Product

Liquid Effluent

Air Emission Recovery /Product

Solid Waste

1 Reactive Red 198 1 Product


3 Water (Evaporation) 5 Evaporation in spray dryer

Total 6.119 0.00 1.00 0.00

7.119

8. Reactive Orange 107

Table 2-13: Material Balance of Reactive Orange 107



1 Acetyl MPDSA 0.255

2 VS 0.312



5 Soda ash 0.085

6 Ice 2.5

7 Water 1.8

Total 5.18

S.No.


Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery /Product

Solid Waste Remark/Disposal Mode

1 Reactive Orange 107

1 Product



Total 4.18 0.00 1.00 0.00

5.18

9. Reactive Blue 38

Table 2-14: Material Balance of Reactive Blue 38 (Green 6B)



1 NICKEL Phthalocyanine 0.48






2 Chlorosulfonic acid 2.00

3 ice 16.90

4 Water 24.69

5 Vinyl Sulphone 1.01

6 sodium bicarbonate 1.26

Total 46.34

S. No.

Output/MT of Product


Liquid Effluent

Air Emission

Recovery/ Product

Solid Waste

1 Reactive Green 6B (Blue 38) 1 Product

2 Hydrochloric acid 0.12 By-Product

3 Carbon Dioxide 0.28 To Atmosphere


5 Spent Sulpuric Acid 11.2 Send to Recyclers

10 Water 29.9 To ETP

TOTAL 41.17 4.04 1.12 0.00

46.34





1 Gamma Acid 0.347

2 Acetic Anhydride 0.214

3 Soda Ash 0.39

4 VS 0.4


6 Caustic Lye 0.055



9 Ice 11

10 Water 3

Total 15.94

S.No.



Liquid Effluent

Air Emission

Recovery /Product

Solid Waste

1 Reactive Orange 3R (ORANGE 16)

1 Product


3 Water (Evaporation) 13 To Atmosphere

Total 14.938 0.00 1.00 0.00

15.94






11. Reactive Red 35




1 H Acid 0.156

2 Acetic anhydride 0.096

3 Soda ash 0.3

4 OAVS 0.138


6 Caustic Lye 0.042



9 Ice 6

10 Water 2.5

Total 9.77

S.No.



Liquid Effluent

Air Emission

Recovery /Product

Solid Waste

1 Reactive Red 5B

(RED 35) 1 Product



Total 8.765 0.00 1.00 0.00

9.77

12. Reactive Red 106

Table 2-17 Material Balance of Reactive Red 106



1 H Acid 0.24


3 Soda ash 0.278

4 VS 0.208


6 Caustic Lye 0.067

7 Salt 1.5



10 Ice 8

11 Water 2.5

Total 13.40

S.No.



Liquid Effluent

Air Emission

Recovery /Product

Solid Waste

1 Reactive Red C2GL

(RED 106) 1 Product



Total 12.40 0.00 1.00 0.00

13.40










1 Copper Phthalocyanine 0.32


3 Thionyl Chloride 0.13

4 ice 3.42

5 Water 0.14



8 Pyridine 0.01

Total 5.69

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Reactive Turquoise Blue 21 1 Product




5 Spent Sulpuric Acid 0.77 Send to Recyclers

6 Sulphur Di oxide 0.07 To Atmosphere



TOTAL 4.19 0.22 1.29 0.01

5.69

14. Reactive Violet 5

Table 2-19: Material Balance of Reactive Violet 5

S. No.

Input/MT of Product


1 H-Acid 0.54

2 Sodium Hydroxide 0.13


4 Water 1.67

5 Soda ash 0.25


7 HCl 0.19


9 Sulfamic acid 0.004


11 Hydrozen Peroxide 0.31







S. No.

Input/MT of Product



14 Sodium chloride 7.82

Total 12.9

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Reactive Violet 5R 1.000 Product



5 Nitrogen 0.0008 To Atmosphere



TOTAL 9.67 2.18 1.00 0.01

12.9

15. Reactive Yellow 37

Table 2-20: Material Balance of Reactive Yellow 37



1 PMPVS 0.368

2 Sulphuric Acid 0.82

3 Soda Ash 0.705



6 Sulpho Tobias Acid 0.368

7 Ice 15

8 Salt 3.5

9 Water 3.8

Total 24.65

S.No.

Output / MT of Product Remark/Disposal

Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air Emission

Recovery /Product

Solid Waste

1 Reactive Yellow GL (YELLOW 37)

1 Product



TOTAL 23.65 0.00 1.00 0.00

24.65










1 SPMP 0.208


3 Soda ash 0.104


5 PCVS 0.254

6 Ice 2

7 Soda bi Carb 0.06

8 Hyflow 0.02

9 Water 3.2

Total 6.074

S.No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air


Solid Waste

1 Reactive Yellow GR (YELLOW 15)

1 Product



TOTAL 5.07 0.00 1.00 0.00

6.074

17. Reactive Black 8 (NH)

Table 2-22: Material Balance of Reactive Black 8 (HN)



1 4 N.A.P 0.161

2 HCl 0.352


4 Sulfamic acid 0.003

5 H acid 0.356

6 Caustic lye 0.087

7 Sodium carbonate 0.175

8 Chromium chloride 0.135

9 Ammonia 0.242

10 Cyanuric chloride 0.188

Total 1.772

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Reactive Black HN 1 Product





8 Water 0.290 To ETP

TOTAL 0.29 0.47 1.00 0.01








1.772

18. Reactive Blue 4 (Brilliant Blue CR)

Table 2-23: Material Balance of Reactive Blue 4 (Brilliant Blue CR)



1 Bromamine acid 0.315

2 MPDSA 0.21


4 soda bi carb 0.36

5 copper 0.006


7 Soda ash 0.1

8 salt 1.4

9 Ice 6

10 Water 1.459

Total 10.80

S.No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air


Solid Waste

1 Reactive Blue 4

(Brilliant Blue CR) 1 Product



TOTAL 9.80 0.00 1.00 0.00

10.80





1 M Acid 0.139

2 Bromamine Acid 0.231

3 Cuprous Chloride 0.041


5 Metanilic Acid 0.105

6 Caustic Lye 0.075

7 Soda Ash 0.1

8 Ice 1.5

9 Water 3

Total 5.302

S.No. Output / MT of Product Remark/Disposal






Product Liquid


Recovery /Product

Solid Waste Mode

1 Reactive Blue 49 1 Product



TOTAL 4.30 0.00 1.00 0.00

5.302

20. Reactive Blue 13 Blue H5R

Table 2-25: Material Balance of Reactive Blue 13 (Blue H5R)



1 H Acid 0.126


3 Soda ash 0.15

4 C Acid 0.118


6 Caustic Lye 0.035



9 Ammonia solution 0.275


11 Hydrogen Peroxide 0.108

12 Ice 12

13 Water 3.5

Total 16.842

S.No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air


Solid Waste

1 BLUE 13 (Blue H5R) 1 Product



TOTAL 15.84 0.00 1.00 0.00

16.842





1 VS 0.336

2 H Acid 0.192



5 Soda ash 0.125







7 Caustic Lye 0.05

8 Ice 3

9 Water 1.6

Total 5.532

S.No.


Product Liquid

Effluent Air


Solid Waste

Remark/Disposal Mode

1 Reactive Red 198

1 Product

2 Effluent 1.5

To ETP

Water (Evaporation)

3.032 To Atmosphere

Total 1.50 3.03 1.00 0.00

5.532





1 Caustic lye 0.083

2 5 Sulpho Hydrazone 0.133



5 6 Acetyl OAPSA 0.111


7 Caustic soda flakes 0.21

8 Salt 0.55



11 PPDDSA 0.12

12 Soda ash 0.28

13 Ice 7

14 Water 3.5

Total 13.07

S.No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air


Solid Waste

1 Blue HERD (BLUE 160) 1 Product



Total 12.07 0.00 1.00 0.00

13.07





1 VS 0.052

2 Calsoline oil 0.005








5 H Acid 0.112

6 4-ADAPSA 0.101




10 Soda ash 0.035

11 Ice 7.0

12 Caustic lye 0.067

13 Water 3.5

Total 11.24

S.No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air


Solid Waste

1 Blue ME2RL (BLUE 248) 1 Product



Total 10.24 0.00 1.00 0.00

11.24

24. Reactive Green 19

Table 2-29: Material Balance of Reactive Green 19



1 PNAOSA 0.12




5 H Acid 0.15

6 Caustic Lye 0.08

7 Soda Bi Carb 0.35

8 Sodium Sulphide 0.25

9 Soda Ash 0.20



12 Ice 12.00

13 Water 3.80

Total 18.32

S.No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air


Solid Waste

1 Green HE4BD (GREEN 19) 1 Product



Total 17.32 0.00 1.00 0.00

18.32





1 P-Anisidine 0.08

2 H Acid 0.19







4 caustic lye 0.02

5 Soda Bi Carb 0.12



8 Soda ash 0.05

9 salt 1.00

10 Ice 5.00

11 Water 2.50

Total 9.33

S.No.


Mode Product Liquid Effluent Air


Solid Waste

1 Reactive Violet 13

(Magenta CB) 1 Product



Total 8.33 0.00 1.00 0.00

9.33





1 5 Sulpho Anthanilic acid 0.20

2 Caustic lye 0.26


4 H Acid 0.09


6 Ice 0.07

7 Para Anisidine 1.20

8 Soda Ash 0.15

9 Ice 4.00

10 Water 3.70

Total 9.98

S.No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air


Solid Waste

1 Reactive Magenta HB

(VIOLET 46) 1 Product



Total 8.98 0.00 1.00 0.00

9.98





1 NMJ acid 0.28

2 Caustic lye 0.09







4 Water 1.13

5 Soda Ash 0.28

6 STA 0.35


8 HCl 0.71


11 Caustic flake 0.22

12 Sodium Chloride 4.19



Total 7.78

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Brilliant Orange 4 (C2R) 1 Product





8 Water 5.34 To ETP

Total 5.34 1.44 1.00 0.00

7.78





1 NMJ acid 0.34

2 Caustic lye 0.11


4 Water 1.38

5 Soda Ash 0.34

6 STA 0.43


8 HCl 0.87


11 Caustic flake 0.27




15 Ammonia 0.31

Total 9.84

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Orange 13 (H2R) 1 Product










6 Water 7.12 To ETP

Total 7.12 1.72 1.00 0.00

9.84

29. Reactive Red 74




1 H Acid 0.25

2 Para Toluidine 0.08


4 Caustic lye 0.03

5 Potasium Carbonate 0.18



8 Salt 0.85

9 Ice 4.5

10 Water 2.0

Total 8.28

S.No.


Mode Product Liquid


Recovery /Product

Solid Waste

1 Reactive Red 74 (Pink CB) 1 Product



Total 7.28 0.00 1.00 0.00

8.28





1 6-CAPSA 0.20


3 HCl 0.11


5 H Acid 0.30


7 CuSO4.5H2O 0.24

8 Soda ash 0.23








Total 1.56

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Reactive Violet 1

(Brilliant Purple H3R) 1 Product






Total 0.23 0.33 1.00 0.00

1.56

31. Reactive Red 31




1 H Acid 0.27


3 Soda ash 0.45

4 Tobias acid 0.20

5 Caustic Lye 0.17



8 Caustic flakes 0.18

9 Salt 2.20


11 5 Sulho anthranilic acid 0.17

12 caustic lye 0.16

13 Ice 12.0

14 Water 4.00

Total 21.27

S.No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air


Solid Waste

1 Brilliant Red 31 (H8B RED) 1 Product



Total 20.27 0.00 1.00 0.00

21.27





1 H Acid 0.44








4 Orthanilic Acid 0.22




8 Sodium carbonate 0.14

9 PPD 0.07


14 Water 0.46

Total 2.04

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste





8 Water 0.72 To ETP

Total 0.73 0.31 1.00 0.00

2.04





1 Sulpho Tobias acid 0.17

2 H Acid 0.18



5 Soda ash 0.12


7 PPD 0.06


9 Caustic Lye 0.05

10 Ice 1.95

11 Water 0.90

Total 3.79

S.No.


Mode Product Liquid


Recovery /Product

Solid Waste




Total 2.79 0.00 1.00 0.00

3.79










1 NMJ acid 0.25

2 Sulpho Tobias Acid 0.26



5 Caustic lye 0.09



8 Soda ash 0.15

9 Caustic flakes 0.17

10 sodium acetate 0.15

11 Soda bi carb 0.08

12 salt 1.20

13 Ice 5.50

14 Water 2.50

Total 11.12

S.No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air


Solid Waste

1 Reactive Orange 14 1 Product



Total 10.12 0.00 1.00 0.00

11.12





1 MPDDSA 0.29

2 2-Pyridone 0.2




8 Soda bi carb 0.10

9 soda ash 0.22

10 salt 1.00

11 Ice 3.5

12 Water 2.00

Total 7.82

S.No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air


Solid Waste

1 Reactive Yellow C8G 1 Product



Total 4.52 2.30 1.00 0.00






7.82





1 MPDDSA 0.25

2 Soda Ash 0.29

3 Calsolene oil 0.01




7 2-Pyridone 0.15

8 Caustic Lye 0.12

9 MPDSA 0.18

10 Salt 2.10

11 Liquor Ammonia 0.21


13 Ice 14.00

14 Water 6.00

Total 24.23

S.No.


Mode Product Liquid


Recovery /Product

Solid Waste

1 Reactive Yellow 85

(YELLOW H8G) 1 Product



Total 15.23 8.00 1.00 0.00

24.23





1 K Acid 0.23

2 MUA 0.09




8 Soda bi carb 0.18

9 salt 0.60

10 Ice 3.00

11 Water 1.74

Total 6.00

S.No.


Mode Product Liquid


Recovery /Product

Solid Waste

1 Reactive Orange 86 (Goldan Yellow CR)

1 Product








Total 2.80 2.20 1.00 0.00

6.00





1 K acid 0.47


3 HCl 0.08


5 MUA 0.18



8 NH3 0.25

Total 1.60

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Reactive Orange 12 1 Product






Total 0 0 1 0

1.60

39. Reactive Yellow 145A

Table 2-44: Material Balance of Reactive Yellow 145A



1 K acid 0.32


3 HCl 0.01


5 MUA 0.12



8 VS 0.25

Total 1.26

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste






1 Reactive Yellow 145A (Golden Yellow MERL)

1 Product






Total 0.01 0.24 1.00 0.00

1.26





1 H Acid 0.17


3 Soda ash 0.34

4 J Acid 0.12


6 Caustic Lye 0.09



9 Salt 0.25

10 OAVS 0.16


12 Acetic acid 0.18

13 Ice 9.00

14 Water 4.00

Total 15.48

S.No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air


Solid Waste

1 Reactive Blue 172 (Navy

Blue HE2R) 1 Product



TOTAL 14.48 0.00 1.00 0.00

15.48





1 Calsoline oil 0.01


3 MPDSA 0.08









7 Sulphanilic acid 0.07

8 Ice 5.00

9 Caustic Lye 0.03

10 H Acid 0.12

11 Soda ash 0.10

12 VS 0.12


14 Water 5.00

Total 11.28

S.No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air


Solid Waste

1 Navy Blue 194 (ME2GL) 1 Product



TOTAL 10.28 0.00 1.00 0.00

11.28

42. Reactive Brown 9

Table 2-47: Material Balance of Reactive Brown 9



1 Anthanilic Acid 0.12




5 J Acid 0.22

6 Caustic Lye 0.04

7 Soda ash 0.24

8 Acetic acid 0.12

9 Basic Chromium Sulphate 0.15


11 Methanol 0.42


13 Ice 7.50

14 Water 3.40

Total 13.16

S.No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air


Solid Waste






1 Reactive Brown 9 (Red

Brown H4R) 1 Product



TOTAL 12.16 0.00 1.00 0.00

13.16

43. Reactive Red 198 A

Table 2-48: Material Balance of Reactive Red 198 A



1 H Acid 0.14


3 VS 0.26



6 Ice 3.00

7 Soda Bi Carb 0.15

8 Ice 5.00

9 Water 2.50

Total 11.22

S.No.


Mode Product Liquid


Recovery /Product

Solid Waste

1 Reactive Red 198A

(RED HRBL) 1 Product



TOTAL 10.22 0.00 1.00 0.00

11.22

44. Reactive Red 195 A

Table 2-49: Material Balance of Reactive Red 195A



1 VSA 0.21



4 H Acid 0.24

5 STA 0.22




Total 1.32

S. No. Output/MT of Product Remark/Disposal






Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

Mode

1 Reactive Red 195 A

(Red ME4BL) 1 Product





TOTAL 0.01 0.31 1.00 0.00

1.32





1 Tobias Acid 0.15

2 H Acid 0.26




6 Caustic Lye 0.11


8 VS 0.19

9 Ice 3.30

10 Soda Ash 0.07

11 Water 1.70

Total 6.29

S.No.


Mode Product Liquid


Recovery /Product

Solid Waste




TOTAL 5.29 0.00 1.00 0.00

6.29







3 ice 10.73

4 Water 0.26






5 Ethylene Diamine 0.23

6 Caustic Soda 0.11

7 Hydrochloric Acid (30%) 1.29


9 methanol 0.86

Sodium Bicarbonate 0.47

Total 17.02

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Reactive Blue 71

(Turquoise Blue HA) 1 Product

2 Carbon Dioxide 0.12 To atmosphere

3 Water (Evaporation) 0.14 To atmosphere


5 Sulphuric Acid 1.57 Send to Recycler

(Novel)

6 Hydrochloric Acid (30%) 0.84 Send to Recycler

7 Effluent 13.34 ETP

TOTAL 15.8 0.3 1.0 0.0

17.02





1 K acid 0.35


3 HCl 0.01


5 Water 2.17

6 Ice 2.67

7 MUA 0.14



10 DASDA 0.17

11 Soda ash 0.10

Total 6.06

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Reactive yellow 84 1 Product











TOTAL 0.03 5.03 1.00 0.00

6.06





1 MPDDSA 0.23

2 Soda Ash 0.16


4 2-Pyridone 0.17

5 Caustic Lye 0.26



8 Salt 1.80

9 DASDA 0.12

10 Ice 9.00


12 Water 3.80

Total 16.08

S.No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air


Solid Waste

1 Reactive Yellow 135

(YELLOW- HE6G) 1 Product



TOTAL 15.08 0.00 1.00 0.00

16.08

49. Direct Orange 108

Table 2-54: Material Balance of Direct Orange 108



1 J Acid Urea 0.16

2 Sulphanilic acid 0.069


4 OT Liquid 0.023


6 Soda Bi Carb 0.07

7 Caustic Lye 0.023

8 Salt 2






9 Soda ash 0.12


11 Ice 2

12 Water 2.5

Total 7.38

S.No.


Mode Product Liquid


Recovery /Product

Solid Waste

1 Direct Orange 108 (BRO) 1 Product



TOTAL 6.38 0.00 1.00 0.00

7.38

50. Direct Blue 199

Table 2-55: Material Balance of Direct Blue 199





3 ice 17.50

4 Water 41.95

5 Licker Amonia 1.07

6 Soda Ash 0.36

Total 64.09

S. No.



Liquid Effluent

Air Emission

Recovery/ Product

Solid Waste

1 Direct Blue 199 1 Product



5 Spent Sulpuric Acid 14.6 Send to Recyclers (NOVEL)


Total 60.36 2.57 1.16 0.00

64.09

51. Direct Blue 86

Table 2-56: Material Balance of Direct Blue 86




2 OLIUM (23%) 2.57

3 ice 2.08

4 Water 16.25

5 CAUSTIC SODA LYE 0.50






6 SODA ASH 0.21

Total 22.07

S. No.



Liquid Effluent

Air Emission

Recovery/ Product

Solid Waste

1 Direct Blue 86 1 Product


5 Spent Sulpuric Acid 16.78 Send to Recyclers (NOVEL)

TOTAL 16.78 4.29 1 0

22.07

52. Yellow 22

Table 2-57: Material Balance of Yellow 22



1 MPDSA 0.20


3 Soda Ash 0.13

4 NaNO2 0.07

5 HCl 0.09


7 SPCP 0.26

8 NaOH 0.07


10 Superphos 0.20

Total 2.44

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

1 Reactive Yellow 22 1 Product


3 CO2 0.05 To Atmosphere




Total 1.15 0.29 1.00 0.00

2.44

53. Reactive Yellow C4G

Table 2-58: Material Balance of Reactive Yellow C4G



1 MPDSA 0.20

2 SPCP 0.26








5 Soda ash 0.13


7 Salt 1.20

8 Caustic Lye 0.15

9 Ice 5.00

10 Water 4.50

Total 11.78

S.No.



Liquid Effluent

Air Emission

Recovery /Product

Solid Waste

1 Reactive Yellow C4G 1 Product



Total 10.78 0.00 1 0

11.78



S. No.

Input/MT of Product


1 J acid 0.2

2 Caustic Lye 0.07


4 Soda Ash 0.10

5 STA 0.25


7 HCl 0.47


9 Sodium bicarbonate 0.33




13 VS 0.21

Total 3.55

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

1 Reactive Orange 122 (ME2RL) 1 Product











Total 2.16 0.39 1.00 0.00

3.55

55. Reactive Brilliant Blue 221

Table 2-60: Material Balance of Reactive Brilliant Blue 221



1 6-Acetyl OAPSA 0.22











12 N-Ethyl MBVS 0.23

Total 3.70

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Reactive Brilliant Blue 221 1 Product






Total 2.42 0.28 1.00 0.00

3.70

56. Brilliant Blue JRF

Table 2-61: Material Balance of Brilliant Blue JRF



1 6-Acetyl OAPSA 0.22
















12 N-Ethyl MBVS 0.23

Total 3.70

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Reactive Brilliant Blue JRF 1 Product





6 Water 2.41 To ETP

Total 2.42 0.28 1.00 0.00

3.70

57. Blue 72

Table 2-62: Material Balance of Blue 72

S. No.

Input/MT of Product




3 ice 5.83

4 Water 5.50

5 MPDSA 0.14

6 SODA BICARB 0.35


8 SODA ASH 0.18

9 AMONIUM SULPHATE 0.08

Total 13.72

S. No.



Liquid Effluent

Air Emission

Recovery/ Product

Solid Waste

1 Reactive Blue 72 (Blue

HGR) 1 Product

2 Hydrochloric Acid 0.25 Send to Recycler



5 Spent Sulpuric Acid 4.67 Send to Recycler (NOVEL)


Total 10.10 2.37 1.25 0

13.72






58. Blue P5G

Table 2-63: Material Balance of Blue P5G





3 ice 19.53

4 Water 20.51

5 LICKER AMONIA 0.57

6 HCL 1.72

7 BETA CLORO 0.22

8 SODA ASH 0.17

Total 45.87

S. No.



Liquid Effluent

Air Emission

Recovery/ Product

Solid Waste

1 Reactive BLUE P5G

(Turquoise Blue H5G) 1.0 Product

2 Hydrochloric Acid 0.2 To Atmosphere

3 Carbon Dioxide To Atmosphere


5 Spent Sulpuric Acid 16.0 Send to recyclers (NOVEL)

6 Effluent 24.5 TO ETP

Total 40.48 4.23 1.16 0

45.87

59. Black Mix

Table 2-64: Material Balance of Black Mix



1 VS 0.33

2 H Acid 0.20


4 Soda Bi Carb 0.18


6 Sulpho VS 0.06

7 MPDSA 0.019

8 J Acid 0.016

9 Soda Ash 0.014

10 Caustic lye 0.007

11 Ice 3.00

12 Water 4.50

Total 8.64

S.No. Output / MT of Product Remark/Disposal






Product Liquid Effluent Air Emission Recovery /Product

Solid Waste

Mode

1 Reactive Black Mix 1 Product



TOTAL 7.64 0.00 1 0

8.64

60. Yellow 160 A

Table 2-65: Material Balance of Yellow 160 A



1 MPDSA 0.14

2 2-Pyridone 0.14



5 Soda ash 0.08


7 VS 0.20

8 Caustic Lye 0.06

9 Ice 3.00

10 Water 1.70

Total 5.67

S.No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air


Solid Waste

1 Reactive Yellow 160A 1 Product



TOTAL 4.67 0.00 1 0

5.67

61. Yellow 95




1 MPDSA 0.15

2 2-Pyridone 0.15



5 Soda ash 0.08



8 Caustic Lye 0.06






9 Ice 3.00

10 Water 1.80

Total 5.74

S.No.



Liquid Effluent

Air Emission

Recovery /Product

Solid Waste




TOTAL 4.74 0.00 1 0

5.74

62. Yellow 205




1 K Acid 0.23

2 MUA 0.09


4 MPDSA 0.11

5 VS 0.17


7 Caustic Lye 0.05


9 Ice 2.90

10 Soda Ash 0.09

11 Water 1.60

Total 5.58

S.No.


Mode Product Liquid


Recovery /Product

Solid Waste




TOTAL 4.58 0.00 1 0

5.58

63. Red 21

Table 2-68: Material Balance of Red 21



1 Benzanilide VS Ester 0.25

2 H Acid 0.20









6 Caustic Lye 0.11

7 Ice 2.50

8 Soda Ash 0.13

9 Water 1.85

Total 5.35

S.No.


Product Liquid

Effluent Air


Solid Waste Remark/Disposal

Mode




TOTAL 4.35 0.00 1 0

5.35

64. Yellow Mix

Table 2-69: Material Balance of Yellow Mix

S.No.

Input/MT of Product


1 K Acid 0.19

2 MUA 0.07

3 SodaBi Carb 0.25


5 VS 0.14



8 Salt 0.27

9 MPDSA 0.01

10 Soda Ash 0.01

11 Ice 1.50

12 Water 4.00

Total 6.61

S.No.


Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery /Product Solid Waste

Remark/Disposal Mode

1 Reactive Yellow Mix 1 Product


Water (Evaporation) 1.8 To Atmosphere

TOTAL 5.61 0.00 1 0

6.61






65. Red Mix

Table 2-70: Material Balance of Red Mix



1 H Acid 0.17



5 VS 0.16


7 Soda bi carb 0.24


9 Ice 2.00

10 Sulpho Tobias acid 0.09

11 Salt 0.23

12 Water 4.00

Total 7.15

S.No.


Mode Product Liquid


Recovery /Product

Solid Waste

1 Reactive Red Mix 1 Product



TOTAL 4.35 1.80 1 0

7.15

66. Blue Mix

Table 2-71: Material Balance of Blue Mix

S.No.

Input/MT of Product


1 VS 0.19

2 H Acid 0.11



5 Soda Bi Carb 0.29

6 OAVS 0.02

7 Salt 0.20

8 4 Sulpho Hydrazone 0.08

9 Sulpho OAVS 0.09

10 Soda Ash 0.03


12 Water 5.00

13 Ice 1.30

Total 7.58

S.No Output / MT of Product Remark/Disposal Mode






.

Product Liquid

Effluent Air


Solid Waste

1 Reactive Blue Mix 1 Product



TOTAL 5.08 1.50 1 0

7.58

67. Orange Mix

Table 2-72: Material Balance of Orange Mix



1 Sulpho VS 0.25

2 MPDSA 0.11

3 VS 0.19



6 Soda Ash 0.05

7 Ice 2.60

8 J Acid 0.02

9 Soda Bi Carb 0.00

10 Caustic Lye 0.00

11 GS 0.10

12 Water 3.50

Total 7.12

S.No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air


Solid Waste

1 Reactive Orange Mix 1 Product



TOTAL 4.12 2.00 1 0

7.12






2.8.2 Disperse Dyes

1. Azo Cynation

Flow Diagram:

Figure 2-9: Flow diagram of Azo Cynation






2. Yellow Methine

Flow Diagram:

Figure 2-10: Flow Diagram of Yellow Methine






3. Blue Methine

Flow Diagram:

Figure 2-11: Flow Diagram of Blue Methine






4. Cyanine Plant

Flow Diagram:

Figure 2-12: Flow Diagram of Cyanine Plant






5. Multi P Plant

Flow Diagram:

Figure 2-13: Flow Diagram of Multi P Plant

6. HCl- Nitrite Base Azo Dye

Flow Diagram:

Figure 2-14: Flow Diagram of HCl- Nitrite Base Azo Dye






7. NSA Based Azo Dye

Flow Diagram:

Figure 2-15: Flow Diagram of NSA Based Azo Dye

Material Balance of Disperse Dyes:

1. Red 2BN / Red FB - CI Red 60

Table 2-73: Material Balance of Red 2BN / Red FB - CI Red 60

S. No.

Input/MT of Product


1 Phenol 90% 1.79

2 K2CO3 0.21

3 Pink Bromide 0.73

4 MeOH Fr/RC 2.5

5 CSL 0.038

6 Water 12.25

Total 17.51

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Red 2BN / Red FB - CI Red 60 1 Product

2 Phenol 1.18 Reuse in next batch






3 MeOH 2.5

4 Effluent to MEE 12.38 To MEE

5 Org.solids 0.10 To TSDF

6 Others +salt 0.21

7 Volatile solvent 0.14625 To Atmosphere

TOTAL 12.38 0.15 4.68 0.30

17.51

2. Reactive Violet-26

Table 2-74: Material Balance of Reactive Violet-26



1 Phenol 2.69

2 K2CO3 0.66

3 DCDAQ 0.69

4 MeOH Fr/RC 3.25

5 CSL 0.04

6 Water 12.25

Total 19.57

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Red Violet FBL - CI Violet 26 1 Product

2 Phenol 1.75 Reuse in next batch

3 MeOH 3.25


5 Org.solids To TSDF

6 Others +salt 0.19

7 Volatile solvent 0.25 0.7875 To Atmosphere

TOTAL 12.34 0.25 6.00 0.98

19.57

3. Fluorescent Yellow 10GF - CI Disperse 184

Table 2-75: Material Balance of Fluorescent Yellow 10GF - CI Disperse 184



1 Solvent F/RC MeOH 3.15

2 2APC - 123 0.25

3 Ester deriv 0.35

4 SD35 0.50

5 Catalyst 0.11

6 Water 4.39

Neutralizer 0.06






Total 8.82

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Flourescent Yellow 10GF -

CI Disperse 184 1.0 Product

2 Solvent 1 3.0

Reuse in next batch 3 Solvent 3 0.1

4 EtOH 0.1



7 Others +salt 0.23


TOTAL 4.13 0.26 4.14 0.28

8.82

4. Fluorescent Yellow 8GF - CI Disperse 82

Table 2-76: Material Balance of Fluorescent Yellow 8GF - CI Disperse 82




2 OPDA 108 0.23

3 Ester deriv 0.35

4 SD35 0.50

5 Catalyst 0.11

6 Neutralizer 0.06

7 Water 4.39

Total 8.79

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid


Recovery/ Product

Solid Waste

1 Flourescent Yellow 8GF -

CI Disperse 82 1.00 Product

2 solvent 1 2.95

3 Solvent 3 0.09

4 EtOH 0.09



7 Others +salt 0.23


TOTAL 4.13 0.00 4.38 0.28

8.79






5. Fluorescent Yellow 10GN - CI Disperse 232/184.1

Table 2-77: Material Balance of Fluorescent Yellow 10GN - CI Disperse 232/184.1




2 4CAP MW 143.5 0.29

3 Ester deriv 0.35

4 SD35 0.50

5 Catalyst 0.11

6 Water 4.39

7 Neutralizer 0.06

Total 8.86

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Flourescent Yellow 10GF

- CI Disperse 184 1.00 Product

2 solvent 1 2.95

3 Solvent 3 0.09

4 EtOH 0.09



7 Others +salt 0.23


TOTAL 4.13 0.31 4.14 0.28

8.86

6. Brilliant Blue SR - CI Disperse Blue 354

Table 2-78: Material Balance of Brilliant Blue SR - CI Disperse Blue 354

S. No.

Input/MT of Product


1 MeOH F/RC 5.60

2 Aqone 0.58

3 MeOH in Aq1 0.14

4 SAA 0.80

5 DBM 0.83

6 Solvent in DBM 1.92

7 HCL 0.75

8 CSL 0.20

Total 10.82

S. No.



Liquid Effluent

Air Emission

Recovery/ Product

Solid Waste

1 Disperse Blue 354 1 Product






MeOH 5.5 Reuse in next batch

Effluent to MEE 2.36 To MEE

Org.solids 0.38 To TSDF

2 Others +salt 0.45


Total 2.36 1.14 6.50 0.82

10.82

7. Cyanine Red

Table 2-79: Material Balance of Cyanine Red



1 JD44 0.36

2 TMI 0.22

3 Ac2O 0.20

4 Catalyst 1 0.01

5 TMI 0.22

ACOH 0.67

6 Water 1.11

Total 2.79

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Cyanine Red 1 Product

3 Effluent to recovery plant 1.22 To recovery plant


TOTAL 0.57 0.00 2.22 0.00

2.79

8. Cyanine Pink

Table 2-80: Material Balance of Cyanine Pink



1 JD36 0.35

2 BPDC 0.18

3 Ac2O 0.49

4 Catalyst 1 0.01

5 Water 1.43

6 ACOH 0.86

Total 3.32

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

1 Cyanine Pink 1 Product








Total 0.75 0.00 2.57 0.00

3.32

9. Cyanine Blue

Table 2-81: Material Balance of Cyanine Blue



1 JD36 0.75

2 DCDAQ 0.69

3 Ac2O 0.85

4 Catalyst 1 0.03

5 Water 2.50

6 ACOH 1.50

Total 6.31

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Cyanine Blue 1 Product



TOTAL 2.56 0.00 3.75 0.00

6.31

10. CI - Blue 56

Table 2-82: Material Balance of CI - Blue 56



1 DHDA Anthraquinone Xi 0.32

2 Sulphuric acid Y1 0.30

3 Liq. Bromine (Fresh+ Recycled) 0.12

4 Catalyst 1 0.01

5 Catalyst 2 0.00

NaOH20% to Scrubber 0.10

6 Water 10.12

Total 10.97

S. No.



Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 CI - Blue 56 1 Product



TOTAL 0.16 0.00 10.81 0.00






10.97

11. CI - Yellow 64

Table 2-83: Material Balance of CI - Yellow 64



1 Yellow 54 0.34

2 Sulphuric acid Y1 0.58

3 Liq. Bromine (Fresh+ Recycled) 0.12

4 Catalyst 1 0.01

5 Catalyst 2 0.00

NaOH20% to Scrubber 0.10

6 Water 9.88

Total 11.03

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid


Recovery/ Product

Solid Waste

1 CI - Yellow 64 1 Product

3 SWE 0.16 To recovery plant

4 effluent to PTP 9.87 To MEE

TOTAL 10.03 0.00 1.00 0.00

11.03

12. Blue BG - CI - Blue 60

Table 2-84: Material Balance of Blue BG - CI - Blue 60



1 DCyDAQ = Xi 0.43

2 3MPA = Yi 0.25

3 Solvent CB/T 1.20

4 Catalyst 1 0.01

5 Methanol 2.25

6 Water 0.70

Total 4.85

S. No.



Liquid Effluent

Air Emission

Recovery/ Product

Solid Waste

1 Blue BG - CI - Blue 60 1 Product


4 effluent to MEE 0.32 To MEE

TOTAL 0.32 0.00 4.52 0.00

4.85






13. Orange RL - CI Orange 25

Table 2-85: Material Balance of Orange RL - CI Orange 25

S. No.

Input/MT of Product


1 HCl 30% 0.23

2 Amino derive. (PNA / ONA) 0.08


4 CSL 20% to scrubber 0.03

5 Ice + water 5.14

6 Sulfamic 0.01

7 Wetting Agent 0.003

8 Caustic lye 0.10

9 SD8 0.10

10 Water 11.31

Total 17.04

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Orange RL-CI Orange 25 1 Product


4 Other impurities 0.029 To ETP

TOTAL 16.04 0.00 1.00 0.00

17.04

14. Yellow SG - CI Yell 114

Table 2-86: Material Balance of Yellow SG - CI Yell 114

S. No.

Input/MT of Product


1 Ice + Water 4.918

3 HCl 30% 0.219

4 MHA 0.137



7 Sulfamic 0.008


9 Caustic lye 0.093

DMP 0.090

Water 10.820

Total 16.35

S. No.



Liquid Effluent

Air Emission

Recovery/ Product

Solid Waste

1 Yellow SG-CI Yell 114 1 Product







4 Others impurities 0.027 To ETP

TOTAL 15.35 0.00 1.00 0.00

16.35

15. Yellow 4G – CI Yell 231

Table 2-87: Material Balance of Yellow 4G – CI Yell 231

S. No.

Input/MT of Product


1 Ice + Water 5.07

2 HCl 30% 0.23

3 PCONA 0.10



6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Caustic lye 0.10

9 EP 0.10

10 Water 11.15

Total 16.83

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

1 Yellow 4G-CI Yell 231 1 Product


4 othersImpurities 0.028 To ETP

TOTAL 15.83 0.00 1.00 0.00

16.83

16. Scarlet BR - CI Red 74

Table 2-88: Material Balance of Scarlet BR - CI Red 74

S. No.

Input/MT of Product


1 Ice + Water 4.74

2 HCl 30% 0.21

3 PNA / ONA 0.07



6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Caustic lye 0.09

9 JD 3A 0.17

10 WATER 10.42

Total 15.77






S. No.


Mode Product Liquid


Recovery/ Product

Solid Waste

1 Scarlet BR - CI Red 74 1 Product



TOTAL 14.77 0.00 1.00 0.00

15.77

17. Yellow C4G - C.I. Yellow 79

Table 2-89: Material Balance of Yellow C4G - C.I. Yellow 79



1 Ice + Water 5.15

2 HCl 30% 0.23

3 Primary amine 0.08



6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Caustic lye 0.10

9 Tertiary Amine 0.10

10 Water 11.33

Total 17.06

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

1 Yellow C4G - C.I. Yellow 79 1 Product


4 Other impurities 0.03 TO ETP

TOTAL 16.06 0.00 1.00 0.00

17.06

18. Yellow SGL

Table 2-90: Material Balance of Yellow SGL



1 Ice + Water 4.86

2 HCl 30% 0.22




6 Sulfamic 0.01







8 Caustic lye 0.09


10 Water 10.70

Total 16.19

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

1 Yellow SGL 1 Product



TOTAL 15.19 0.00 1.00 0.00

16.19

19. Yellow SG- C.I. Yellow 114

Table 2-91: Material Balance of Yellow SG- C.I. Yellow 114



1 Ice + Water 4.86

2 HCl 30% 0.22




6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Caustic lye 0.09


10 Water 10.70

Total 16.17

S. No.



Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Yellow SG- C.I. Yellow

114 1 Product



TOTAL 15.17 0.00 1.00 0.00

16.17

20. Yellow 34




1 Ice + Water 4.69

2 HCl 30% 0.21

3 DBPT 0.14








6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Caustic lye 0.09

9 Tertiary Amine = Y 0.13

10 Water 10.31

Total 15.63

S. No.



Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Yellow 34 1 Product



TOTAL 14.63 0.00 1.00 0.00

15.63

21. Yellow 119




1 Ice + Water 5.11

2 HCl 30% 0.23




6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Caustic lye 0.10

9 ONA 0.10

10 Water 11.25

Total 16.95

S. No.



Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste




TOTAL 15.95 0.00 1.00 0.00

16.95

22. Yellow 68









1 Ice + Water 4.717

2 HCl 30% 0.210

3 DBPT 0.139



6 Sulfamic 0.007


8 Caustic lye 0.089


10 Water 10.377

Total 15.71

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste




TOTAL 14.71 0.00 1.00 0.00

15.71

23. Red 278




1 Ice + Water 4.744

2 HCl 30% 0.211

3 PNA 0.073



6 Sulfamic 0.007


8 Caustic lye 0.090


10 Water 10.438

Total 15.80

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Red 278 1 Product



TOTAL 14.80 0.00 1.00 0.00

15.80






24. Yellow M7G

Table 2-96: Material Balance of Yellow M7G



1 Ice + Water 5.140

2 HCl 30% 0.228

3 PCA 0.073



6 Sulfamic 0.008


8 Caustic lye 0.097


10 Water 11.308

Total 17.03

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Yellow M7G 1 Product



TOTAL 16.03 0.00 1.00 0.00

17.03

25. Yellow 247




1 Ice + Water 4.926

2 HCl 30% 0.219

3 PCONA 0.095



6 Sulfamic 0.008


8 Caustic lye 0.093


10 Water 10.837

Total 16.36

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste









TOTAL 15.36 0.00 1.00 0.00

16.36

26. Yellow 248




1 Ice + Water 5.028

2 HCl 30% 0.223

3 PCONA 0.097



6 Sulfamic 0.008


8 Caustic lye 0.095


10 Water 11.061

Total 16.68

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste




TOTAL 15.68 0.00 1.00 0.00

16.68

27. Yellow 249




1 Ice + Water 4.878

2 HCl 30% 0.217

3 PCONA 0.094



6 Sulfamic 0.008


8 Caustic lye 0.092


10 Water 10.732

Total 16.21







Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

Mode




TOTAL 15.21 0.00 1.00 0.00

16.21

28. Yellow 235




1 Ice + Water 4.95

2 HCl 30% 0.22

3 PCONA 0.10



6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Caustic lye 0.09


10 Water 10.88

Total 16.42

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste




TOTAL 15.42 0.00 1.00 0.00

16.42

29. Orange 25

Table 2-101: Material Balance of Orange 25



1 Ice + Water 5.12

2 HCl 30% 0.23

3 Primary amine = X 0.08



6 Sulfamic 0.008


8 Caustic lye 0.097






9 PAN 0.099

10 Water 11.27

Total 16.97

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

1 Orange 25 1 Product



TOTAL 15.97 0.00 1.00 0.00

16.97

30. Red 74




1 Ice + Water 4.74

2 HCl 30% 0.21

3 PAN 0.07



6 Sulfamic 0.007


8 Caustic lye 0.09


10 Water 10.44

Total 15.80

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Red 74 1 Product



TOTAL 14.80 0.00 1.00 0.00

15.80

31. Yellow 56




1 Ice + Water 4.95

2 HCl 30% 0.22

3 PAAB 0.11








6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Caustic lye 0.09


10 Water 10.90

Total 16.45

S. No.



Liquid Effluent

Air Emission

Recovery/ Product

Solid Waste

1 Red 74 1 Product



TOTAL 15.45 0.00 1.00 0.00

16.45

32. Yellow 7GN

Table 2-104: Material Balance of Yellow 7GN



1 Ice + Water 4.95

2 HCl 30% 0.22

3 PAAB 0.11



6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Caustic lye 0.09


10 Water 10.90

Total 16.45

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

1 Yellow 7GN 1 Product



TOTAL 15.45 0.00 1.00 0.00

16.45

33. Black 296

Table 2-105: Material Balance of Black 296








1 Ice + Water 5.05

2 HCl 30% 0.22




6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Caustic lye 0.10


10 Water 11.12

Total 16.76

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

1 Black 296 1 Product



TOTAL 15.76 0.00 1.00 0.00

16.76

34. Black 1

Table 2-106: Material Balance of Black 1



1 Ice + Water 5.30

2 HCl 30% 0.24




6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Caustic lye 0.10


10 NaHS15% 1.18

11 Water 11.65

Total 18.71

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

1 Black 1 1 Product



TOTAL 17.71 0.00 1.00 0.00

18.71






35. Orange 288




1 Ice + Water 4.95

2 HCl 30% 0.22

3 Primary amine = X 0.08



6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Caustic lye 0.09


10 Water 10.89

Total 16.44

S. No.



Liquid Effluent

Air Emission

Recovery/ Product

Solid Waste

1 Orange 288 1 Product



TOTAL 15.44 0.00 1.00 0.00

16.44

36. Navy Blue 3G - CI Blue 79.1

Table 2-108: Material Balance of Navy Blue 3G - CI Blue 79.1

S. No.

Input/MT of Product


1 Sulfuric acid 0.09

2 NSA35.1% 0.25

3 6 Chloro 2:4 DNA 0.15

4 CSL 20% 0.02

5 Ice + water 6.14

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.04

9 SD5 0.24

10 Water 14.61

Total 21.55

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Navy Blue 3G - CI Blue 79.1 1

Product








TOTAL 20.55 0.00 1.00 0.00

21.55

37. Dark Red 2B - CI Red 167.1

Table 2-109: Material Balance of Dark Red 2B - CI Red 167.1

S. No.

Input/MT of Product



2 NSA35.1% 0.26

3 OCPNA 0.12

4 CSL 20% 0.02

5 Ice + water 6.43

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.04

9 SD3A 0.23

10 Water 15.29

Total 22.50

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

1 Dark Red 2B - CI Red 167.1 1 Product


3 other impurities 0.016 To ETP

TOTAL 21.50 0.00 1.00 0.00

22.50

38. Violet 3R - CI Violet 99

Table 2-110: Material Balance of Violet 3R - CI Violet 99

S. No.

Input/MT of Product



2 NSA35.1% 0.28

3 Cyano PNA 0.13

4 CSL 20% 0.02

5 Ice + water 6.92

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.05

9 SD12 0.16

10 Water 16.46

Total 24.13

S. Output/MT of Product Remark/Disposal






No. Product

Liquid Effluent

Air Emission

Recovery/ Product

Solid Waste Mode

1 Violet 3R - CI Violet 99 1 Product



TOTAL 23.13 0.00 1.00 0.00

24.13

39. Blue 2R - CI Blue 183

Table 2-111: Material Balance of Blue 2R - CI Blue 183

S. No.

Input/MT of Product



2 NSA35.1% 0.27

3 Cyano Bromo PNA 0.18

4 CSL 20% 0.02

5 Ice + water 6.55

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.04

9 SD9 0.16

10 Water 15.56

Total 22.88

S. No.



Liquid Effluent

Air Emission

Recovery/ Product

Solid Waste

1 Blue 2R - CI Blue 183 1 Product



TOTAL 21.88 0.00 1.00 0.00

22.88

40. Navy Blue 79.1

Table 2-112: Material Balance of Navy Blue 79.1




2 NSA35.1% 0.24

3 6 Chloro 2:4 DNA 0.14

4 CSL 20% 0.01

5 Ice + water 6.45

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.04






9 JD5 0.23

10 Water 12.89

Total 20.20

S. No.



Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Navy Blue 79.1 1.0 Product



TOTAL 19.20 0.00 1.00 0.00

20.20

41. Navy Blue 79.2





2 NSA35.1% 0.23

3 BrDNA 0.16

4 CSL 20% 0.01

5 Ice + water 6.27

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.04

9 JD5 0.22

10 Water 12.55

Total 19.69

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste




TOTAL 18.69 0.00 1.00 0.00

19.69

42. Navy Blue 183

Table 2-114: Material Balance of Navy Blue 183




2 NSA35.1% 0.26

3 CyBrPNA 0.17

4 CSL 20% 0.02






5 Ice + water 6.90

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.04

9 JD5 0.15

10 Water 13.80

Total 21.55

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/ Product

Solid Waste

1 Navy Blue 183 1.0 Product



TOTAL 20.55 0.00 1.00 0.00

21.55

43. Navy Blue 183.1





2 NSA35.1% 0.26

3 CyBrPNA 0.17

4 CSL 20% 0.02

5 Ice + water 6.96

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.04

9 JD12 0.14

10 Water 13.93

Total 21.74

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste




TOTAL 20.74 0.00 1.00 0.00

21.74

44. Blue 291










2 NSA35.1% 0.26

3 ClDNA 0.15

4 CSL 20% 0.02

5 Ice + water 6.94

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.04

9 JD10 0.16

10 Water 13.88

Total 21.66

S. No.



Liquid Effluent

Air Emission

Recovery/ Product

Solid Waste

1 Blue 291 1.0 Product



TOTAL 20.66 0.00 1.00 0.00

21.66

45. Blue 4R

Table 2-117: Material Balance of Blue 4R




2 NSA35.1% 0.26

3 ClDNA 0.15

4 CSL 20% 0.02

5 Ice + water 7.08

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.04

9 JD12 0.15

10 Water 14.16

Total 22.08

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Blue 4R 1.0 Product



TOTAL 21.08 0.00 1.00 0.00

22.08






46. Blue 6GEF

Table 2-118: Material Balance of Blue 6GEF




2 NSA35.1% 0.25

3 BrDNA 0.18

4 CSL 20% 0.02

5 Ice + water 6.74

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.04

9 JD10 0.16

10 Water 13.48

Total 21.08

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

1 Blue 6GEF 1.0 Product



TOTAL 20.08 0.00 1.00 0.00

21.08

47. Blue 4RB

Table 2-119: Material Balance of Blue 4RB




2 NSA35.1% 0.25

3 BrDNA 0.18

4 CSL 20% 0.02

5 Ice + water 6.87

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.04

9 JD12 0.14

10 Water 13.74

Total 21.47

S. No.



Liquid Effluent

Air Emission

Recovery/ Product

Solid Waste

1 Blue 4RB 1.0 Product








TOTAL 20.47 0.00 1.00 0.00

21.47

48. Blue 4GEF

Table 2-120: Material Balance of Blue 4GEF




2 NSA35.1% 0.25

3 BrDNA 0.17

4 CSL 20% 0.02

5 Ice + water 6.64

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.04

9 JD24 0.17

10 Water 13.28

Total 20.77

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

1 Blue 4GEF 1.0 Product



TOTAL 19.77 0.00 1.00 0.00

20.77

49. Red BS

Table 2-121: Material Balance of Red BS




2 NSA35.1% 0.26

3 ADC 0.16

4 CSL 20% 0.02

5 Ice + water 7.16

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.04

9 JD37 0.13

10 Water 14.32

Total 22.32







Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

Mode

1 Red BS 1.0 Product



TOTAL 21.32 0.00 1.00 0.00

22.32

50. Scarlet GS

Table 2-122: Material Balance of Scarlet GS




2 NSA35.1% 0.27

3 ADC 0.16

4 CSL 20% 0.02

5 Ice + water 7.23

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.04

9 JD8 0.13

10 Water 14.45

Total 22.52

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

1 Scarlet GS 1.0 Product



TOTAL 21.52 0.00 1.00 0.00

22.52

51. Red-XF2R

Table 2-123: Material Balance of Red-XF2R




2 NSA35.1% 0.25

3 ADC 0.15

4 CSL 20% 0.02

5 Ice + water 6.80

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.04






9 JD26 0.18

10 Water 13.60

Total 21.26

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

1 Red-XF2R 1.0 Product



TOTAL 20.26 0.00 1.00 0.00

21.26

52. Red 311





2 NSA35.1% 0.25

3 DNA 0.12

4 CSL 20% 0.02

5 Ice + water 6.71

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.04

9 JD3 0.22

10 Water 13.42

Total 20.99

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

1 Red 311 1.0 Product



TOTAL 19.99 0.00 1.00 0.00

20.99

53. Yellow Brown XF

Table 2-125: Material Balance of Yellow Brown XF




2 NSA35.1% 0.25

3 DCPAN 0.14

4 CSL 20% 0.02






5 Ice + water 6.85

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.04

9 JD3 0.18

10 Water 13.71

Total 21.41

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

1 Yellow Brown XF 1.0 Product



TOTAL 20.41 0.00 1.00 0.00

21.41

54. Brown XF

Table 2-126: Material Balance of Brown XF




2 NSA35.1% 0.25

3 ClBrPNA 0.17

4 CSL 20% 0.02

5 Ice + water 6.66

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.04

9 JD4A 0.18

10 Water 13.32

Total 20.84

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

1 Brown XF 1.0 Product



TOTAL 19.84 0.00 1.00 0.00

20.84

55. Navy XF2R

Table 2-127: Material Balance of Navy XF2R

S. No.

Input/MT of Product








2 NSA35.1% 0.24

3 CDNA 0.14

4 CSL 20% 0.02

5 Ice + water 6.56

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.04

9 JD52 0.21

10 Water 13.12

Total 20.53

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

1 Navy XF2R 1.0 Product



TOTAL 19.53 0.00 1.00 0.00

20.53

56. Navy XF2G

Table 2-128: Material Balance of Navy XF2G




2 NSA35.1% 0.24

3 CBNA 0.16

4 CSL 20% 0.01

5 Ice + water 6.46

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.04

9 JD52 0.21

10 Water 12.92

Total 20.24

S. No.



Liquid Effluent

Air Emission

Recovery/ Product

Solid Waste

1 Navy XF2G 1.0 Product



TOTAL 19.24 0.00 1.00 0.00

20.24






57. Brown 378

Table 2-129: Material Balance of Brown 378




2 NSA35.1% 0.24

3 DBBP 0.24

4 CSL 20% 0.01

5 Ice + water 6.40

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.04

9 JD12 0.13

10 Water 12.79

Total 20.05

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste

1 Brown 378 1.0 Product



TOTAL 19.05 0.00 1.00 0.00

20.05

58. Brown 165

Table 2-130: Material Balance of Brown 165




2 NSA35.1% 0.25

3 DBPNA 0.20

4 CSL 20% 0.02

5 Ice + water 6.72

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.04

9 JD12 0.14

10 Water 13.45

Total 21.03

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

1 Brown 165 1.0 Product








TOTAL 20.03 0.00 1.00 0.00

21.03

59. Brown 165.1

Table 2-131: Material Balance of Brown 165.1




2 NSA35.1% 0.25

3 DBPNA 0.20

4 CSL 20% 0.02

5 Ice + water 6.72

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.04

9 JD12 0.14

10 Water 13.45

Total 21.03

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

1 Brown 165.1 1.0 Product



TOTAL 20.03 0.00 1.00 0.00

21.03

60. Orange 61





2 NSA35.1% 0.25

3 DBPNA 0.20

4 CSL 20% 0.02

5 Ice + water 6.86

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.04

9 JD8 0.12

10 Water 13.73

Total 21.44







Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

Mode

1 Orange 61 1.0 Product



TOTAL 20.44 0.00 1.00 0.00

21.44

61. Orange 30





2 NSA35.1% 0.24

3 DBPNA 0.20

4 CSL 20% 0.02

5 Ice + water 6.61

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.04

9 JD7 0.15

10 Water 13.23

Total 20.70

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste

1 Orange 30 1.0 Product



TOTAL 19.70 0.00 1.00 0.00

20.70

62. Scarlet 3R C.I. Red 50

Table 2-134: Material Balance of Scarlet 3R C.I. Red 50

S. No.

Input/MT of Product



2 NSA35.1% 0.28

3 OCPNA 0.13

4 CSL 20% 0.02

5 Ice + water 7.52

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.05






9 JD8 0.12

10 Water 15.04

Total 23.39

S. No.



Liquid Effluent

Air Emission

Recovery/ Product

Solid Waste

1 Scarlet 3R C.I. Red 50 1.0 Product



TOTAL 22.39 0.00 1.00 0.00

23.39

63. Scarlet 3R C.I. Red 54

Table 2-135: Material Balance of Scarlet 3R C.I. Red 54

S. No.

Input/MT of Product



2 NSA35.1% 0.265

3 OCPNA 0.124

4 CSL 20% 0.016

5 Ice + water 7.170

6 Sulfamic 0.009


8 Organic Acid 0.043

9 JD7 0.166

10 Water 14.340

Total 22.35

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid Waste




TOTAL 21.35 0.00 1.00 0.00

22.35

64. Blue 373





2 NSA35.1% 0.25

3 ClDNA 0.15

4 CSL 20% 0.02






5 Ice + water 6.83

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.04

9 JD24 0.18

10 Water 13.66

Total 21.34

S. No.


Mode Product Liquid

Effluent Air

Emission Recovery/

Product Solid

Waste




TOTAL 20.34 0.00 1.00 0.00

21.34

65. Red 202





2 NSA35.1% 0.26

3 OCPNA 0.12

4 CSL 20% 0.02

5 Ice + water 6.90

6 Sulfamic 0.01


8 Organic Acid 0.04

9 JD24 0.20

10 Water 13.80

Total 21.56

S. No.



Liquid Effluent

Air Emission

Recovery/ Product

Solid Waste

1 Red 202 1.0 Product



TOTAL 20.56 0.00 1.00 0.00

21.56

2.9 Solvent Recovery System

Solvents like, Phenol, Methanol will be used for manufacturing of proposed products. Quantity of solvents fresh

requirement, recovered solvent and spent solvent residue is given in Table 2-138. Flow diagrams of solvent

recovery plant is given in Figure 2-16. Solvents play major role in the profit and loss of industry so it is important






to save their solvents and reuse it in the process that will reduce the cost and save the environment. Company has

proposed solvent recovery plant in which all solvents will be recovered and recovered solvent will be reused in the

process. Spent solvent residue will be sent to authorize CHWMF for incineration.

Table 2-138: Details of Solvent Recovery

Sr. No. Solvents

Spent Solvent Generation

Recovered Solvent

Spent Solvent Residue

%

Recovery

(MT/M) (MT/M) (MT/M) %

1 Phenol 26.73 23.51 3.22 87.95

2 Methanol 8.32 7.8 0.52 93.75

Total 3.74

Figure 2-16: Diagram of Solvent Recovery System

2.10 End Use of Products

End-use of each product is given in Table 2-139.

Table 2-139: End Use of Products

Sr. No Name of Products Type of Dye End Use Of Products

1 Turquoise Blue Reactive Textile dye

2 Vinyl Sulphone Intermediate Intermediate for dye manufacturing 3 Acetanilide Intermediate

4 Synthetic Organic Dyes Reactive/ Disperse Used in Textile industry

2.11 Cleaner Production Activities

JCIL-3 will put their continuous efforts to maintain and improve good housekeeping within the premises for safety

and health. Following practices will be carried out to maintain cleaner production and good housekeeping.

The proposed unit will install air pollution control equipment to control flue gas emissions.

Maintenance of air pollution control equipment will be done regularly.






Storage of the finished goods and raw materials in a proper way as clearly labeled & in designated storage

areas only.

Follow safety aspect and work procedures to make cleaner production.

Use proper containers for domestic waste.

Efficiency of air pollution control equipment will be checked regularly.

Maintaining cleanliness of roads to prevent accumulation of dust and waste material.

Maintaining hygienic conditions in canteens, near drinking water source and toilets.

Company will follow waste minimization methods to reduce the waste. Proper disposal methods of the waste

will be followed as per the guideline of GPCB.

2.11.1 List of Key Equipment

List of key equipment to be installed is given in Table 2-140.

Table 2-140: List of Key Equipment

NAME OF PLANT MACHINERIES CAPACITY NOS

FACILITY - 1

VESSEL 25 KL 03 NOS

VESSEL 15 KL 11 NOS

VESSEL 20 KL 1 NOS

VESSEL 30 KL 1 NOS

VESSEL 10 KL 05 NOS

VESSEL 5 KL 09 NOS

BLENDING

BLENDER 5 TON 03 NOS

BLENDER 2 TON 1 NOS

ICE PLANT

KC-3 COMPRESSOR (ICE PLANT) 25 TON 02 NOS

KC-2 COMPRESSOR (CHILLING) 25 TON 1 NOS

FLACKER-1 25 TON 1 NOS


FILTER PRESS

filter press 40 Inch 1 NOS




R.O.

RO-1 6 MEMBRANE 1 NOS



PUMP

PUMP 5 HP 11 NOS

PUMP 12.5 HP 1 NOS

PUMP 7.5 HO 03 NOS

PUMP 10 HP 1 NOS

FACILITY - 2 VESSEL 75 KL 02 NOS

VESSEL 45 KL 1 NOS







VESSEL 80 KL 03 NOS

VESSEL 20 KL 02 NOS

VESSEL 15 KL 02 NOS

VESSEL 25 KL 3 NOS

VESSEL 30 KL 05 NOS

VESSEL 8KL 02 NOS

AIR COMPRESSOR 129 CFM 1 NOS

BLOWER - 1 NOS

BLENDING


BLENDER 1 TON 1 NOS

ICE PLANT





FILTER PRESS




R.O.

RO 12 MEMBRANE 03 NOS

PUMP

PUMP 5 HP 05 NOS

PUMP 7.5 HO 16 NOS

PUMP 2 HP 05 NOS

FACILITY-3

VESSEL 100 KL 16 NOS

VESSEL 40 KL 02 NOS

VESSEL 50 KL 02 NOS

VESSEL 35 KL 05 NOS

VESSEL 30 KL 01 NOS

VESSEL 15 KL 05 NOS

VESSEL 10 KL 05 NOS

HOLDING TANK 25 KL 08 NOS



AIR COMPRESSOR 129 CFM 1 NOS

BLOWER - 1 NOS

RECEIVER TANK 5KL 1 NOS

SCUBBER TANK 5 KL 02 NOS

BLENDING








BLENDER 1 TON 1 NOS

BLENDER 2 TON 1 NOS

ICE PLANT



FLACKER 25 TON 3 NOS

FILTER PRESS




R.O.



PUMP

PUMP 5 HP 06 NOS

PUMP 7.5 HO 14 NOS

PUMP 20 HP 02 NOS

PUMP 25 HP 02 NOS

PUMP 15 HP 01 NOS

PUMP 2 HP 02 NOS

PUMP 1 HP 06 NOS

SPRAY DRYER-1-4 (Reactive)

SPRAY DRYER-1-5 (Disperse)

ID BLOWER 75 HP 1EACH

FD BLOWER 15 HP 1EACH

HOLDING TANK 50 KL 1EACH

AIR COMPRESSOR 10 HP 1EACH

HOLDING TANK 50 KL 1EACH

BURNER 3 HP 1EACH

CIP TANK 2 KL 1EACH

FEED TANK 2.5 KL 03 EACH

PUMP

PUMP 7.5 HP 04 EACH

PUMP 5 HP 01 EACH

PUMP 12.5 HP 01 EACH

PUMP 15 HP 01 EACH

BOILER FORB MARSHALL

03 Nos

STEAM BOILER 4 TON 1 EACH

BURNER 10 HP 1 EACH

FEED PUMP-1 10 HP 1 EACH

FEED PUMP-2 10 HP 1 EACH

MONOBLOCK PUMP 2 HP 1 EACH




2.12 Properties of Raw Materials

Properties of Raw materials are given in and storage details are given in Table 2-141.

Table 2-141: List and Properties of Raw Materials

Sr. No

. Raw Materials

CAS Number

Formula Physical

State Odor

Mol. Wt.

(G/mole)

Flash Point (°C)

Melting Point (°C)

Boiling Point (°C)

IDLH (ppm)

Stability Hazard Color Sp. Gr (g/cc)

UEL %

LEL %

Odour Threshold

(ppm)

1 1 amino 2 bromo 4 hydroxy

anthraquinone (Pink Bromide) 3251-92-1 C14H8BrNO3 Solid - 318.12 - - - - - - - - - - -

2 2 Amino,p-crisol 95-84-1 C7H9NO Solid - 123.15 - 137.22 - - Stable

Hazardous Brown

Powder - - - -

3 2-((3-Acetamidophenyl) (2-cyanoethyl)

amino) ethylacetate (JD14) - - Liquid - - - - - - - - - - - - -

4 2-(1,1-dioxidobenzo[b]thiophen-

3(2H)-ylidene) malono nitrile (Aqone) 74228-25-4 C11H6N2O2S Solid - 230.24 - - - - - - - - - - -

5 2-Cyano Bromo PNA (CyBrPNA) 17601-94-4 C7H4BrN3O2 Solid - - - 180-185 - - - Acute Toxic - - -

6 2-Pyridone 29097-12-9 C5H5NO Solid - 95.1 - 107.8 280 - Stable Hazardous Colorless - - - -

7 3-(Phenylsulfonyl)benzenamine (MHA) - C12H11NO2S Solid - 233.29 - - - - - - - - - - -

8 3-methoxy propyl amine 5332-73-0 C4H11NO Liquid - 89.14 - - 117.5 - Stable Hazardous - - - - -

9 4 Sulpho Hydrazone 118969-29-2 C14H12N2Na2O5

S Solid - 366.3 - - - - - - - - - - -

10 4-Aamino 2 Sulpho Di phenyl Amine 91-30-5 C12H12N2O3S Solid - 264 - - - - - - - - - - -

11 4-amino-N-butylbenzenesulfonamide

(MHAL) 1829-82-9 C10H16N2O2S Solid - 228.31 188.9 388.8 - - - - - - - - -

12 4Chloro Amino Phenol 95-85-2 C6H6CINO Solid - 143.57 170 140 - - Stable - Light brown - - - -

13 5 Sulpho anthranilic acid 3577-63-7 C7H7NO2S Solid - 217.2 - - - - Hazardous Off-pink - - - -

14 5 Sulpho Hydrazone 68645-45-4 C14H12N2O5S Solid - 320.33 - - - - - - - - - -

15 6 Acetyl OAPSA 40306-75-0 C8H10N2O5S Solid - 246.24 - >300 - - - Hazardous - - - -

16 6 Bromo 2:4 dinitro anoline (Br DNA) 1817-73-8 C6H4BrN3O4 Solid - 262.02 NA 152.77 NA - - Flammable, Helth hazard ,Irritant

Bright-yellow powder

- - -

17 6 Chloro 2:4 DNA 3531-19-9 C6H4CIN3O4 Solid - 217.57 157-159 280 Toxic environmental hazard, Helth hazard

- - - -

18 6 Chloro 2:4 DNA (ClDNA) 3531-19-9 C6H4CIN3O4 Solid - 217.57 157-159 280 Toxic environmental hazard, Helth hazard

- - - -

19 6 Nitro Amino Phenol 2 Sulphonic Acid 96-67-3 C6H6N2O6S Solid - 234.19 - 285 - - - Hazardous Brown powder - - - -

20 Acetanilide 103-84-4 C8H9NO Solid Odorless 135.17 137.88 114.27 303.88 - - Hazardous Colorless 1.21 - - -

21 Acetic acid 64-19-7 CH3COOH Liquid Odorless 60.1 39.4 - 117.7 50 Stable - Colorless 1.05

22 Acetic Anhydride 108-24-7 (CH3CO)2O Liquid Vingar

Like Odor 102.1 - 48.8 138.88 200 - - Colorless

23 Acetyl MPDSA 88-64-2 C8H10N2O4S Powder - 230.24 - - - - - Hazardous

24 Amino Di Chloro carbamide 25150-27-0 C7H4CI2N2S Solid - 219.09 - - - - -

25 Ammonia 7664-41-7 NH3 Gas Pungent, suffocatin

g odor 17 NA -77.7 -33.3 300

Stable Flammable

Colorless 0.7 28 15 72mg/cum

27 Ammonia solution 1336-21-6 H5NO Liquid - 35.05 -77 36 - Stable Toxic, Environmental

hazard Colorless

- -

28 Ammonia solution (23%)

(Added) 1336-21-6 NH3 Gas

Pungent, suffocatin

g odor 17 NA -77.7 -33.3 300

Stable Flammable

Colorless 0.7 28 15 72mg/cum

29 AMONIUM SULPHATE 7783-20-2 (NH4)2SO4 Solid - 132.14 NA 280 - NA Stable

Hazardous White- brown

color - - - -




Sr. No

. Raw Materials

CAS Number

Formula Physical

State Odor

Mol. Wt.

(G/mole)

Flash Point (°C)

Melting Point (°C)

Boiling Point (°C)

IDLH (ppm)


UEL %

LEL %

Odour Threshold

(ppm)

30 Aniline - 2,5 Di Sulphonic Acid 98-44-2 C6H7NO6S2 Solid - 253.3 - - - - - - - - - -

31 Anthanilic Acid 118-92-3 C7H7NO2 Solid Odorless 137.14 171.11 143.88 - - Unstable Corrosive White powder 0.03

oz/ft3

32 Basic Chromium Sulphate 12336-95-7 CrOHSO4 Solid - 165.05 - >900 °C

- - -

Environmental hazard

- - - - -

33 Benzanilide VS Ester 93-98-1 C13H11NO Solid - 197.23 - 163 -- - - - - - - -

34 Bromamine acid 116-81-4 C14H8RNO5S Solid - 382.19 - - - - - Irritant - - - - -

35 C Acid 131-27-1 C10H9NO6S2 Solid - 303.3 - - - - - Irritant - - -

36 Calcium Carbonate 471-34-1 CaCo3 Solid Odorless 100.1 na 824.9 Decompo

se NA Stable Irritant Colorless 2.7 NA NA

37 Calsolene oil 8042-47-5 - Liquid Very Faint 23.99 185 - - - - Hazardous White - - - -

38 Caustic flake 95077-05-7 - Solid - - - - - - - - - - - - -

39 Caustic Lye 1310-73-2 NaOH Liquid Odorless 39.99 40 604 2534 1390 Stable Hazardous White 2.13 NA NA

40 Caustic Lye 1310-73-2 NaOH Liquid Odorless 39.99 40 604 2534 1390 Stable Hazardous White 2.13 NA NA

41 Chloranil condensate 78925-07-2 - Powder - - - - - - - - - - - - -

42 Chloro Sulfonic acid 7790-94-5 CLHO3S Liquid - 116.53 158 -80 155 - Flumes in

air Hazardous Yellow 1.76-1.77 - - -

43 Chlorosulfonic acid 779094-5 - Liquid - - - - - - - - - - - - -

44 Chlorosulfonic acid 7790-94-5 CLHO3S Liquid Pungent

Odor 116.53 - -80 155 - Corrosive, Irritant Colorless - - - -

45 Copper Phthalo cyanine 147-14-8 C32H16CuN8 Solid - 576.1 - 480 - - - - Bright blue - - - -

46 Copper Phthalocyanine 147-14-8 C13H16CuN8 Powder - 576.1 - 600 - - Hazardous Bright blue - - - -

47 Copper Powder 7440-50-8 Cu Powder Odorless 63.5 NA 1082.7 2595 100mg/m

3 Irritant

Reddish powder

- - - -

48 Copper Sulfate 7758—89-6 CuSO4 Solid - 159.61 - 200 650 - - Irritant,

environmental hazard

White powder - - - -

49 Cuprous Chloride 7758-89-6 CICu Solid - 99 1490 430 1490 - stable Health hazard,acute

toxic Slightly

greenish- grey - - - -

50 Cyano Bromo PNA 17601-94-4 C7H4BrN3O2 Solid - 242.03 - 180-185 - - - Acute Toxic - - -

51 Cyano PNA - Solid - - -

52 Cyanuric Chloride 108-77-0 C3CL3N3 Solid Pungent

Odor 184.41 146 192 Stable

Corrosive, Acute Toxic, Irritant

Colorless - - -

53 DASA 16803-97-7 C19H23N3O6S2 Solid - 453.4 - - - - - - - - -

54 DASDA 81-11-8 C14H14N2O6S2 Solid - 370.4 - - - - stable Irritant Yellow Needels - - - -

55 Di hydroxy diamino anthraquinone

(DHDA) 81-55-0 C14H6N2O8 Solid - 330.21 225 467.67

Stable Acute Toxic - - -

56 Di Methyl Formamide 68-12-2 C3H7NO Liquid Faint Fishy Odor

73.09 57.77 -61.1 148 3500 Stable

Health Hazard, Irritant

White liquid - 15.2 - -

57 Dibromo butyl pta (DBBP) 45353071-7 Solid -

58 Dibromo-p-toluidine (DBPT) 6968-24-7 C7H7Br2N Solid - 264.94 - - - - - Irritant - - - -

59 Dichloro diamino anthraquinone

(DCDAQ) 81-42-5 C14H8CL2N2O2 Solid - 307.1 - - - - -- Irritant - - - -

60 Diethyl-m-amino salicyldehyde (SD35) 17754-90-4 C11H15NO2 Solid 193.24 60-62 329.46 - - Acute Toxic Pale brown - - - -

61 Dihexyl-m-toluidine -p-aldehyde (DBM) 105-76-0 C12H20O4 Liquid - 228.28 >110 -85 281 - Acute Toxic , Health

Hazard Colorless - - -




Sr. No

. Raw Materials

CAS Number

Formula Physical

State Odor

Mol. Wt.

(G/mole)

Flash Point (°C)

Melting Point (°C)

Boiling Point (°C)

IDLH (ppm)


UEL %

LEL %

Odour Threshold

(ppm)

62 dimethyl 2,2'-((5-acetamido-2-

methoxyphenyl)azanediyl)diacetate (JD52)

62072-81-5 C23H26N6O10 Liquid - 546.48 - - - - - - - - - - -

63 dimethyl 2,2'-((5-

acetamidophenyl)azanediyl)diacetate (JD26)

Liquid -

64 Dimethyl pyridone (DMP ) - - Liquid - - - - - Stable - - - - -

65 Disperse Yellow 54 12223-85-7 C18H11NO3 Solid - 289.289 - - - - - - - - - - -

66 DMAVS 26672-24-2 C10H15NO8S2 Solid - 341.358 - - - - Stable - - - - -

67 Ethylene Di Amine 107-15-3 H2NCH2CH2NH

2 Liquid

Ammonia like odor

60.1 32.7 8.3 116.11 1000 Stable Flammable, Corrosive

, Health Hazard Colorless - - 4.2

68 Ethylene Oxide 97-52-9 C2H2O Gas - 44.1 NA - 10.5 800 - Hazardous Yellow 0.82 100 3 -

69 Formic acid (Organic Acid) - HCOOH Liquid Penetratin

g odor 46 50 - 106.6 30 Stable Hazardous Colorless 1.22 57 18 -

70 Gamma Acid 90-51-7 C10H9NO4S Solid - 239.25 - - - - - Corrosive Light greay

powder - - - -

71 GS (Sodium Sulphate) 7757-82-6 Na2SO4 Solid 142 884 1700 Stable White 2.68

72 H Acid 5480-90-5 C10H8NNO7S2 Solid - 341.3 - - - - - Irritant - -

73 HCl 30% 7647-01-0 HCL Liquid Irritating

Odor 36.46 - -114.7 50.5 50

Stable Corrosive, Acute

Toxic Slightly

Colorless -

Not combustible

Not combustible

-

74 Hydrogen Peroxide 7722-84-1 H2O2 Liquid Slightly Sharp Odor

34 NA 31.3 141.11 75 Stable

Corrosive, Irritant Colorless 1.39 NA NA -

75 Hyflow 68855-54-9 SiO2 Solid Odorless - - - - - Stable Hazardous White 2.3 - - -

76 Ice 7789-20-0 D2O Solid Odorless 20.03 101.4 3.8 101.4 Stable - Colorless

77 J Acid 87-02-5 C10H9NO4S Solid - 239.25 - - - - - - Yellow - - - -

78 Jacko dust Oil - Liquid -

79 K ACID 118-03-6 C10H9NO9S3 Solid 383.37 NA NA NA NA - Crystale - - -

80 Liq. Bromine (Fresh+ Recycled) Br2 Liquid Pungent

odor 159.81 NA -7.2 59.5 3 Stable

Corrosive, Acute Hazard,

Environmental Hazard

Dark-red brown liquid

- - - -

81 M Acid 32432-55-6 C9H10O2 Solid - 150.17 - 169 - - - - Beige powder - - -

82 MBVS Cond 5246-57-1 C8H11NO3S Solid - 201.24 248.8 NA 487.7 - -- - White powder - - - -

83 Meta Ureado Aniline (MUA) 59690-88-9 C7H9N3O.HCl Solid - 187.63 148 NA 321 - - - - -

84 Metanilic acid 121-47-1 C6H7NO3S Solid - 173.8 - >300 - - - - White powder -

85 Methanol 67-56-1 CH3OH Liquid Pungent Odorless

32.1 11.11 -97.7 64.7 6000 Stable Flammable Colorless 0.79 36.5 6 100

86 Methyl acetoacetate (Ester derivatives) - C5H8O3 Liquid Agreeable

odor 116.116 70 44.44 168 -

Stable Irritant Colorless - 16 3.1 -

87 MPDDSA 88-63-1 C6H8N2O3S Solid - 188.20 - - 313 - - Hazardous - - - - -

88 m-phenylene diamine (MPD) C6H8N2 Solid Odorless 108.14 137.7 64 282.2 -

Acute Toxic, Environmental Hazard, Health

Hazard

Colorless - - - -

89 N ethyl N cyanoethyl aniliner (JD8) 148-87-8 C11H14N2 Liquid - 174.24 - -- - - - Irritant, - - - - -

90 N ethyl N cyanoethyl aniliner (SD8) - - Liquid - - - - - - - - - - - - -

91 N ethyl N cyanoethyl -m-toluidinr - - Liquid - - - - - - - - - - - - -




Sr. No

. Raw Materials

CAS Number

Formula Physical

State Odor

Mol. Wt.

(G/mole)

Flash Point (°C)

Melting Point (°C)

Boiling Point (°C)

IDLH (ppm)


UEL %

LEL %

Odour Threshold

(ppm)

(JD37)

92 N:N allyl p-methoxy - m amino

acetanilide (JD24) 51868-45-2 C15H20N2O2 Solid - - - 75-78 - - -

93 N:N Diacetoxy - - m amino acetanilide

(SD3A) - C14H18N2O5 Liquid 294.30 - - - - - - - - - - -

94 N:N Diacetoxy - p-methoxy - m amino

acetanilide (JD5) 23128-51-0 C17H24N2O6 Liquid - 352.38

95 N:N Dibutyl amino thizole (JD33) - - Liquid - - - - - - - - - - - - -

96 N:N Dibutyl amino thizole aldehyde

(JD36) - - Liquid - - - - - - - - - - - - -

97 N:N Diethyl - m amino acetanilide

(JD12) 6375-46-8

C12 H18 N2 O

Solid - 206.28 - 81 - - - - Light grey


(SD12) - - Solid - - - - - - - - - - - - -

99 N:N Diethyl - m amino propanilide

(JD9) 22185-75-7 C12H20H2O Solid Odorless 220 194.09 77 397.318 - - -

Offwhite- Grey Powder

-- - - -


(SD9) - - Solid - - - - - - - - - - - - -

101 N:N Diethyl p-methoxy - m amino

acetanilide (JD10) 19433-93-3 C13H20N2O2 Solid - 236.31 - - - - - - - -

102 N:N Dihydroxy - - m amino acetanilide

(JD3) 92-02-4 C12H18N2O3 Solid - 111-115

103 N:N Dihydroxy aniline (JD4) 120-07-0 C10H15NO2 Liquid - 181.230 200 56-58 270 Stable Corrosive, Acute hazard, Health

hazard White to Brown

104 N:N hydroxy - p-methoxy - m amino

acetanilide (SD5) - - Solid - - - - - - - - - - - - -

105 N;N diacetoxy aniline (JD4A) 19249-34-4 C14H19NO4 Liquid - 265.31 >110 182 Corrosive, Acute

Hazard

106 NaNO2 7632-00-0 NaNO2 Solid - 68.99 - 271.11 Decompose at 320

- Unstable Oxidaizer, Acute

Toxic Environmental Hazard

Yellowish white crystalline

solid. - - -

107 N-cyano ethyl N-acetoxy ethyl aniline

(JD7) 22031-33-0 C13H16N2O2 Liquid - 232.28 - - - - - - - - - - -

108 N-Ethyl MBVS 83574-63-4 C10H15NO6S2 Solid - 309.35 - - - - Hazardous White powder - - -

109 NMJ acid 22346-43-6 C11H11NO4S Solid - 253.29 - - - - - - - - - -

110 o-chloro - p – nitroaniline (OCPNA) 121-87-9 C6H5CIN2O2 Solid 172.57 205 107.2 >200 - Stable Irritant,


Yellow crystalline powder

- - -

111 OLIUM (23%) 8014-95-7 H2O7S2 Liquid - 178.14 2 ~290 - - Colorless 1.9 - - -

112 o-nitro aniline (ONA) 88-74-4 C6H6N2O2 Solid - 138.12 168 70-73 284 - - Hazardous Orange-brown - - - -

113 o-phenylene diamine (OPDA) 88-73-3 C6H4ClNO2 Solid - 157.55 >110 31-33 246 Toxic, Helth hazard ,


Yellow

114 Orthanilic Acid 88-21-1 C6H7NO3S Solid - 173.19 - 300 - Hazardous White - - - -

115 Ortho Anisidine Vinyl Sulphone (OAVS) 10079-20-6 C9H13NO7S2 Solid - 311.3 - - - - - - - - -

116 p-amino azo benzene (PAAB) 60-09-3 C12H11N3 Solid - 197.24 123-126 >360 Stable Hazardous -

117 P-Anisidine 104-94-9 C7H9NO Solid - 123.15 122 56-59 240-243 - Hazardous , Toxic,


Dark grey 1.07 - - -

118 Para Crisidine Vinyl Sulphone (PCVS) 21635-69-8 C10H15NO7S2 Solid - 325.3586 - - - - - - - - -




Sr. No

. Raw Materials

CAS Number

Formula Physical

State Odor

Mol. Wt.

(G/mole)

Flash Point (°C)

Melting Point (°C)

Boiling Point (°C)

IDLH (ppm)


UEL %

LEL %

Odour Threshold

(ppm)

119 Para Phenylene Di Amine (PPD) 106-50-3 C6H8N2 Solid - 108.14 156 139 267 - Stable Toxic, Helth

Hazard,Environmental Hazard

White- grey - - - -

120 Para Toluidine 120-71-8 C8H11NO Solid - 137.18 >110 50-52 235 - - Hazardous Brown - - - -

121 p-chloro aniline (PCA) 106-47-8 C6H6CIN Solid - 127.57 120 67-70 232 - -

Flammable, Toxic, Helth hazard , Environmental

Hazard

Beige to brown-purple

1.24 - - -

122 p-chloro-o-nitro aniline (PCONA) 89-63-4 C6H5ClN2O2 Solid - 172.57 191 117-119 200 -

Stable Flammable, Toxic, Helth hazard , Environmental

Hazard

Orange - - - -

123 P-Cresidine 120-718 C8H11NO Solid - 137.18 >110 50-52 235 - Stable Helth hazard BrownTo Black - - - -

124 Phenol 108-95-2 C6H5OH Liquid Sweet,Acr

id odor 94.1 79.4 42.7 181.6 250

Stable Helth hazard Colorless - - - -

125 PMP 89-25-8 C10H10H2O Solid - 174.2 191 126-128 287 - - Hazard Yellow - - - -

126 PMPVS 21951-30-8 Solid

127 PNA 100-01-6 C6H6N2O2 Powder - 138.12 165 147 332 - Stable Toxic, Helth hazard Yellow 1.437 - - -

128 PNAOSA 82324-60-5 C12H14N5NaO10

S2 Solid - 475.38

129 Potassium Carbonate 598-08-7 K2CO3 Solid - 138.21 - 891 Decompo

se -

Stable Toxic Yellow 2.29 - - -

130 PPDDSA 7139-89-1 C6H8N2O6S2 Solid - 268.27 - - - - - - - - -

131 Pyridone aldehyde (JD44) - C6H5NO Solid - 107.11 - - 180 -

Flammable, Corrosive, Acute,

Irritan, Environmental

Hazard

Colorless - - - -

132 Salicylic Acid 69-72-7 HOC6H4COOH Solid Odorless 138.12 157.22 157.22 211 - Stable

Corossive, Irritant White powder - - - -

133 Soda Ash 49719-8 Na2Co3.nH2O Solid - 105.98 - 856 151 - Stable Hazardous Greyish-white

Powder 2.53 - - -

134 Soda bi carbonate 144-55-8 NaHCO3 Solid Odorless 84.007 - 108.88 - - Stable Hazardous White crystale

powder - - -

135 Soda Carbonate (Soda Ash) 497-19-8 - Solid - - - - - - - - - - - - -

136 Sodium acetate anhydrous (SAA) 12-79-3 - Solid - - - - - - - - - - - - -

137 Sodium Bi Sulphates 7631-90-5 HNaO3S Solid Odorless 104.06 - 150 - - Stable Hazardous White - - - -

138 Sodium Chloride (Salt) 7647-14-5 Nacl Solid - 58.44 - 801.11 1412.77 - Stable

- white

crystalline solid - - -

139 Sodium Hydroxide (15%) 1310-73-2 NaOH Liquid

140 Sodium per sulfate 7775-27-1 Na2S2O8 Solid - 238.11 - - - - - Very irritanting White

crystalline solid - - -

141 Sodium Sulphide 1313-82-2 Na2S Solid Rottan

Egg Odor 79.06 - 1180 Very High

Corrosive, Acute Toxic,Irritant, Environmental

Harard

Clear Crystale; Yellow OR Brike-Red Lumps OR

Flakes

- - -

142 SPCP 118-47-8 C10H8N2O6S Solid - 284.25 - - - - - - - - - - -

143 SPMP 89-36-1 C10H10N2O4S Solid - >252 Corossive

144 Sulfamic Acid 5329-14-6 NH2SO3H Solid - 97.1 - 205 - - - Irritating, low toxic White crystale

powder -




Sr. No

. Raw Materials

CAS Number

Formula Physical

State Odor

Mol. Wt.

(G/mole)

Flash Point (°C)

Melting Point (°C)

Boiling Point (°C)

IDLH (ppm)


UEL %

LEL %

Odour Threshold

(ppm)

145 Sulphanilic acid - NH2C6H4SO3H Solid - 173.19 - 287.7 - - - Irritant Grayish-white flat crystals

- - - -

146 Sulpho J acid 6535-70-2 C10H9NO7S2 Solid - 319.31 Grey –

yellowish powder

147 Sulpho OAVS 121-88-0 C6H6N2O3 Solid - 154.12 322.46 Stable Health hazard, Acute

hazard Rust brown

148 Sulpho Tobias Acid 117-62-4 C10H9NO6S2 Solid - 303.31 205.8

149 Sulpho Tobias Acid (STA) 117-62-4 C10H9NO6S2 Solid - 303.31 205.8

150 Sulpho VS 42986-22-1 C8H11NO9S3 Solid - 361.37

151 Sulphuric Acid 7664-93-9 H2SO4 Liquid

Odorless, but has a choking

odor when hot

98.1 NA NA 290 15 Stable Hazardous Colorless 1.84 NA NA NA

152 Sulphuric acid 7664-93-9 C11H13NO4S Liquid Odorless 255.29 11 10 ~290 - Stable Acute hazard,

Corossive Pale yellow 1.84 - - -

153 Thioniyl Chloride 7719-09-7 SOCl2 Liquid Pungent

Odor 119 NA - 76.11 N.D - Hazardous Colorless 1.64 NA NA NA

154 Thioniyl Chloride 7719-09-7 Cl2OS Liquid - 118.97 105 -105 79 - - Hazardous Helth

hazard - - - - -

155 Tobias acid 81-16-3 C10H9NO3S Solid - 223.25 220 Acute hazard

156 Trimethyl indoline (TMI) 118-12-7 C12H15N Liquid - 173.25 101.6 -8 248 Stable Red

157 Vinyl Sulphone 77-77-0 C4H6O2S Solid - 118.16 102.77 -26.11 233.88 Stable Hazardous Colorless - - - -

158 Vinyl Sulphone Ester of Aniline (VSA) 2494-89-5 C8H11NO6S2 Solid - 281.31

2.13 Storage & Transportation of Raw Materials

2.13.1 Storage details of Raw Materials

Storage details of raw materials are given in Table 2-142.

Table 2-142: Storage details of Raw Materials

Sr. No.

Raw Materials CAS Number Physical State Means of Storage Capacity of

storage Means No. of Storage

means Total

Capacity Safety Measures Pressure Temperature

Dike Dimension / Storage Area

Place of Storage


anthraquinone (Pink Bromide) 3251-92-1 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg

20 01 MT - Atm

Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store

2 2 Amino,p-crisol 95-84-1 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 20 01 MT - Atm Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store


amino) ethyl acetate (JD14) - Liquid Carboy 50 Kg

20 1 MT - Atm


4 2-(1,1-dioxidobenzo[b]thiophen-3(2H)-

ylidene) malono nitrile (Aqone) 74228-25-4 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg

20 01 MT - Atm


5 2-Cyano Bromo PNA (CyBrPNA) 17601-94-4 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 20 01 MT - Atm Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store

6 2-Pyridone 29097-12-9 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

7 3-(Phenylsulfonyl)benzenamine (MHA) - Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 20 01 MT - Atm Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store

8 3-methoxy propyl amine 5332-73-0 Liquid Carboy 50 Liter 20 01 MT - Atm Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store

9 4 Sulpho Hydrazone 118969-29-2 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 20 10 MT - Atm Ambient 10 Sq. Mt RM Store

10 4-Aamino 2 Sulpho Di phenyl Amine 91-30-5 Solid HDPE Bag 50 KG 40 02 MT - Atm Ambient 2 Sq. Mt RM Store

11 4-amino-N-butylbenzenesulfonamide 1829-82-9 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 20 01 MT - Atm Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store




Sr. No.



means Total



Place of Storage

(MHAL)

12 4Chloro Amino Phenol 95-85-2 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 20 01MT - Atm Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store

13 5 Sulpho anthranilic acid 3577-63-7 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

14 5 Sulpho Hydrazone 68645-45-4 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 200 10 MT - Atm Ambient 10 Sq. Mt RM Store

15 6 Acetyl OAPSA 40306-75-0 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 200 10 MT - Atm Ambient 10 Sq. Mt RM Store

16 6 Bromo 2:4 dinitro anoline (Br DNA) 1817-73-8 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

17 6 Chloro 2:4 DNA - Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

18 6 Chloro 2:4 DNA (ClDNA) 3531-19-9 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 20 01 MT - Atm Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store

19 6 Nitro Amino Phenol 2 Sulphonic Acid 96-67-3 Solid HDPE Bag 25 Kg 40 01 MT - Atm Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store

20 Acetanilide - Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm. Ambient 50 Sq. Mt RM Store

21 Acetic acid 64-19-7 Liquid Tank 10 MT 1

10 MT Isolated Area with All Safety Measure

Atm Ambient

10 Sq. Mt Tank Form

22 Acetic Anhydride 108-24-7 Liquid Carboy 50 KG 300 15 MT - Atm Ambient 15 Sq. Mt RM Store

23 Acetyl MPDSA 88-64-2 Powder HDPE Bag 50 Kg 200 10 MT - Atm Ambient 10 Sq. Mt RM Store

24 Amino Di Chloro carbamide 25150-27-0 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 20 01 MT - Atm Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store

25 Ammonia 7664-41-7 Gas Cylinder 10 Nos 10

10 Nos Isolated Area with All Safety Measure

Atm Ambient

5 Sq. Mt ICE Plant

27 Ammonia solution 1336-21-6 Liquid Carboy 50 Liter 100


Atm Ambient

5 Sq. Mt RM Store


(Added) 1336-21-6 Liquid Tank 20 KL

1 20 KL

Isolated Area with All Safety Measure

Atm Ambient

10 Sq. Mt Tank Farm

29 AMONIUM SULPHATE 7783-20-2 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

30 Aniline - 2,5 Di Sulphonic Acid 98-44-2 Solod HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

31 Anthanilic Acid 118-92-3 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 40 02 MT - Atm Ambient 2 Sq. Mt RM Store

32 Basic Chromium Sulphate 12336-95-7 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 60 03 MT - Atm Ambient 3 Sq. Mt RM Store

33 Benzanilide VS Ester 93-98-1 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 60 03 MT - Atm Ambient 3 Sq. Mt RM Store

34 Bromamine acid 116-81-4 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 200 10 MT - Atm Ambient 10 Sq. Mt RM Store

35 C Acid 131-27-1 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

36 Calcium Carbonate 471-34-1 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 200 10 MT - Atm Ambient 10 Sq. Mt RM Store

37 Calsolene oil 8042-47-5 Liquid Carboy 50 Liter 200 10 MT - Atm Ambient 10 Sq. Mt RM Store

38 Caustic flake 95077-05-7 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 200 10 MT - Atm Ambient 10 Sq. Mt RM Store

39 Caustic Lye 1310-73-2 Liquid Tank 40 MT 1


Atm Ambient

50 Sq. Mt Tank Farm

40 Caustic Lye 1310-73-2 Liquid Tank 20 MT 2


Atm Ambient

40 Sq. Mt TANK FARM

41 Chloranil condensate 78925-07-2 Powder HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

42 Chloro Sulfonic acid 7790-94-5 Liquid Tank 51 MT 1


Atm Ambient

50 Sq. Mt Tank Farm

43 Chlorosulfonic acid 779094-5 Liquid Tank 43 MT 1 43 MT Atm Ambient 50 Sq. Mt Tank Farm

44 Chlorosulfonic acid 7790-94-5 Liquid Tank Farm 41 MT

1


Atm

Ambient

5 Sq. Mt

TANK FARM

(Already Existing)

45 Copper Phthalo cyanine 147-14-8 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 200 10 MT - Atm Ambient 10 Sq. Mt RM Store

46 Copper Phthalocyanine 147-14-8 Powder HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

47 Copper Powder 7440-50-8 Powder HDPE Bag 50 Kg 60 03 MT - Atm Ambient 3 Sq. Mt RM Store

48 Copper Sulfate 7758—89-6 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

49 Cuprous Chloride 7758-89-6 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store




Sr. No.



means Total



Place of Storage

50 Cyano Bromo PNA 17601-94-4 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 20 01 MT - Atm Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store

51 Cyano PNA - Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 20 01 MT - Atm Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store

52 Cyanuric Chloride 108-77-0 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 25 Sq. Mt RM Store

53 DASA 16803-97-7 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

54 DASDA 81-11-8 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store


(DHDA) 81-55-0 Solid

HDPE Bag 50 Kg

20 01 MT - Atm


56 Di Methyl Formamide 68-12-2 Liquid Tanker 20 KL 1 20 KL - Atm Ambient 10 Sq. Mt

57 Dibromo butyl pta (DBBP) 45353071-7 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 20 01 MT - Atm Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store

58 Dibromo-p-toluidine (DBPT) 6968-24-7 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 20 01 MT - Atm Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store


(DCDAQ) 81-42-5 Solid

HDPE Bag 50 Kg

20 01 MT - Atm


60 Diethyl-m-amino salicyldehyde (SD35) 17754-90-4 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 20 01 MT - Atm Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store

61 Dihexyl-m-toluidine -p-aldehyde (DBM) 105-76-0 Liquid Carboy 50 Liter 40 02 MT - Atm Ambient 2 Sq. Mt RM Store



62072-81-5 Liquid Carboy 50 Kg 20

01 MT - Atm Ambient

5 Sq. Mt RM Store

63 dimethyl 2,2'-((5-


Liquid Carboy 50 Kg 20

01 MT - Atm Ambient

1 Sq. Mt RM Store

64 Dimethyl pyridone (DMP ) - Liquid Carboy 50 Liter 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

65 Disperse Yellow 54 12223-85-7 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 20 01 MT - Atm Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store

66 DMAVS 26672-24-2 Solid HDPE Bag 50 KG 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

67 Ethylene Di Amine 107-15-3 Liquid Barrel 200 Liter 75 15 MT - Atm Ambient 10 Sq. Mt RM Store

68 Ethylene Oxide 97-52-9 Gas Tank Farm 7.5 MT 1

7.5 MT Isolated Flame Proof

Area 3.5 Kg (By Nitrogen)

10oC (Chilling System)

50 Sq. Mt Tank Farm

69 Formic acid (Organic Acid) - Liquid Carboy 50 Kg 20 01 MT - Atm Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store

70 Gamma Acid 90-51-7 Solid HDPE Bag 50 KG 200 10 MT - Atm Ambient 10 Sq. Mt RM Store

71 GS (Sodium Sulphate) 7757-82-6 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 50 Sq. Mt RM Store

72 H Acid 5480-90-5 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 400 20 MT - Atm Ambient 15 Sq. Mt RM Store

73 HCl 30% 7647-01-0 Liquid Tank Farm 20 KL 1

20 KL Isolated Area with All Safety Measure

Atm Ambient

10 Sq. Mt Tank Farm

74 Hydrogen Peroxide 7722-84-1 Liquid Carboy 35 Kg 142


Atm Ambient

5 Sq. Mt RM Store

75 Hyflow 68855-54-9 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

76 Ice 7789-20-0 Solid - 50 MT - Atm Ambient 25 Sq. Mt Ice Plant

77 J Acid 87-02-5 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 200 10 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

78 Jacko dust Oil - Liquid Carboy 50 Kg 200 10 MT - Atm Ambient 10 Sq. Mt RM Store

79 K ACID 118-03-6 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

80 Liq. Bromine (Fresh+ Recycled) Liquid Glass Bottle 500 Liter

0.5 KL - Atm Ambient

1 Sq. Mt Plant

81 M Acid 32432-55-6 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 10 MT - Atm Ambient 10 Sq. Mt RM Store

82 MBVS Cond 5246-57-1 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

83 Meta Ureado Aniline (MUA) 59690-88-9 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

84 Metanilic acid 121-47-1 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

85 Methanol 67-56-1 Liquid Tank Farm 20 KL 1 20 KL Atm Ambient 20 Sq. Mt Tank Farm

86 Methyl acetoacetate (Ester derivatives) - Liquid Carboy 50 Liter 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store




Sr. No.



means Total



Place of Storage

87 MPDDSA 88-63-1 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

88 m-phenylene diamine (MPD) Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 20 01 MT - Atm Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store

89 N ethyl N cyanoethyl aniliner (JD8) 148-87-8 Liquid Carboy 50 Kg 100 5 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

90 N ethyl N cyanoethyl aniliner (SD8) - Liquid Carboy 50 Kg 20 01 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

91 N ethyl N cyanoethyl -m-toluidinr (JD37) - Liquid Carboy 50 Kg 20 1 MT - Atm Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store


acetanilide (JD24) 51868-45-2 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg

100 5 MT - Atm



(SD3A) - Liquid Carboy 50 Kg

20 01 MT - Atm



acetanilide (JD5) 23128-51-0 Liquid Carboy 50 Kg

200 10 MT - Atm


95 N:N Dibutyl amino thizole (JD33) - Liquid Carboy 50 Kg 20 1 MT - Atm Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store


(JD36) - Liquid Carboy 50 Kg

20 1 MT - Atm



(JD12) 6375-46-8 Solid

HDPE Bag 50 Kg

100 5 MT - Atm



(SD12) - Solid

HDPE Bag 50 Kg

20 01 MT - Atm


99 N:N Diethyl - m amino propanilide (JD9) 22185-75-7 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 20 1 MT - Atm Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store


(SD9) - Solid

HDPE Bag 50 Kg

20 01 MT - Atm



acetanilide (JD10) 19433-93-3 Solid

HDPE Bag 50 Kg

20 1 MT - Atm



(JD3) 92-02-4 Solid

HDPE Bag 50 Kg

20 01 MT - Atm


103 N:N Dihydroxy aniline (JD4) 120-07-0 Liquid Carboy 50 Kg 20 01 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt


acetanilide (SD5) - Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg

20 01 MT - Atm


105 N;N diacetoxy aniline (JD4A) 19249-34-4 Liquid Carboy 50 Kg 20 01 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

106 NaNO2 7632-00-0 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 500 25 MT - Atm Ambient 20 Sq. Mt RM Store


(JD7) 22031-33-0 Liquid Carboy 50 Kg

100 05 MT - Atm


108 N-Ethyl MBVS 83574-63-4 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 60 03 Mt - Atm Ambient 3 Sq. Mt RM Store

109 NMJ acid 22346-43-6 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 Mt - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

110 o-Chloro - p – nitroaniline (OCPNA) 121-87-9 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 20 01 MT - Atm Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store

111 OLIUM (23%) 8014-95-7 Liquid Tank Farm 15 MT 1 15 MT

(Existing) Isolated Area with all safety measure

Atm Ambient

15 Sq. Mt Tank Farm

112 o-nitro aniline (ONA) 88-74-4 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 20 01 MT - Atm Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store

113 o-phenylene diamine (OPDA) 88-73-3 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 20 01 MT - Atm Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store

114 Orthanilic Acid 88-21-1 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

115 Ortho Anisidine Vinyl Sulphone (OAVS) 10079-20-6 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

116 p-amino azo benzene (PAAB) 60-09-3 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 20 01 MT - Atm Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store

117 P-Anisidine 104-94-9 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 40 02 MT - Atm Ambient 2 Sq. Mt RM Store

118 Para Crisidine Vinyl Sulphone (PCVS) 21635-69-8 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

119 Para Phenylene Di Amine (PPD) 106-50-3 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 60 03 MT - Atm Ambient 3 Sq. Mt RM Store

120 Para Toluidine 120-71-8 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 40 02 MT - Atm Ambient 2 Sq. Mt RM Store

121 p-Chloro aniline (PCA) 106-47-8 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 20 01 MT - Atm Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store

122 p-Chloro-o-nitro aniline (PCONA) 89-63-4 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 20 01 MT - Atm Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store

123 P-Cresidine 120-718 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 40 02 MT - Atm Ambient 2 Sq. Mt RM Store




Sr. No.



means Total



Place of Storage

124 Phenol 108-95-2 Liquid Tank Farm 20 KL 1

20 KL Isolated Area with Flame Proof safety

measure Atm

Ambient 10 Sq. Mt Tank Farm

125 PMP 89-25-8 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

126 PMPVS 21951-30-8 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

127 PNA 100-01-6 Powder HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

128 PNAOSA 82324-60-5 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

129 Potassium Carbonate 298-14-6 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 200 10 MT - Atm Ambient 10 Sq. Mt RM Store

130 PPDDSA 7139-89-1 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 60 03 MT - Atm Ambient 3 Sq. Mt RM Store

131 Pyridone aldehyde (JD44) Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 20 1 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

132 Salicylic Acid 69-72-7 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 50 MT - Atm Ambient 30 Sq. Mt RM Store

133 Soda Ash 49719-8 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

134 Soda bi carbonate 144-55-8 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 400 20 MT - Atm Ambient 20 Sq. Mt RM Store

135 Soda Carbonate (Soda Ash) 497-19-8 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 400 20 MT - Atm Ambient 20 Sq. Mt RM Store

136 Sodium acetate anhydrous (SAA) 12-79-3 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

137 Sodium Bi Sulphates 7631-90-5 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 200 10 MT - Atm Ambient 10 Sq. Mt RM Store

138 Sodium Chloride (Salt) 7647-14-5 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 500 25 MT - Atm Ambient 25 Sq. Mt RM Store

139 Sodium Hydroxide (15%) 1310-73-2 Liquid Carboy 50 Kg 20 02 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

140 Sodium per sulfate 7775-27-1 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 200 10 MT - Atm Ambient 10 Sq. Mt RM Store

141 Sodium Sulphide 1313-82-2 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 60 03 MT - Atm Ambient 3 Sq. Mt RM Store

142 SPCP 118-47-8 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

143 SPMP 89-36-1 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

144 Sulfamic Acid 5329-14-6 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

145 Sulphanilic acid - Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 20 01 MT - Atm Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store

146 Sulpho J acid 6535-70-2 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 40 02 MT - Atm Ambient 2 Sq. Mt RM Store

147 Sulpho OAVS 121-88-0 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

148 Sulpho Tobias Acid 117-62-4 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 200 10 MT - Atm Ambient 10 Sq. Mt RM Store

149 Sulpho Tobias Acid (STA) 117-62-4 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 200 10 MT - Atm Ambient 10 Sq. Mt RM Store

150 Sulpho VS 42986-22-1 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

151 Sulphuric Acid 7664-93-9 Liquid Tank Farm 54 MT 1


Atm Ambient

50 Sq. Mt Tank Farm

152 Sulphuric acid 7664-93-9 Liquid Tank Farm 54 MT 1

54 MT Isolated Area with all Safety Meaures

Atm Ambient

50 Sq. Mt Tank Farm

153 Thioniyl Chloride 7719-09-7 Liquid Tank Farm 25 MT 1 25 MT Atm Ambient 25 Sq. Mt Tank Farm

154 Thioniyl Chloride 7719-09-7 Liquid Tank Farm 1 Atm Ambient Tank Farm

155 Tobias acid 81-16-3 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 100 05 MT - Atm Ambient 5 Sq. Mt RM Store

156 Trimethyl indoline (TMI) 118-12-7 Liquid Carboy 50 Kg 20 01 MT - Atm Ambient 1 Sq. Mt RM Store

157 Vinyl Sulphone 77-77-0 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 500 25 MT - Atm Ambient 25 Sq. Mt RM Store

158 Vinyl Sulphone Ester of Aniline (VSA) 2494-89-5 Solid HDPE Bag 50 Kg 500 25 MT - Atm Ambient 25 Sq. Mt RM Store






2.13.2 Transportation details of Raw Materials

Transportation details of raw materials are given in Table 2-143.

Table 2-143: Transportation details of Raw Materials

Sr. No.

Raw Materials Physical State Source of Supply Means of Transportation


anthraquinone (Pink Bromide) Solid Domestic By Road


amino) ethyl acetate (JD14) Liquid Domestic By Road

3 2-(1,1-dioxidobenzo[b]thiophen-3(2H)-

ylidene) malono nitrile (Aqone) Solid Domestic By Road

4 2Amino P Crisol Solid Domestic By Road

5 2-Cyano Bromo PNA (CyBrPNA) Solid Domestic By Road

6 2-Pyridone Solid Domestic By Road

7 3-(Phenylsulfonyl)benzenamine (MHA) Solid Domestic By Road

8 3-methoxy propyl amine Liquid Domestic By Road

9 4 Sulpho Hydrazone Solid Domestic By Road

10 4-Aamino 2 Sulpho Di phenyl Amine Solid Domestic By Road

11 4-amino-N-butylbenzenesulfonamide

(MHAL) Solid Domestic By Road

12 4Chloro Amino Phenol Solid Domestic By Road

13 5 Sulpho anthranilic acid Solid Domestic By Road

14 5 Sulpho Hydrazone Solid Domestic By Road

15 6 Acetyl OAPSA Solid Domestic By Road

16 6 Bromo 2:4 dinitro anoline (Br DNA) Solid Domestic By Road

17 6 Chloro 2:4 DNA Solid Domestic By Road

18 6 Chloro 2:4 DNA (ClDNA) Solid Domestic By Road

19 6 Nitro Amino Phenol 2 Sulphonic Acid Solid Domestic By Road

20 Acetanilide Solid Domestic By Road

21 Acetic acid Liquid Domestic By Road

22 Acetic Anhydride Liquid Domestic By Road

23 Acetyl MPDSA Powder Domestic By Road

24 Amino Di Chloro carbamide Solid Domestic By Road

25 Ammonia Gas Domestic By Road

27 Ammonia solution Liquid Domestic By Road


(Added) Liquid Domestic By Road

29 Ammonium Sulphate Solid Domestic By Road

30 Aniline - 2,5 Di Sulphonic Acid Solid Domestic By Road

31 Anthanilic Acid Solid Domestic By Road

32 Basic Chromium Sulphate Solid Domestic By Road

33 Benzanilide VS Ester Solid Domestic By Road

34 Bromamine acid Solid Domestic By Road

35 C Acid Solid Domestic By Road

36 Calcium Carbonate Solid Domestic By Road






Sr. No.


37 Calsolene oil Liquid Domestic By Road

38 Caustic flake Solid Domestic By Road

39 Caustic Lye Liquid Domestic By Road

40 Caustic Lye Liquid Domestic By Road

41 Chloranil condensate Powder Domestic By Road

42 Chloro Sulfonic acid Liquid Domestic By Road

43 Chlorosulfonic acid Liquid Domestic By Road

44 Chlorosulfonic acid Liquid Domestic By Road

45 Copper Phthalo cyanine Solid Domestic By Road

46 Copper Phthalocyanine Powder Domestic By Road

47 Copper Powder Powder Domestic By Road

48 Copper Sulfate Solid Domestic By Road

49 Cuprous Chloride Solid Domestic By Road

50 Cyano Bromo PNA Solid Domestic By Road

51 Cyano PNA Solid Domestic By Road

52 Cyanuric Chloride Solid EXPORT By Road

53 DASA Solid Domestic By Road

54 DASDA Solid Domestic By Road


(DHDA) Solid Domestic By Road

56 Di Methyl Formamide Liquid

57 Dibromo butyl pta (DBBP) Solid Domestic By Road

58 Dibromo-p-toluidine (DBPT) Solid Domestic By Road


(DCDAQ) Solid Domestic By Road

60 Diethyl-m-amino salicyldehyde (SD35) Solid Domestic By Road

61 Dihexyl-m-toluidine -p-aldehyde (DBM) Liquid Domestic By Road



Liquid Domestic By Road

63 dimethyl 2,2'-((5-


Liquid Domestic By Road

64 Dimethyl pyridone (DMP ) Liquid Domestic By Road

65 Disperse Yellow 54 Solid Domestic By Road

66 DMAVS Solid Domestic By Road

67 Ethylene Di Amine Liquid Domestic By Road

68 Ethylene Oxide Gas Domestic By Road

69 Formic acid (Organic Acid) Liquid Domestic By Road

70 Gamma Acid Solid Domestic By Road

71 GS (Sodium Sulphate) Solid Domestic By Road

72 H Acid Solid Domestic By Road

73 HCl 30% Liquid Domestic By Road

74 Hydrogen Peroxide Liquid Domestic By Road

75 Hyflow Solid Domestic By Road






Sr. No.


76 Ice Solid Domestic By Road

77 J Acid Solid Domestic By Road

78 Jacko dust Oil Liquid Domestic By Road

79 K ACID Solid Domestic By Road

80 Liq. Bromine (Fresh+ Recycled) Liquid Domestic By Road

81 M Acid Solid Domestic By Road

82 MBVS Cond Solid Domestic By Road

83 Meta Ureado Aniline (MUA) Solid Domestic By Road

84 Metanilic acid Solid Domestic By Road

85 Methanol Liquid Domestic By Road

86 Methyl acetoacetate (Ester derivatives) Liquid Domestic By Road

87 MPDDSA Solid Domestic By Road

88 m-phenylene diamine (MPD) Solid Domestic By Road

89 N ethyl N cyanoethyl aniliner (JD8) Liquid Domestic By Road

90 N ethyl N cyanoethyl aniliner (SD8) Liquid Domestic By Road

91 N ethyl N cyanoethyl -m-toluidinr (JD37) Liquid Domestic By Road


acetanilide (JD24) Solid Domestic By Road


(SD3A) Liquid Domestic By Road


acetanilide (JD5) Liquid Domestic By Road

95 N:N Dibutyl amino thizole (JD33) Liquid Domestic By Road


(JD36) Liquid Domestic By Road

97 N:N Diethyl - m amino acetanilide (JD12) Solid Domestic By Road

98 N:N Diethyl - m amino acetanilide (SD12) Solid Domestic By Road

99 N:N Diethyl - m amino propanilide (JD9) Solid Domestic By Road

100 N:N Diethyl - m amino propanilide (SD9) Solid Domestic By Road


acetanilide (JD10) Solid Domestic By Road


(JD3) Solid Domestic By Road

103 N:N Dihydroxy aniline (JD4) Liquid


acetanilide (SD5) Solid Domestic By Road

105 N;N diacetoxy aniline (JD4A) Liquid Domestic By Road

106 NaNO2 Solid Domestic By Road


(JD7) Liquid Domestic By Road

108 N-Ethyl MBVS Solid Domestic By Road

109 NMJ acid Solid Domestic By Road

110 o-chloro - p – nitroaniline (OCPNA) Solid Domestic By Road

111 OLIUM (23%) Liquid Domestic By Road

112 o-nitro aniline (ONA) Solid Domestic By Road






Sr. No.


113 o-phenylene diamine (OPDA) Solid Domestic By Road

114 Orthanilic Acid Solid Domestic By Road

115 Ortho Anisidine Vinyl Sulphone (OAVS) Solid Domestic By Road

116 p-amino azo benzene (PAAB) Solid Domestic By Road

117 P-Anisidine Solid Domestic By Road

118 Para Crisidine Vinyl Sulphone (PCVS) Solid Domestic By Road

119 Para Phenylene Di Amine (PPD) Solid Domestic By Road

120 Para Toluidine Solid Domestic By Road

121 p-chloro aniline (PCA) Solid Domestic By Road

122 p-chloro-o-nitro aniline (PCONA) Solid Domestic By Road

123 P-Cresidine Solid Domestic By Road

124 Phenol Liquid Domestic By Road

125 PMP Solid Domestic By Road

126 PMPVS Solid Domestic By Road

127 PNA Powder Domestic By Road

128 PNAOSA Solid Domestic By Road

129 Potassium Carbonate Solid Domestic By Road

130 PPDDSA Solid Domestic By Road

131 Pyridone aldehyde (JD44) Solid Domestic By Road

132 Salicylic Acid Solid Domestic By Road

133 Soda Ash Solid Domestic By Road

134 Soda bi carbonate Solid Domestic By Road

135 Soda Carbonate (Soda Ash) Solid Domestic By Road

136 Sodium acetate anhydrous (SAA) Solid Domestic By Road

137 Sodium Bi Sulphates Solid Domestic By Road

138 Sodium Chloride (Salt) Solid Domestic By Road

139 Sodium Hydroxide (15%) Liquid Domestic By Road

140 Sodium per sulfate Solid Domestic By Road

141 Sodium Sulphide Solid Domestic By Road

142 SPCP Solid Domestic By Road

143 SPMP Solid Domestic By Road

144 Sulfamic Acid Solid Domestic By Road

145 Sulphanilic acid Solid Domestic By Road

146 Sulpho J acid Solid Domestic By Road

147 Sulpho OAVS Solid Domestic By Road

148 Sulpho Tobias Acid Solid Domestic By Road

149 Sulpho Tobias Acid (STA) Solid Domestic By Road

150 Sulpho VS Solid Domestic By Road

151 Sulphuric Acid Liquid Domestic By Road

152 Sulphuric acid Liquid Domestic By Road

153 Thioniyl Chloride Liquid Domestic By Road

154 Thioniyl Chloride Liquid Domestic By Road






Sr. No.


155 Tobias acid Solid Domestic By Road

156 Trimethyl indoline (TMI) Liquid Domestic By Road

157 Vinyl Sulphone Solid Domestic By Road

158 Vinyl Sulphone Ester of Aniline (VSA) Solid Domestic By Road

2.14 Utilities

Utilities required for the proposed plant are given in Table 2-144.

Table 2-144: Utilities Required

S. No. Particular Requirement

2 Water Consumption 1928.33 KLD

Domestic 37.67 KLD

Industrial 1890.66 KLD

2 Effluent Treatment Plant 380 KLD (Proposed) & 250 KLD (Existing)

3 Power Requirement Industry has HT electricity connection of Torrent Power, Ahmedabad. For expansion electricity requirement will be increased from 650 KW to 2900 KW.

4 DG Set for Emergency Existing 1 DG Set of 250 kVA is there for emergency backup and another 500 kVA additional DG set will be installed after proposed expansion.

5 Hot Air Generators (HAG) Reactive Plant: 2x15 Lac K Cal, 1 x 20 Lac K Cal

Disperse Plant: 2x 7.5 Lac K Cal; 3 x15 Lac K Cal

6 Boilers Reactive Plant: 4 TPH x 01 no. &

Disperse Plant: 4 TPH x 02 nos.

2.15 Infrastructure Facility

2.15.1 Land Requirement

The total Plot Area of plant will be 11666 m2. Land area breakup is given in Table 2-1.

2.15.2 Effluent Disposal Facility

Existing Industrial wastewater generation is 105 KLD. Proposed industrial wastewater generation will be 380 KLD.

So total 485 KLD will be going to ETP. After ETP treatment, 105 KLD going to CETP for further treatment and 380

KLD will be sent to MEE followed by RO.

Existing sewage generation 7 KLD. Proposed sewage generation will be 26 KLD. So after proposed expansion total

sewage generation will be 33 KLD. After proposed expansion, sewage will be discharge to soak pit.

2.15.3 Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility

Hazardous waste generated from the ETP plant operations will be disposed off at nearby Waste Management

landfill facility. The unit has membership of M/s. Saurastra Enviro Projects Pvt Ltd., Bhachau, Katch, Eco-care

Infrastructure Pvt Ltd – Surendra Nagar for Hazardous waste and Novel, Arvind & Aarvee denim for spent acid.






2.16 Water Consumption, wastewater Generation and Treatment Facilities

2.16.1 Source of water Supply

Existing water is sourced from Borewell and its NOC application has already been done to CGWA. For proposed

expansion, source of water is GIDC water supply. VIA (Vatva Industrial Association) water supply permission letter

for water consumption is shown in Annexure 5.

Source Quantity in KLD Permission Received from Remark

Existing Borewell 146.33 CGWA NOC application has been done.

Proposed GIDC Water 1782 GIDC GIDC water supply permission letter is

attached as Annexure 5.

2.16.2 Water Consumption, Wastewater Generation for Proposed Unit

In the proposed specialty chemicals manufacturing unit, the water will be mainly used for following areas:

Process

Domestic Usage

Washing, Cooling, Boiler and

Gardening

Existing water consumption is 146.33 KLD (138.66 KLD Industrial + 7.67 KLD Domestic) and proposed water

consumption will be 1782 KLD (1752 KLD Industrial + 30 KLD Domestic). So after expansion total water

consumption will be 1928.33 KLD (1890.66 KLD Industrial + 37.67 KLD Domestic).

Existing wastewater generation is 112 KLD. Proposed wastewater generation will be 406 KLD. From that 33 KLD

domestic sewage will be going to soak – pit and 485 KLD will be going to ETP. After ETP treatment, 105 KLD going

to CETP and 380 KLD will be sent to MEE followed by RO.

The breakup of water consumption and wastewater generation from the existing and proposed unit is described in

Table 2-145 & Table 2-146 and water balance diagrams are shown in Figure 2-17 & Figure 2-18.

Table 2-145: Details of Water Consumption

S. No.

Area of Consumption

Fresh Water Quantity, KLD Remark


1 Domestic 7.67 30 37.7

Borewell + GIDC fresh water 2 Gardening - 5 5

3 Processing 25.7 1306 1331.7

4 Washing (Reactor

and Floor) 94.97 517 612

243.97 KLD GIDC fresh water, 190 KLD RO permeate and 178 KLD MEE condensate

5 Boiler 14.33 247 261.3 Borewell + GIDC fresh water

6 Cooling Tower 3.66 45 48.7

Total 146.33 2150 2296.3

Recycle 0 368 368 190 KLD RO permeate and 178 KLD MEE

condensate

Total water consumption 146.33 1782 1928.3

Total Industrial 138.66 1752 1890.7

Table 2-146: Details of Wastewater Generation

S. No.

Area of Consumption Effluent Generation, KLD

Disposal mode Existing Proposed Total

1 Domestic 7 26 33 SOAK-PIT

2 Processing 9 143 152 To ETP followed by Ro & MEE / CETP






S. No.

Area of Consumption Effluent Generation, KLD

Disposal mode Existing Proposed Total

3 Washing (Reactor and Floor) 94.97 217 454.97

4 Boiler 1.03 20 21.03

5 Cooling Tower - - 0

Total 112 406 518 From that 33 KLD domestic sewage

will be going to soak – pit and 485 KLD will be going to ETP

Total Industrial 105 380 485 After ETP treatment, 105 KLD going to CETP and 380 KLD will be sent to MEE

followed by RO.

The present ETP is designed for 250 KLD and is catering to the total influents to the tune of 105 KLD. Present mode

of disposal is to the CETP of Vatva. In order not to disturb the existing treatment system and also no increase the

hydraulic and qualitative loading conditions on the present CETP a separate ETP will be planned for additional flow

conditions of 380 KLD with a ZLD System. Hence there will not be any increase on the CETP loading conditions.




Figure 2-17: Existing Water Balance Diagram

146.33

25.7 14.33 3.66 94.97 7.67

Condensate

1.66 2 2.67 5

10 15.7 1.33 13 1.66 2 0.67 94.3

2 5

1

7

9 0 0.33 0.7 0.67 94.3

105

All Values are in KLD

Blowdown

Raw water fromBorewell 146.33

Process Boiler Cooling Tower Washing Domestic

Unit-1 Unit-2 Unit-1 Unit-1 Unit-1 Unit-2 Unit-2 Unit-2

ETP

Unit-1 Unit-2

Soak - pit

Going with product

Evap + Drift

Losses

Evap + Drift

Losses

Effluent

Raw Water

Loses

Recycled Water




Figure 2-18: Proposed Water Balance

178

190

1782

1306 247 45 149 30 5

517

80 167 20 25

300 1006 Condensate Condensate 20 25 217 300

786

26

220 300

157

143 5 15 217

380

380 All Values are in KLD

RO permeate 190

RO reject

190

Condensate 178

15

Blowdown

Raw water fromGIDC 1782

Process 300 + 1006

Boiler Cooling Tower Washing Domestic Gardening

Reactive Disperse Reactive Reactive Reactive Disperse Disperse Disperse

AmmoniumChloride solution (Sell to

authorised vendor)

Gupsm Solution (Sell to cement industry)

Soak - pit

ETP

RO

MEE

MEE salt to TSDF

Evap + Drift Losses

Evap + Drift

Losses Going with product

Going with product

Effluent

Raw Water

Loses

RecycledWater






2.17 Wastewater Treatment Scheme

2.17.1 Waste Water Generation Areas and Quantification

In the existing plant, waste water / effluents are generated from various areas such as:

Process & Washing water

Domestic Sewage

Utility Blow downs from Boiler

The total wastewater generation from the plant is 105 KLD excluding domestic sewage. The domestic sewage is

stored in an underground existing soak pit and then treated in the existing ETP. The industrial effluent with

domestic sewage is treated in existing ETP of design capacity of 250 KLD capacity. Treated effluent is send to

CETP, Vatva.

Quantity of Effluent Generation in KLD

Capacity of ETP in KLD

Disposal Mode

Existing 112 250 Treated effluent is send to CETP, Vatva

Proposed 406 400 Treated effluent will be sent to MEE followed by RO.

2.17.2 Combined Inlet Characteristics to the Existing ETP

Samples were taken from existing influent streams of existing ETP and were analyzed in KEC Laboratory for

principal parameters. A stoichiometric calculations were further made based on flow proportions catering to inlet in

existing ETP as presented in Table 2-147.

Table 2-147: Combined Inlet Characteristics to the Existing ETP

Sr. No.

Parameters Blue Permeate

(Washing) Blue M/L (Process)

Blue Acidic

(Process) Boiler

Stiochio-metric Combined Inlet

Design Basis for ETP

1 Flow 95 4.5 4.5 1.03 105 105

2 pH 3.83 7.46 0.06 10.86 3.89 3 - 5

3 TDS 7772 19404 223750 3500 17484.81 15000 - 20000

4 TSS 58 82 67 60 59.43 50 - 100

5 COD 3507 2068 3983 120 3432.50 3000 - 3500

6 BOD 957 824 932 50 941.33 1000

7 Ammonical Nitrogen

1.86 169.6 66.3 4.8 11.84 15

2.17.3 Design Inlet & Outlet characteristics of ETP

ETP is designed for 250 KLD Capacity. The design base inlet and outlet characteristics of Existing ETP is presented

in Table 2-148.

Table 2-148: Design Inlet & Outlet Characteristics of Existing ETP

Sr. No. Parameters Unit ETP Inlet ETP Outlet (Norms of CETP Inlet)

1 pH 6-10 6.5-8.5

2 TSS ppm 400-600 <300

3 TDS ppm 30000 - 50000 -

4 Ammonical Nitrogen ppm 100-300 <50

5 COD ppm 2000-4000 <1200

6 BOD ppm 600-1200 <500






2.17.4 Sizing of Existing ETP Units

The list of ETP units with sizing is given in Table 2-149.

Table 2-149: List of ETP Units with Sizing

Sr. No.

Name of Unit No of Unit

Size in (m) Total Capacity / Volume

(cu.m)

1 Neutralization Tank 3 Diameter 2.7 x 6.0 SWD + 1 m FB 103

2 Collection Tank 1 5 x 7 x 5 SWD 175

3 Plate and Frame Filter Press 2 48” size – 72 Nos of Plate 2 Ton sludge per batch – Total 5

batches

4 Equalization Tank 2 5.2 x 5.2 x 4.5 SWD 243.36

5 Clariflocculator 1 5.0 Dia. x 2.5 SWD 49

6 1st Aeration Tank 1 6.5 x 20.6 x 3.5 SWD 468.65

7 Secondary Clarifier 1 5.0 dia. x 2.5 SWD 49

8 Intermediate Storage Tank 1 5.0 x 5.0 x 2.5 SWD 62.5

9 Sand Filter 1 12 cu.m per hr -

10 Treated Effluent Storage Tank 1 3.0 x 2.0 x 2.0 SWD 12

11 Discharge over Head Tank 1 1.3 x 1.3 x 5 SWD 8.45

2.17.5 Process Description of Existing ETP Units

The unit has an effluent treatment facility for treatment of combined waste water to the tune of 250 KLD design

capacity as per units sizing in above table.

The streams are first collected into Neutralization tanks, where Hydrated Lime is added for neutralizing the pH

of incoming effluent streams; since they are acidic in nature.

The lime flocculated waste water from the Neutralization tanks is pumped through Filter Presses (1 working +

1 standby). From the Filter Press, the filtrate overflows to the Equalization Tanks.

The equalized effluent is pumped to the Clariflocculator system for flocculation and settling of colloidal and

suspended for settling of the suspended solids.

The primary treated effluent overflows to Aeration Tank for the biological treatment. Over flow from Aeration

tank goes to the Secondary Clarifier.

The settled sludge from Secondary clarifier is pumped to the Aeration tank for recirculation and excess sludge

is sent to the Filter Press system.

The treated effluent is sent to CETP, Vatva through overhead tank for further treatment.

Sludge from filter press packed and stored on impervious layer with leachate collection system under covered

roof system. The packed sludge is further disposed to TSDF site through proper manifest system.

Leachate generated from the Sludge storage area is recirculated back to the Neutralization tank of ETP for

retreatment.

2.17.6 Performance Evaluation of Existing ETP

Composite Samples were collected during the site visit for performance evaluation of the present operating ETP at

each stage of treatment including inlet and outlet. These samples were brought to KEC laboratory at Baroda for

analysis for finding treatment efficiencies at each stage of treatment system. The performance evaluation of the

existing system is elaborated as under.

In all total 8 samples were collected from ETP as under:

Sr. No ETP Samples

1 Neutralization Tank Inlet

2 Neutralization Tank Outlet

3 Equalization Tank Inlet






Sr. No ETP Samples

4 Equalization Tank Outlet

5 Clarifier Outlet

6 Secondary Clarifier Outlet

7 Aeration Tank - 2 Outlet

8 Outlet Overhead

The samples were collected from each stages of Primary, Secondary Biological and Tertiary Treatment along with

Final outlet in order to review performance in terms of qualitative loadings.

Performance Evaluation of existing ETP in terms of the quality and treatment efficiencies is presented in Table

2-150.

Table 2-150: Performance Evaluation of Existing ETP

Sr. No.

Unit pH TDS SS BOD COD Ammonical

Nitrogen % COD

Removal % BOD

Removal

1 Neutralization

Tank Inlet 3.42 25932 23 964 3465 14 - -

2 Neutralization Tank Outlet

7.54 24380 16 889 2657 - 23 7.7

3 Equalization Tank

Inlet 7.62 24816 19 780 2577 17 - -

4 Equalization Tank

Outlet 7.69 25372 20 759 2543 12 - -

5 Clariflocculator

Outlet 7.99 20448 37 700 2400 15 - -

6 Secondary

Clarifier Outlet 6.8 18480 40 364 1182 14 50 48

7 Intermediate Storage Tank

Outlet 6.7 18332 34 368 1131 12

8 Outlet Overhead 6.65 18632 36 355 1116 12

Note: All values are in mg/l except pH.

Observations on Performance Evaluation

Table 2-150 presents analytical results and the qualitative assessment in terms of COD and BOD reductions at

each stage of treatment.

It can be observed from the table that:

Inlet combined effluents are acidic in nature with average inlet COD of 3500 mg/lit.

TDS values are high ranging around 20000 mg/l.

Primary Treatment of lime neutralization and flocculation using polyelectrolyte results in COD reduction of

around 25%.

Biological Treatment results in around 50% reduction in Single stage treatment maintaining F/M ratio of 0.2 -

0.3. Thus the new ETP is also designed on the same F/M ratio.

The final treated outlet is having COD levels of around 1000 – 1200 mg/l which is below the limits of inlet to

CETP.






2.17.7 Adequacy of Existing ETP Treatment Units

Based on the actual volumes of treatment units the adequacy statement is prepared for the treatment units for 250

KLD design flow (ETP). The adequacy check of ETP is presented in Table 2-151.




Table 2-151: Adequacy Check of Treatment Units of ETP – Quantitative Evaluation at Design capacity of 250 KLD

Sr. No.

Description No. Dimension

(in m) L (in m)

B (in m)

H (SWD) (in m)

Capacity (cu.m)

Total Capacity (cu.m)

HRT (hrs.) at 250 KLD

Design Flow

Remarks

Adequacy

1 Neutralization Tank 3 2.7m Dia x 6.0 SWD

2.7 Dia 6 34.3 103 9.8 Retention time ranges from

8 – 12 hrs. Adequate

2 Collection Tank 1 5 m x 7 m x

5 m 5 7 5 175 175 16.8

Normal Retention time is 12 – 24 hrs.

Adequate

3 Filter Press 2 48” 72 Nos 3 batches per day per press 8 Normal time of one batch will be around 8 – 10 hrs

Adequate

4 Equalization Tank 2 5.2 m x 5.2m x 4.5m

5.2 5.2 4.5 121.6 243.3 11.68 hrs of each tank.

Normal retention time is 16 - 24 hrs.

Adequate

5 Clariflocculator 1 5.0 m

Diameter x 2.5 SWD

5 - 2.5 49.06 49.06 4.71 hrs Usual retention time ranges

from 4 – 5 Hrs Adequate

6 Aeration Tank – 1 1 6.5m x 20.6m x

3.5m SWD 6.5 20.6 3.5 468 468

44.9 hrs / 1.9 days

Usual retention time is 2 - 4 days

Adequate.

7 Secondary Clarifier 1 5.0 m

Diameter x 2.5 SWD

5 - 2.5 49.06 49.06 4.71 hrs Usual retention time ranges

from 4 – 5 Hrs Adequate.

8 Intermediate Storage Tank

1 5m x 5m x

2.5m 5 5 2.5 62.5 62.5 6 hrs

Usual retention time is between 3 – 6 hrs

Adequate.

10 Sand Filter 1 12 cu.m per hr Operation time 20.8 hrs Adequate

11 Treated Effluent Storage Tank

1 3.0 m x 2.0 m x 2.0 m

SWD 3.0 2.0 2.0 12 12 1.15

Usual retention time ranges from 1 - 2 Hrs

Adequate

12 Overhead Discharge

Tank 1

1.3m x 1.3m x 5m

SWD 1.3 1.3 5 8.45 8.45 0.8

Discharge requirement under gravity to Pumping station leading to further

CETP. Retention time required is around 1 hr.

Adequate




2.17.8 Characterization of Process Waste Streams and Combined Inlet to ETP

Stoichiometric Inlet to proposed ETP based on the water balance diagram for new products to be manufactured in existing plant premises is presented in Table

2-152.

Table 2-152: Characterization of Process Waste Streams and Combined Inlet to ETP

Sr No.

Parameters Blue

Permeate Blue M/L (Reactive)

Blue Acidic

Boiler Red

Permeate Black Acidic (Reactive)

Black Permeate

Cooling Tower

Red M/L (Reactive)

Black M/L

Combined Inlet

Design Basis of New ETP

1 Flow 71 36 0 20 71 36 71 5 36 35 380 400

2 pH 3.83 7.46 0.06 10.86 7.08 0.25 6.99 8 6.96 11.46 6.36 6.5 – 7.5

3 TDS 7772 19404 223750 3500 20632 36134.4 20632 3000 86972 120832 34078 30000 - 35000

4 TSS 58 82 67 60 41 26 48 150 94 52 54.39 100

5 COD 3507 2068 3983 120 4487 2205 1481 100 9259 2478 3274.54 3000 - 3500

6 BOD 957 824 932 50 620 412 289 50 861 501 594.06 1000


1.86 169.6 66.3 4.8 352 144.6 110 5 1704 212.5 296.38 300

Stream segregation is done at source. Very high TDS streams of acidic in nature are sent to NOVEL for recycling. Other streams of medium to low COD and TDS are

treated in ETP and will be utilized back for in plant reuse. There will be two separate ETPs. Existing system will be maintained as it is while new ETP will treat all

additional waste water generated during expansion phase and will be a ZLD system.




Figure 2-19: Block diagram of ETP- 250KLD





KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS NOVEMBER 2019 173

2.18 Details of Proposed ETP Scheme

2.18.1 Design Flow

The total design flow at inlet of the proposed new ETP is considered as 400 KLD.

The existing ETP treatment system with design capacity of 250 KLD will be kept separate and operational. (Like in

present conditions).

2.18.2 Design Inlet and Outlet Characteristics for proposed ETP

The designed inlet and outlet characteristics of ETP after expansion is presented in Table 2-153.

Table 2-153: Design Inlet & Outlet Characteristics of ETP

Nature of Waste Water Process Streams, Utilities, etc.

Flow 400 cu.m/day

Operating Period 20 - 22 Hrs per day

A] Raw Effluent Parameters (At the inlet of Collection Tank)

pH 6.5 to 10

COD 3000 - 3500 mg/lit

BOD(5 days @ 20 Degree C) 700 - 1000 mg/lit

Suspended Solids 50 - 100 mg/lit

TDS 30000 - 35000 mg/lit

B] Treated Effluent Parameters

pH 6.5 to 8.5

COD < 500 mg/lit

BOD (5 days @ 20°C) < 100 mg/lit

Suspended Solids < 100 mg/lit

TDS 35000 - 40000

2.18.3 Recycling RO System Design Basis

Table 2-154: Design Parameters of Recycling RO System

Sr. No Description Unit Value

1. Operating Hours Hrs. 20

2. Operating Temperature °C 25 - 35

3. Operating Pressure kg/cm2 61.5 (Max)

Inlet Parameters ( At the Inlet of RO System)

4. Feed Flow cu.m/hr 20

5. Feed TDS mg/l < 40000

Outlet Parameters ( Permeate of RO System)

6. Permeate Flow Cu.m/hr 10

7. Permeate TDS mg/l < 500

Reject Parameters ( Reject of RO System)

8. Reject Flow Cu.m/hr 10

9. Recovery % 50 ± 2 %

Stoichiometric Design basis for RO Plant is presented in table Table 2-155.






Table 2-155: Design Parameters of MEE System

Sr No. Parameters ETP Outlet RO Permeate RO Reject

1 Flow 400 200 200

2 pH 7.50 7

3 TDS 40000.00 500 79500

4 TSS 50.00 5 95

5 COD 500.00 20 980

6 BOD 100.00 10 190

2.18.4 Design Basis for MEE System

Table 2-156: Design Parameters of MEE System

Sr.No Description Capacity

Type of System 200 KLD Four Effect Forced Circulation Evaporator

CAPACITY (EVAPORATION PLANT)

1 Evaporation rate 8000 Kg/hr.

2 Feed rate 10000 Kg/hr. (TDS : 8 %w/w)

3 Concentrate Material from MEE 2000 Kg/hr. (40 %w/w solids)

FEED PROPERTIES

4 Solid Content Range (w/w) 8 % w/w

5 Form Clear Solution with totally dissolved solids

6 Solvent Water

7 Specific gravity & pH 1.1 & Min. 6.5 and Max. 7.5

8 Viscosity 4-6 Cp (assumed)

9 Temperature 60°C

OPERATING CONDITIONS

10 Mode of Heating Dry Saturated Steam at 3 kg/cm2 (g)

MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION

11 Feed/ product SS 316L

12 Vapor liquid separators SS 316L

13 Non-contact parts SS 304

2.18.5 Sizing of Proposed ETP Units

Sizing of Proposed ETP units designed for 380 KLD are presented in Table 2-157.

Table 2-157: Sizing of Proposed ETP Units

Sr. No. Name of Units No. Size of Units Volume (cu.m)

1 Neutralization Tanks 2 4.9 m x 4.9 m x 4 m SWD 192

2 Filter Press 1 2 Tonnes per day capacity -

3 Collection Sump 1 5 m x 5 m x 4 m SWD 96

4 Aeration Tank - 1 1 20.4 m x 10.2 m x 4.5 m 936

5 Secondary Clarifier 1 6.5 m Dia. x 3.0 m SWD 99.4

6 Aeration Tank - 2 1 11.8 m x 5.9 m x 4.5 m 313

7 Final Clarifier 1 6.5 m Dia. x 3.0 m SWD 99.4

8 Intermediate Collection Tank 1 5.1 m x 5.1 m x 2.5 m 65

9 Pressure Sand Filter 1 20 cu.m/hr. -






Sr. No. Name of Units No. Size of Units Volume (cu.m)

10 Activated Carbon Filter 1 20 cu.m/hr. -

11 Final Collection Tank 1 8.6 m x 8.6 m x 3.5 m 258

12 Sludge Collection Sump 1 1.5 m x 1.5 m x 1.5 m -

2.18.6 Process Description of Proposed ETP Units

Neutralization Tanks

The combined waste water from the washings, utilities blow downs will be taken to the Equalization tank. The

prime purpose of these tanks is for collection and storage of effluents generated and to have proper equalization of

effluents in order to have constant load onto the further treatment units. The Primary treatment system will be

carried out in these tanks using dosing tanks for Lime. The tanks will be operated in batch wise mode of operations

– fill and draw system with primary treatment done in these tanks.

Filter Press

Then the effluent is pumped into the Filter Press. From the Filter Press, the filtrate flows to the Collection Sump.

The sludge from filter press is disposed to TSDF site through manifest system.

Aeration Tank

The effluent from collection sump is pumped to the Aeration Tank. Aeration tank is provided for removal of organics

using biodegradation with MLSS concentrations of around 3000 mg/l and F/M ratio of 0.25. Surface Aeration

System will be provided in this tank for air supply to suffice the biodegradable oxygen demand.

Secondary Clarifier

A Secondary Clarifier is provided for settlement of the biological sludge’s generated from the Aeration Tank and its

recirculation. The sludge from the bottom will be taken to sludge drying beds / recirculated to the aeration tank for

maintaining the sludge concentration of MLSS. Overflow from the settling tank will be transferred to Intermediate

Collection Tank.

Second Stage Aeration Tank

Aeration tank II is provided for further removal of organics using biodegradation with MLSS concentrations of

around 3000 mg/l. Surface Aeration System will be provided in this tank for air supply to suffice the biodegradable

oxygen demand.

Final Clarifier

A final Clarifier is provided for settlement of the biological sludge generated from the Aeration Tank II and its

recirculation. The sludge from the bottom shall be wasted to sludge collection sump / recirculated to the aeration

tank for maintaining the sludge concentration. Overflow from the clarifier will be transferred to 2nd Stage aeration

tank.

Intermediate Collection Tank

An Intermediate Collection tank is provided along with the inlet Baffle for proper mixing a chlorine dose to the

overflow from secondary settling tank. This is further is pumped to Pressure Sand Filter and Carbon Filter using

filter feed Pumps.






Pressure Sand Filter

A Pressure sand filter is provided for removes suspended solids & Colloids present in the waste water. The entire

vessel is embedded with media comprising of gravels. Pebbles, grits & sands. These type of filters are used for high

filtrate and require minimum space.

Activated Carbon Filter

An Activated Carbon Filter is provided to remove residual organics and color in the treated waste water as a

polishing stage. The filter consists of different gradations of gravel and sand bed as base over which activated

carbon granular porous media having high iodine value is proposed to be provided. The filter is provided with

necessary valve arrangements for inflow and outflow and backwashing of the system.

Final Collection Tank

Final collection tank is provided for the collection of final treated waste water.

Sludge Handling System

Primary chemical sludge from primary Clarifier tank and secondary biological sludge from Secondary and Final

Clarifier tank will be taken to sludge collection sump and then to Screw Press for further drying of sludge. Dried

sludge will be packed in HDPE/LDPE bags & will be stored in hazardous waste storage area for final disposal in

TSDF/other process. Filtrate generated will be recycled back to equalization tank.

Tertiary Recycling UF - RO System

The treated waste water from the ETP will be taken to RO feed tank. UF and RO is proposed with an efficiency of

50 - 60%. The permeate water from the UF-RO will be recycled into plant area and reject water from RO will

transferred to MEE for concentration of the solids.




2.18.7 Adequacy of proposed ETP Plant

Adequacy in terms of hydraulic load is given in Table 2-158.

Table 2-158: Adequacy of Proposed ETP Units

Sr. No.

Description No. Dimension (in

m) L (m)

B (m)

H (SWD)

(m)

Capacity (cu.m)



Design Flow Remarks

Adequacy

1 Neutralization

Tanks 2

4.9 m x 4.9 m x

4 m 4.9 4.9 4 96.04 192 12.0

Normal Retention Time is between 8– 12 Hrs

Adequate.

2 Filter Press 2 2 Tonnes per batch. Total sludge quantity estimated 6 tonnes per day 3 batches 1 W + 1 SB capacity Adequate.

3 Collection Sump 1 5 m x 5 m x 4.0

m 5 5 4 96 96 6

Normal Retention Time is between 4 – 8 Hrs

Adequate.

4 Aeration Tank I 1 20.4 m x 10.2

m x 4.5 m 20.4 10.2 4.5 936 936 2.5 days

Usual retention time is 2 - 4 days.

Adequate.

5 Secondary Clarifier 1 6.5 m Dia. x 3.0 m SWD

Dia. 6.5 3.0 99.4 99.4 6.3 Usual retention time

ranges from 4 - 6 Hrs

Adequate.

6 Aeration Tank II 1 11.8 m x 5.9 m

x 4.5 m 11.8 5.9 4.5 313 313 0.88 days

Usual retention time is 0.5 - 2 days.

Adequate.

7 Final Clarifier 1 6.5 m Dia. x 3.0 m SWD

Dia. 6.5 3.0 99.4 99.4 6.3 Usual retention time


Adequate.

8 Intermediate

Collection Tank 1

5.1 m x 5.1 m x 2.5 m

5.1 5.1 2.5 65 65 4.1 Usual retention time


Adequate.

9 Pressure Sand

Filter 1 - 20 cu.m/hr 20 cu.m/hr 20 Hrs of operation Adequate.

10 Activated Carbon

Filter 1 - 20 cu.m/hr 20 cu.m/hr 20 Hrs of operation Adequate.

11 Final Collection 1 8.6 m x 8.6 m x 8.6 8.6 3.5 258 258 16.3 Usual retention time is Adequate.




Sr. No.

Description No. Dimension (in

m) L (m)

B (m)

H (SWD)

(m)

Capacity (cu.m)



Design Flow Remarks

Adequacy

Tank 3.5 m 16 – 24 Hrs

12 Sludge Collection

Sump

1.5 m x 1.5 m x 1.5 m

1.5 1.5 1.5 3.37 3.37 - - Adequate






2.18.8 Details of RO

Design Flow/ Capacity of RO System

The capacity of RO system is considered as 20 cu.m/hour considering 20 hours of operation.

Design Inlet and Outlet Characteristics for RO System

The designed inlet and outlet characteristics of RO is presented in Table 2-159.

Table 2-159: Design Inlet & Outlet Characteristics of RO

Nature of Waste Water ETP Treated Waste Water Stream / ETP Outlet

Capacity 400 cu.m/day or 20 cu.m/hour

Operating Period 20 Hrs per day

A] Raw Effluent Parameters (At the inlet of RO System)

Flow 20 cu.m/hr capacity (feed)

pH 6.5 to 8

COD < 500 mg/lit

BOD(5 days @ 20 Degree C) 100 mg/lit


Color P Present

Turbidity < 5-10 NTU

TDS 35000 mg/lit

B] Treated Effluent Parameters (As per the design of RO)

Flow 10 – 11 cu.m/hr (Considering 50 % recovery)

pH 6.5 to 8.5

COD <20 mg/lit

BOD (5 days @ 20°C) < 10 mg/lit


TDS < 500 mg/lit

Note: Wherever parameters are not given, they are assumed. System recovery, scheme and design may change as

per detail water analysis parameters.

Proposed ZLD System

The Proposed ZLD System Units are as under:

Pre – Treatment to RO system and RO System

Pressure Sand Filtration

Activated Carbon filtration

Micron Cartridge Filter

Recycling RO System (Single Stage)

RO Permeate Tank

MEE System

Four Effect Force Circulation Evaporator

Agitated Thin Film Dryer (ATFD)






Operating Parameters for RO System

Table 2-160: Operating Parameters for RO System

Operating Parameters Of Ro Membrane System

Sr. No Description Unit Value

1. Feed Flow Cu.m/hr 20

2. Feed TDS ppm < 34000

3. Permeate Flow Cu.m/hr 10 - 11

4. Permeate TDS ppm < 500

5. Reject Flow Cu.m/hr 9 - 10

6. Recovery % 50 ± 2 %

7. Operating Hours Hrs. 20

8. Operating Temperature °C 25 - 35

9. Operating Pressure kg/cm2 61.5 (Max)

Technical Specifications for RO system

Technical Specifications for RO system are given in Table 2-161.

Table 2-161: Technical Specifications for RO system


1. FEED STORAGE TANK

1 Quantity Final Collection Tank

2. FEED PUMP

1 Quantity 2 Nos. (1W + 1SB)

2 Type Centrifugal Type

3 Discharge Capacity 20 m3/hr @ 3.5 kg/cm2 (Max)

4 Pump MOC All wetted Parts SS Super Duplex

5 Pump Make CG/CRI/Equivalent

6 Motor rating 5.50 kW, TEFC Type, Three Phase

7 Pressure Gauge 2 Nos.

3. CHLORINATION DOSING SYSTEM

1 Dosing Pump 1 No.

2 Pump Capacity 0-6 LPH

3 Make Milton Roy

4 Storage Tank 1 No.

5 MOC PE

6 Storage Tank Capacity 200 Litres

7 Dosing Chemical NaOCl

4. DUAL MEDIA FILTER

1 Quantity 1 No.

2 Capacity 20 m3/hr

3 MOC of Housing FRP

4 Size 63" Dia x 67" Ht

5 Operating Pressure 3.5 kg/cm2 (Max)


7 Media Sand + Pebbles + Gravels

8 Valves 1 Set






9 Piping 1 Set

5. DECHLORINATION DOSING SYSTEM

1 Dosing Pump 1 No.


3 Make Milton Roy


5 MOC HDPE


7 Dosing Chemical SMBS

6. ACTIVATED CARBON FILTER

1 Quantity 1 No.

2 Capacity 19.00 m3/hr

3 MOC of Housing FRP

4 Size 63" Dia x 67" Ht



7 Media Sand + Pebbles + Gravels

7. ANTISCALANT DOSING SYSTEM

1 Dosing Pump 1 No.


3 Make FRP


5 MOC HDPE


7 Dosing Chemical Anti scalant

8. ACID DOSING SYSTEM

1 Dosing Pump 1 No.


3 Make FRP


5 MOC HDPE

6 Storage Tank Capacity 200 Ltr

7 Dosing Chemical HCl

9. MICRON CARTRIDGE FILTER

1 Quantity 1 No.

2 Capacity 20 m3/hr

3 MOC of Cartridge PP

4 MOC of Housing UPVC


10. HIGH PRESSURE PUMP

1 Quantity 2 Nos. (1W + 1SB)

2 Type Plunger Type

3 Discharge Capacity 20 m3/hr @ 61 kg/cm2 (Max)

4 Pump MOC All wetted Parts SS Super Duplex

5 Motor rating 45 kW, TEFC Type, Three Phase

11. MEMBRANE SYSTEM

1 Feed Capacity 20 m3/hr

2 Permeate Capacity 10 m3/hr

3 Reject Capacity 10 m3/hr

4 Module Type Spiral wound






5 MOC of Module TFC Polyamide

6 Module Size

8” Dia x 40 “ Long

7 No. of Module

18 Nos.

8 No. of Pressure Vessel 3 Nos

9 MOC of Pressure Vessel FRP

10 Membrane per Vessel 6 Nos.

11 Size of Module Housing 8” Dia x 240” Long

12. PERMEATE AND REJECT STORAGE TANK

1 Storage Tanks Underground tanks in RCC besides the final collection tank

2.18.9 Details of MEE and ATFD

Design Flow/ Capacity of MEE System

The rejects of the Recycling RO system will be subjected to the MEE system. The capacity of MEE system is

considered as 200 KLD.

Design Basis for MEE & ATFD System

The design basis of MEE & ATFD system is presented in Table 2-162 & Table 2-163.

Table 2-162: Design Basis of MEE System


Type of System 200 KLD Four Effect Forced Circulation Evaporator


1 Evaporation rate 8000 Kg/hr.

2 Feed rate 10000 Kg/hr. (TDS : 8 %w/w)

3 Concentrate Material from MEE 2000 Kg/hr. (40 %w/w solids)

FEED PROPERTIES


5 Form Clear Solution with totally dissolved solids

6 Solvent Water

7 Specific gravity & pH 1.1 & Min. 6.5 and Max. 7.5

8 Viscosity 4-6 Cp (assumed)

9 Temperature 60°C


10 Mode of Heating Dry Saturated Steam at 3 kg/cm2 (g)


11 Feed/ product SS 316L

12 Vapor liquid separators SS 316L

13 Non-contact parts SS 304

Table 2-163: Design Basis of ATFD


Type of System ATFD (25 m2) – 2 Nos.


1 Evaporation rate 1130 Kg/hr

2 Feed rate 2000 Kg/hr @ 40%

3 Product 870 Kg/hr






FEED PROPERTIES


5 Solvent Water


6 Mode of Heating Steam


7 Feed/ product SS 316

8 Vapor / Condensate MS

9 Vapor Liquid Separators SS 316

Technical Specifications for MEE & ATFD system

Technical Specifications for MEE & ATFD system are given in Table 2-164.

Table 2-164: Technical Specifications for MEE system


1. Preheater (PH - 01 to 04)

1 Quantity 4 Nos.

2 MOC Shell - SS316L, Tubes :Duplex SS2205 (1.2mm) Seamless; Tube

Sheet : Duplex Steel SS2205

Dish end : SS 316L

2. CALENDRIA (E - 01 to 04)

1 Quantity 4 Nos.

2 MOC Shell - SS316L, Tubes :Duplex SS2205 (1.2mm) Seamless; Tube

Sheet : Duplex Steel SS2205

Dish end : SS 316L

3. VAPOR LIQUID SEPARATORS (VLS 01 to 04)

1 Quantity 4 Nos.

2 MOC SS 316 L

4. SURFACE CONDENSER SC -01

1 Quantity 1 No.

2 MOC Shell : SS304; Tubes : SS 304; Dish end : SS 304

5. SEALING WATER TANK

1 Quantity 1 No.

2 MOC SS 316

6. FLASH TANK (FLT -01)

1 Quantity 1 No.

2 MOC SS 316

7. FEED TANK

1 Quantity 1 No. ; 5 kl

2 MOC SS 316

8. FEED PUMP WITH MOTOR

1 Quantity 1W + 1S

2 Type Centrifugal type with Mechanical seal

3 MOC SS 316L Wetted

9. RECIRCULATION PUMP WITH MOTOR

1 Quantity 4W + 1S ; Axial flow type with Mechanical seal

2 MOC SS 316 L Wetted






10. PRODUCT PUMP WITH MOTOR

1 Quantity 1W + 1S ; Centrifugal type with Mechanical seal

2 MOC SS 316 L Wetted

11. CONDENSATE PUMP WITH MOTOR

1 Quantity 1 No.

2 MOC SS 304

Table 2-165: Technical Specifications for ATFD system


1. ATFD WITH GEAR, MOTOR AND VFD

1 Quantity 2 Nos.

2 MOC Contact Part Duplex SS316L/Jacket : CS

2. CONDENSER

1 Quantity 2 Nos.

2 MOC Shell : SS316; Tubes :SS316; Dish end : SS316

3. VACUUM PUMP

1 Quantity 2 No.

2 MOC CI with SS 304 internals

4. FEED PUMP WITH MOTOR

1 Quantity 1W + 1S


3 MOC SS 316L Wetted

5. CONDENSATE PUMP WITH MOTOR

1 Quantity 1 No.


3 MOC SS 304 Wetted

6. CYCLONE SEPARATOR

1 Quantity 3 No.

2 MOC SS 316






Figure 2-20: Process Block Diagram of Proposed ETP

2.18.10 Techno-Economic Viability of Effluent Treatment System

Technically the Environmental Facilities as provided as per standard design procedures and with proper

maintenance on continuous basis will continue to work efficiently.

Economic Viability of the Environmental facilities with MEE and ATFD System depends on the cost recovery aspect

of the operation and maintenance costs of the proposed facilities.

The Operation and Maintenance Costs for the proposed Environment Facilities for Treatment & Disposal of Waste

Water System is given in Table 2-166.

Table 2-166: Economic Viability of The ETP treatment system with ZLD concept

Sr. No. Description Cost per cu.m (in INR

per cu.m) Total Cu.m treated

per day Total Operation Cost

per day

1 New ETP Operation Cost 236 400 94400

2 Recycling RO Plant 43 400 17200

3 MEE System with ATFD 2001 200 400200

Total Cost for Operation of System 511,800

Maintenance Costs – 5% 25,590

Total Cost for Operation and Maintenance 5,37,390

Total Tonnage of Production – MTPA 24,000

Total Tonnage of Production – MT Per Day, 350 days of operation 68.5

Cost to be loaded per Tonne of Product – Rs per Tonne of production 7845

Sale price of Product (Reactive / Dispersed Dyes) – ~ Rs 2,75,000 per Tonne.

The Cost on ETP System with ZLD System will be ~ 2.8% on Sale prices per tonne of product; which is viable and

hence the cost is justifiable for implementation.

2.18.11 Water Conservation Measures

Adequate measures are taken to reduce fresh water demand by following measures.






1. Reduce the fresh water demand by installing MEE & RO system.

2. 220 KLD process effluent generated and it will be used to reduce Ammonical Chloride.

3. 300 KLD of process effluent generated from washing of disperse dye will be used to produce Gypsum solution.

4. 190 KLD RO permeate & 178 KLD MEE condensate will be recycled back in washing.

5. Use of jet washing system to reduce water demand as well as wastewater generation.

6. Use of drip irrigation system for gardening.

7. Increasing the COC in cooling tower by using RO permeate in cooling tower as a feed water.

2.18.12 Management Plan for effluent generated (spillage, leakages, vessel washing etc.)

Underground trenches are provided on the periphery of every plant as well as total plot, whatever the waste water

generated from spillage, leakage, equipment washing etc. will be directed into trenches and all these trenches are

connected by a collection pit which is pumped to ETP for treatment.

2.18.13 Measures proposed for preventing effluent discharge

During unforeseen circumstances:

Unit has adequate storage facility to store 48 hrs. (2 days) effluent in our ETP.

Production is in batch process. In case of any unforeseen circumstances unit can stop production after

completion of running batch.

2.19 Fuel Consumption

Details of fuel consumption are given in Table 2-167.

Table 2-167: Details of Fuel Consumption

Sr. No.

Stack Attached to Capacity Type of Fuel used Fuel consumption

in Hr Stack Height

Existing

1 Steam Boiler 600 KG/HR

NATURAL GAS

0.028 KL/Hr 12

2 HAG 800 lit/hr 0.07KL/Hr 20

3 Thermic Fluid Heater - 1 2 Lac K Cal 10 SCM/Hr

11

4 Thermic Fluid Heater - 2 2 Lac K Cal 30

5 Steam Boiler 600 KG/HR 25 SCM/Hr 15

6 HAG (GS Recovery) 800 lit/hr 110 SCM/Hr 20

7 D.G.Set 250 KVA Diesel 40 lit/hr. 12

Proposed

8 HAG - 1 (Reactive Plant) 20 Lac K Cal

NATURAL GAS

320 SCM/Hr 20

9 HAG - 2 (Reactive Plant) 15 Lac K Cal 240 SCM/Hr 20

10 HAG - 3 (Reactive Plant) 15 Lac K Cal 240 SCM/Hr 20

11 Boiler (Reactive Plant) 4 TPH 150 SCM/Hr 20

12 HAG - 1 (Disperse Plant) 7.5 Lac K Cal 120 SCM/Hr 20

13 HAG - 2 (Disperse Plant) 7.5 Lac K Cal 140 SCM/Hr 20

14 HAG - 3 (Disperse Plant) 15 Lac K Cal 240 SCM/Hr 20



17 Boiler (Common) (Disperse Plant) 4 TPH x 02 Nos 300 SCM/Hr 20 (Common)

18 D.G.Set 500 KVA Diesel 80 lit/hr. 12

*Note: DG Set will be used only during Power failure.






2.20 Air Emission

2.20.1 Point source emission & control measures

Flue gas and process stacks are considered as point stationary sources for air emission for the proposed expansion

project. Flue gas stacks includes the Boiler, Hot Air Generator (HAG) and DG set. Process stacks are attached to

reaction vessel in reactive plant, with ammonia scrubber, spray dryers and with other dispersive dyes plant.

Flue Gas Stacks

Details of flue gas stacks are given in Table 2-168.

Table 2-168: Details of Flue Gas Stacks

Sr. No.

Stack Attached to Capacity Type of

Fuel used Stack No.

Stack Height in m

Stack Diameter in

m APCM

Existing


NATURAL GAS

1 12 0.35

Adequate stack height

2 HAG 800 lit/hr 1 20 0.2

3 Thermic Fluid Heater - 1 2 Lac K Cal 1 11 0.15

4 Thermic Fluid Heater - 2 2 Lac K Cal 1 30 0.15

5 Steam Boiler 600 KG/HR 1 15 0.1

6 HAG (GS Recovery) 800 lit/hr 1 20 0.3

7 D.G.Set 250 KVA Diesel 1 12 0.33

Proposed

HAG - 1 (Reactive Plant) 20 Lac K Cal

NATURAL GAS

1 20 0.3

Adequate stack height

9 HAG - 2 (Reactive Plant) 15 Lac K Cal 1 20 0.3

10 HAG - 3 (Reactive Plant) 15 Lac K Cal 1 20 0.3

11 Boiler (Reactive Plant) 4 TPH 1 20 0.2

12 HAG - 1 (Disperse Plant) 7.5 Lac K Cal 1 20 0.3

13 HAG - 2 (Disperse Plant) 7.5 Lac K Cal 1 20 0.3

14 HAG - 3 (Disperse Plant) 15 Lac K Cal 1 20 0.3



17 Boiler (Common) (Disperse

Plant) 4 TPH x 02

Nos 1 20 (Common) 0.2

18 D.G.Set 500 KVA Diesel 1 12 0.3

*Note: DG Set will be used only during Power failure.

Process Vent

Details of process vents are given in Table 2-169.

Table 2-169: Details of Process Vent

Sr. No.

Stack Attached to Nos. of Stacks

Stack Height in m

Pollutants Emitted

Air Pollution Control Measures Attached

Existing

1 Reaction Vessel

(Sulphonation Vessel) 1 20

SO2, HCl, Cl2

Water Ventury, Two Stage Water Scubber followed by Alkali Ventury, Two Stage Alakali

Scrubber

2 Spray Dryer (800 Lit/Hr)

(Product) 1 20 PM Cyclone Separator with Water Scrubber






Sr. No.

Stack Attached to Nos. of Stacks

Stack Height in m

Pollutants Emitted


3 Sulphonation Vessel - 1 1 15 SO2, HCl,

Cl2


Scrubber

4 Sulphonation Vessel - 2 1 15 SO2, HCl,

Cl2


Scrubber

5 Dumping Vessel 1 15 SO2, HCl,

Cl2 Water Scubber followed by Alakali Scrubber

6 Spray Dryer (800

Lit/Hr)(GS - Recovery) 1 20 PM

Cyclone Separator + Water Scrubber Primary + Water Scrubber Secondary Packed/Demister

Proposed

1 HCl Scrubber-1 (Reactive Plant)

1 25 SO2, HCl,

Cl2

Venturi Scrubber Water Scrubber-I + Alkali packed column-I + Alkali Venturi Scrubbing Alkali

Packed Column-II

2 HCl Scrubber-2 (Reactive Plant)

1 25 SO2, HCl,

Cl2


Packed Column-II

3 HCl Scrubber-3 (Blue Plant) (Sulphonation

Vessel-) 1 25

SO2, HCl, Cl2


Packed Column-II

4 Ammonia Scrubber 1 25 NH4 Venturi Scrubber + Packed Column Dip Tank

5 Spray Dryer - 1

(Reavtive Plant) (2000 Lit/Hr)

1 40 PM Cyclone Separator + Water Scrubber Primary + Water Scrubber Secondary Packed/Demister

6 Spray Dryer - 2

(Reactive Plant) (1500 Lit/Hr)


7 Spray Dryer - 3

(Reactive Plant) (1500 Lit/Hr)


8 HCl Scrubber-4 (HCl -

Nitrite Base Azo Disperse Plant)

1 25 SO2, HCl,

Cl2


Packed Column-II

9 Spray Dryer - 1

(Disperse Plant) (750 Lit/Hr)


10 Spray Dryer - 2



11 Spray Dryer - 3



12 Spray Dryer - 4



13 Spray Dryer - 5



2.20.2 Details of Air Pollution Control Measures from point source emissions

Sr. No. Details of APCM

1. Cyclone Separator







High efficiency cyclone separator is provided for separating the product from air. The product is discharged through discharge valve at the bottom of the cyclone.

Type Tangential Entry

No. of Unit Quadruple

Diameter of each Cyclone 1300 mm

Cyclone mechanical design calculation As per ASME Sec. VIII Div 1

MOC Stainless Steel AISI 316L

Bracket supports & Stiffeners Carbon Steel

Accessories Handholes

2. Rotary Valve

A motorized rotary air lock valve is fitted to discharge the dry powder through the chute

Type Non-Clogging Design

Drive TEFC motor through gear box

MOC

Housing - Aluminium LM 4

Rotor - Stainless steel AISI 316

3. Exhaust Gas Scrubber 1

A scrubber for scrubbing exhaust gases laden with dry product escaping from the cyclone. The scrubbing is done by a water spray in a loop system and collected in a bottom tank.

Type Ventury type High Performance

Exist particulate emission after scrubber 60 mg/Nm3

MOC Stainless Steel AISI 316L Support bracket - Carbon Steel

Accessories Tangential separator for Droplets, piping, spray nozzle, hose and clamp for recycle water, sight/light glass, support bracket, vortex breaking arrangement on bottom cone of Droplet Separator.

4. Water Circulation Pump 1

The Scrubber pump is provided for supplying pressurized water to ventury spray nozzle

Type Centrifugal

Motor 20 HP

Drive Direct driven


Accessories Base frame in Carbon steel, coupling, coupling guard, gland packing, hardware for assembly, motor.

5. Scrubber piping for scrubber 1

Scrubber piping for scrubber tank to venturi nozzle inlet is provided. A hose is provided from Venturi Bottom to Circulating Water Tank. A large Diameter Pipe is provided from Droplet Separator to circulating water tank.


Flanges Carbon Steel

Accessories Pressure gauge, Hardware and gaskets, by pass nozzle, valves

6. Exhaust Gas Scrubber 2

A scrubber for scrubbing exhaust gases laden with dry product escaping from the cyclone. The scrubbing is done by a water spray in a loop system and collected in a bottom tank.

Type Ventury type High Performance

Exist particulate emission after scrubber 60 mg/Nm3







MOC Stainless Steel AISI 316L Support bracket - Carbon Steel

Accessories Tangential separator for Droplets, piping, spray nozzle, hose and clamp for recycle water, sight/light glass, support bracket, vortex breaking arrangement on bottom cone of Droplet Separator.

7. Water Circulation Pump 2

The Scrubber pump is provided for supplying pressurized water to ventury spray nozzle

Type Centrifugal

Motor 20 HP

Drive Direct driven


Accessories Base frame in Carbon steel, coupling, coupling guard, gland packing, hardware for assembly, motor.

8. Scrubber piping for scrubber 2

Scrubber piping for scrubber tank to ventury nozzle inlet is provided. A hose is provided from Ventury Bottom to Circulating Water Tank. A large Diameter Pipe is provided from Droplet Separator to circulating water tank.


Flanges Carbon Steel

Accessories Pressure gauge, Hardware and gaskets, by pass nozzle, valves




2.20.3 Adequacy –Air pollution Load

Adequacy of the Existing & proposed EMS with respect to the pollution load envisaged in terms of Air from the proposed expansion project is as given below;

For Existing & proposed Flue gas stacks – adequacy of proposed EMS

Adequacy of existing & proposed EMS and height of stack for the proposed flue gas stacks is as given in Table 2-170.

Table 2-170: Adequacy of existing & proposed EMS & height of stack – Flue gas stacks

Sr. No.

Stack Attached to Capacity Type of Fuel used Stack No. Required height of

Stack (m) Provided Stack

with Height (m) APCM

Adequacy with respect to the pollution load

Existing


NATURAL GAS

1 5.8 12 Not

required

Adequate height of the stack for enough dispersion of air

pollutants

2 HAG 800 lit/hr 1 7.3 20 Not

required


pollutants

3 Thermic Fluid Heater - 1 2 Lac K Cal 1 7.3 11 Not

required


pollutants

4 Thermic Fluid Heater - 2 2 Lac K Cal 1 5.8 30 Not

required


pollutants

5 Steam Boiler 600 KG/HR 1 7.1 15 Not

required


pollutants

6 HAG (GS Recovery) 800 lit/hr 1 7.1 20 Not

required


pollutants

7 D.G.Set 250 KVA Diesel 1 2.5 12 Not

required


pollutants

Proposed

1 HAG - 1 (Reactive Plant) 20 Lac K Cal NATURAL GAS 1 H = 14 Q0.3

= 14 * 0.52 20

Not required





Sr. No.

Stack Attached to Capacity Type of Fuel used Stack No. Required height of

Stack (m) Provided Stack

with Height (m) APCM


7.3 m pollutants

2 HAG - 2 (Reactive Plant) 15 Lac K Cal NATURAL GAS 1

H = 14 Q0.3

= 14 * 0.52

7.3 m

20 Not

required


pollutants

3 HAG - 3 (Reactive Plant) 15 Lac K Cal NATURAL GAS 1

H = 14 Q0.3

= 14 * 0.52

7.3 m

20 Not

required


pollutants

4 Boiler (Reactive Plant) 4 TPH NATURAL GAS 1

H = 14 Q0.3

= 14 * 0.41

5.7 m

20 Not

required


pollutants

5 HAG - 1 (Disperse Plant) 7.5 Lac K Cal NATURAL GAS 1

H = 14 Q0.3

= 14 * 0.5

7.1 m

20 Not

required


pollutants

6 HAG - 2 (Disperse Plant) 7.5 Lac K Cal NATURAL GAS 1

H = 14 Q0.3

= 14 * 0.5

7.1 m

20 Not

required


pollutants

7 HAG - 3 (Disperse Plant) 15 Lac K Cal NATURAL GAS 1

H = 14 Q0.3

= 14 * 0.52

7.3 m

20 Not

required


pollutants


H = 14 Q0.3

= 14 * 0.53

7.4 m

20 Not

required


pollutants


H = 14 Q0.3

= 14 * 0.5

7 m

20 Not

required


pollutants

10 Boiler (Common) (Disperse Plant)

4 TPH x 02 Nos.

NATURAL GAS 1

H = 14 Q0.3

= 2 x 14 * 0.39

11 m

20 (Common) Not

required


pollutants

11 D.G. Set 500 KVA Diesel 1

H = h+0.2 (DG capacity in KVA)^0.5

= 6 + 4.47 m

= 10.47 m

12 Not

required


pollutants adequate

Note: for stack height calculation, standard considered for SO2 emission i.e. 50 ppm




For existing & proposed Process stacks - adequacy of proposed EMS

Adequacy of existing & proposed EMS for the proposed process stacks is as given in Table 2-171.

Table 2-171: Adequacy of existing & proposed EMS & height of stack – Process stacks

S. No.

Stack Attached to

Nos. of Stacks

Stack Height

(m)


Pollutants Emitted CPCB standards

/Emission limit as per Consent by GPCB

Required Stack height as per CPCB

norms


Existing

1 Reaction Vessel (Sulphonation

Vessel) 1 20

Water Ventury, Two Stage Water Scubber followed by Alkali Ventury, Two Stage

Alakali Scrubber

SO2 < 40 mg/Nm3

HCl < 20 mg/Nm3,

Cl2 < 9 mg/Nm3

SO2 < 40 mg/Nm3

HCl < 20 mg/Nm3,

Cl2 < 9 mg/Nm3

12 m of the building/shed where stack attached + 2 m

= total 14 m

Adequate

2 Spray Dryer (800 Lit/Hr) (Product)

1 20 Cyclone Separator with

Water Scrubber PM < 150 mg/Nm3 PM < 150 mg/Nm3


= total 14 m

Adequate

3 Sulphonation

Vessel - 1 1 15


Alakali Scrubber

SO2 < 40 mg/Nm3

HCl < 20 mg/Nm3,

Cl2 < 9 mg/Nm3

SO2 < 40 mg/Nm3

HCl < 20 mg/Nm3,

Cl2 < 9 mg/Nm3


= total 14 m

Adequate

4 Sulphonation

Vessel - 2 1 15


Alakali Scrubber

SO2 < 40 mg/Nm3

HCl < 20 mg/Nm3,

Cl2 < 9 mg/Nm3

SO2 < 40 mg/Nm3

HCl < 20 mg/Nm3,

Cl2 < 9 mg/Nm3


= total 14 m

Adequate

5 Dumping Vessel 1 15 Water Scubber followed by

Alakali Scrubber

SO2 < 40 mg/Nm3

HCl < 20 mg/Nm3,

Cl2 < 9 mg/Nm3

SO2 < 40 mg/Nm3

HCl < 20 mg/Nm3,

Cl2 < 9 mg/Nm3


= total 14 m

Adequate

6 Spray Dryer (800

Lit/Hr)(GS - Recovery)

1 20

Cyclone Separator + Water Scrubber Primary + Water

Scrubber Secondary Packed/Demister

PM < 150 mg/Nm3 PM < 150 mg/Nm3


= total 14 m

Adequate

Proposed

1 HCl Scrubber-1

(Reactive Plant) 1 25

Venturi Scrubber Water Scrubber-I + Alkali packed column-I + Alkali Venturi Scrubbing Alkali Packed

Column-II

SO2 < 40 mg/Nm3

HCl < 20 mg/Nm3,

Cl2 < 9 mg/Nm3

SO2 < 40 mg/Nm3

HCl < 20 mg/Nm3,

Cl2 < 9 mg/Nm3


= total 23 m

Adequate

2 HCl Scrubber-2 1 25 Venturi Scrubber Water SO2 < 40 mg/Nm3 SO2 < 40 mg/Nm3 21 m of the Adequate




S. No.

Stack Attached to

Nos. of Stacks

Stack Height

(m)





norms


(Reactive Plant) Scrubber-I + Alkali packed column-I + Alkali Venturi Scrubbing Alkali Packed

Column-II

HCl < 20 mg/Nm3,

Cl2 < 9 mg/Nm3

HCl < 20 mg/Nm3,

Cl2 < 9 mg/Nm3

building/shed where stack attached + 2 m

= total 23 m

3

HCl Scrubber-3

(Blue Plant) (Sulphonation

Vessel-)

1 25


Column-II

SO2 < 40 mg/Nm3

HCl < 20 mg/Nm3,

Cl2 < 9 mg/Nm3

SO2 < 40 mg/Nm3

HCl < 20 mg/Nm3,

Cl2 < 9 mg/Nm3


= total 23 m

Adequate

4 Ammonia Scrubber

1 25 Venturi Scrubber + Packed

Column Dip Tank NH3 < 30 mg/Nm3

Not given IN CONSENT

NH3 <30 mg/Nm3 as per CPCB


= total 23 m

Adequate

5

Spray Dryer - 1 (Reactive Plant)

(2000 Lit/Hr) 1 40



PM < 150 mg/Nm3 PM < 150 mg/Nm3


= total 23 m

Adequate

6


(1500 Lit/Hr) 1 40



PM < 150 mg/Nm3 PM < 150 mg/Nm3


= total 23 m

Adequate

7


(1500 Lit/Hr) 1 40



PM < 150 mg/Nm3 PM < 150 mg/Nm3


= total 23 m

Adequate

8

HCl Scrubber-4

(HCl - Nitrite Base Azo

Disperse Plant)

1 25


Column-II

SO2 < 40 mg/Nm3

HCl < 20 mg/Nm3,

Cl2 < 9 mg/Nm3

PM < 150 mg/Nm3


= total 23 m

Adequate

9 Spray Dryer - 1 (Disperse Plant)

(750 Lit/Hr)

1 40



PM < 150 mg/Nm3 PM < 150 mg/Nm3


= total 23 m

Adequate

10

Spray Dryer - 2 (Disperse Plant)

(750 Lit/Hr) 1 40



PM < 150 mg/Nm3 PM < 150 mg/Nm3


= total 23 m

Adequate




S. No.

Stack Attached to

Nos. of Stacks

Stack Height

(m)





norms


11


(1500 Lit/Hr) 1 40



PM < 150 mg/Nm3 PM < 150 mg/Nm3


= total 23 m

Adequate

12


(1500 Lit/Hr) 1 40



PM < 150 mg/Nm3 PM < 150 mg/Nm3


= total 23 m

Adequate

13 Spray Dryer - 5 (Disperse Plant)

(1500 Lit/Hr)

1 40



PM < 150 mg/Nm3 PM < 150 mg/Nm3


= total 23 m

Adequate

Note: Environment (Protection) (Fourth Amendment) Rules, 2014 dated 7th May, 2014 for S. No. 8, Dye and Dye intermediate Industry.






2.20.4 Line sources/fugitive emission & control measures

There are negligible fugitive emissions at plant premises due to vehicular movement for transportation of raw

materials & products. Vehicular emissions (PM10, PM2.5, NOx, CO & HC) from the exhaust of vehicles is envisaged.

Other fugitive emission sources are several pumps, valves, flanges, relief devices, tanks at plant.

2.20.5 Odour Control Measures

Causes of odour will be Oleum, methanol, Toluene, Chlorine and formaldehyde during handling and storage.

There will be better management to avoid staling and which are as follows:

Chemicals will be stored in leak free container.

Worker will be provided by personnel protective equipment.

Avoiding the solid/hazardous waste storage inventory.

During ETP operation, drastic change in influent COD can kill the micro-organisms & produce foul smell. To

avoid this scenario, quality of influent waste water (COD, temperature, pH etc.) shall be maintained within

desired limit.

2.20.6 Energy Conservation Measures

Boilers

Use variable speed drives on large boiler combustion air fans with variable flows.

Clean burners, nozzles, strainers, etc.

Optimize boiler water treatment.

Recycle steam condensate.

Establish a boiler efficiency-maintenance program. Start with an energy audit and follow-up, then make a boiler

efficiency-maintenance program a part of your continuous energy management program. Steam System.

Ensure process temperatures are correctly controlled.

Reduce hot water wastage to drain.

Electrical Utilities

Optimize the tariff structure with utility supplier.

Schedule your operations to maintain a high load factor.

Shift loads to off-peak times if possible.

Minimise maximum demand by tripping loads through a demand controller.

Stagger start-up times for equipment with large starting currents to minimize load peaking.

Shut off unnecessary computers, printers, and copiers at night. Motors.

Properly size to the load for optimum efficiency. (High efficiency motors offer of 4 - 5% higher efficiency than

standard motors).

Use energy-efficient motors where economical.

Use variable-speed drives for large variable loads.

Use high-efficiency gear sets.

Use synthetic lubricants for large gearboxes.

Check belt tension regularly.

Use energy-efficient motors for continuous or near-continuous operation.

Lighting

Reduce excessive illumination levels to standard levels using switching, delamping, etc. (Know the electrical

effects before doing delamping).






Consider day lighting, skylights, etc.

Consider painting the walls a lighter color and using less lighting fixtures or lower wattages.

Use task lighting and reduce background illumination.

Re-evaluate exterior lighting strategy, type, and control. Control it aggressively.

Change exit signs from incandescent to LED.

2.21 Solid and Hazardous Waste Generation and Disposal

2.21.1 Quantification, Classification, Collection, Transportation and Disposal of Solid / Hazardous

Waste

The Solid/Hazardous Waste will be collected and temporarily stored in hazardous waste storage area as per

hazardous waste rules within the plant premises. The details of the solid and hazardous waste generation,

qualification, classification, collection, transportation and disposal facility as per hazardous waste rules 2008 & 2016

& its amendment are mentioned in Table 2-172.

Unit has Membership from M/s. Saurastra Enviro Projects Pvt. Ltd. For Hazardous waste.

Table 2-172: Hazardous Waste Generation and disposal Details

S. No.

Type of Waste Hazardous

Waste Category

Quantity per Year Mt/yr. Source Treatment / Disposal


1 ETP Sludge 35.3 4080 9600 13680 ETP Packed in HDPE Bags, and

Dispose to TSDF

2 Gypsum Sludge 26.1 - 1000 1000 Pre- treatment

plant

Packed in HDPE Bags, and Dispose to Cement Industry

3 Ammonium

Chloride 35.3 - 256 256 Reused in plant

4 Distillation Residue

36.1 - 256 256 Evaporation Packed in HDPE Bags, and

Dispose to TSDF

5 Spray Dry Salt 37.3 - 3000 3000 Evaporation Packed in HDPE Bags, and

Dispose to TSDF

6 Used Oil 5.1 1.43 1.8 3.23 Machinrary Disposal by selling to register

recycler

7 Discarded Container

33.1 239.4 72 311.4 Production Disposal by selling to register

recycler

8 Discarded

Liners/Bags 33.1 9.6 8.4 18 Production

Disposal by selling to register recycler

9 Spent Solvent 20.2 - 3.74 3.74 Production

Collection, Storage, Transportation, incineration and disposal by sell out to authorize

users having Rule 9 permission or incineration at CHWIF or send for

co-processing.

10 Spent Acid

(Spent Sulphuric Acid)

26.3 9000 20400 29400 Production Disposal by selling to NOVEL, Ecocare, Arvind and Aarvee denim and Actual end user

11

Spent Acid (Spent

Hydrochloric Acid)

26.3 7200 - 7200 Production






2.21.2 Measures to be taken to Minimize Manual Handling

The Hazardous waste will be collected and temporarily stored in Hazardous waste storage area within the plant in

the line of Hazardous waste management rules.

Hazardous Wastes is properly handled in closed containers and properly stored in hazardous waste storage

areas as per rules having suitable lining and also bunding for overflow of spillage waters which can

contaminate the surroundings.

All waste is being handled with proper PPEs ensuring safety of the individuals working with the solid waste

handling.

The wastes are handed in drums and HDPE Bags and further transferred at the storage location in the Solid

cum Hazardous Waste Storage.

Providing appropriate training to hazardous waste handlers.




VATVA GIDC, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT


3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 General

This chapter illustrates the description of the existing environmental status of the study area with reference to the

prominent environmental attributes. The study area covers 10 km radius around the project site. The land use and

socio-economic aspects were studied with respect to 10 km radius around the site.

The existing environmental setting is considered to adjudge the baseline conditions which are described with

respect to climate, atmospheric conditions, water quality, soil quality, ecology, socio-economic profile, landuse and

places of archaeological importance.

3.2 Methodology

The methodology for conducting the baseline environmental survey obtained from the guidelines given in the EIA

Manual of the MoEF. Baseline information with respect to air, noise, and water and land quality in the study area

was collected by conducting primary sampling/field studies during the summer season i.e. March-May 2019.

3.3 Study Area included in Environmental Setting

The study area is considered to be the area within 10 km radius of the site. The EIA guidelines of the MoEF&CC

mandate the study area in this manner for EIA’s. Monitoring was carried out in the summer season 2019 (March-

May 2019).

3.4 Landuse& Land Cover

3.4.1 Classification of Land use and Land cover

The National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA), Government of India, conducted a land use survey using Remote

Sensing Techniques in the year 1988-89 at the behest of the Planning Commission for classifying land by visual

interpretation techniques and digital techniques. NRSA’s output resulted in a two-level system of classification,

comprising seven primary land use / land cover categories. Some of these primary categories required further

delineation, leading to a second level of classification that resulted in further sub-categories.

This system of classification has been the basis for Kadam’s land use / land cover studies. Whilst these categories

are generally found relevant with respect to describing land use and land cover classes in the Indian context,

sometimes modifications are required, and made, to include additional sub-categories, which are more relevant in

describing the land use and land cover for a particular study. Such sub-categories are defined, and are attached as

Annexure 10.

3.4.2 Study Area

The study area has been defined as an area covering the buffer distance of 10 km around the proposed project site

boundary covering. The classification of landuse and land cover

3.4.3 Study Methodology Adopted

To accomplish the objective the following steps were undertaken:

Study and collection of relevant documents and maps






Interpretation of Imagery

Checking of interpreted imagery

Field survey / ground truthing

Generation of final land use / land cover map

3.4.4 Data Collection

This covered:

Downloading of remote sensing data using the licensed software, Google Earth Pro having high resolution

(<1.0m) imagery

Topographical maps as base map

Quick reconnaissance survey of the study area by Kadam staff to get a general feel of the entire ground area

which can aid in the preliminary interpretation of the data

3.4.5 Interpretation of Satellite Data

The downloaded satellite imagery was interpreted considering the basic elements of interpretation such as size,

shape, texture, pattern, location, association, shadow, aspect and resolution along with ground truth and ancillary

information collected during the preliminary reconnaissance survey the interpretation was accomplished.

Field Survey/Ground Truthing

The aim of ground truth studies is to confirm whether the interpreted land uses are correct thus improving the

quality of the output. It also allows interaction with local parties and stakeholders, thereby giving background

information on the land use.

Ground truth was carried out to check the discrepancy of the interpreted data. The survey consisted of traversing

the study area, cross-checking of identified features with those represented on the map.

Field notes were kept in the form of log sheets that recorded information pertaining to co-ordinates, photographs

and identified land uses. Additional features identified or remarks made against existing interpretation were also

recorded.

The field survey was carried out in the study area by Kadam’s land use and land cover Functional Area Expert for

quality check of the map.

GPS readings were taken during the surveys wherever it was felt that additional confirmation in interpretation of

the data and also observations of land features were noted. Additionally, spot checks were also done to confirm the

land use / land cover interpretation even where confidence of interpretation was high.

Table 3-1 enumerates the land features and its corresponding GPS readings of all the ground truthing locations

selected.

Table 3-1: GPS Readings within Study Area

S. No. Location Latitude Longitude Land use/ Land cover

Classification

1 Unit-3 Site 22°57'24.58"N 72°38'29.08"E At Site

2 Vatva GIDC Area 22°57'17.46"N 72°38'08.36"E Industrial Area

3 Khari River 22o55’37.70”N 72o38’38.60”E Water Body

4 Odhav Area 23°01'18.38"N 72°38'48.88"E Ring Road

5 Narol – Vatva Road 22°57'37.15"N 72°37'00.17"E School

6 Vastarl Village 22o59’43.00”N 72°40’14.00”E Agriculture area

7 Vatva Area 22°57'23.80"N 72°37'48.50"E Railway Station

8 Vinzol Village 22°57'06.17"N 72°38'32.64"E Water Body

9 SG Highway 22°58’06.25”N 72°28’54.71”E Shrub






S. No. Location Latitude Longitude Land use/ Land cover

Classification

10 Hathijan Circle, Vinzol 22°57’27.37”N 72°39’25.18”E Agriculture

11 Vinzol 22°57’16.89”N 72°39’16.99”E Muddy Area

12 Nr Vinobhanagar 22°56’29.38”N 72°38’26.30”E River

13 Ropda 22°55’56.27”N 72°37’46.70”E Open Vegetation

14 Gamdi 22°54’45.21”N 72°38’24.29”E Plantation

15 Jetalpur 22°53’32.07”N 72°35’58.44”E Grassland

16 Gamdi 22°54’45.21”N 72°38’24.29”E Plantation(Amla)

17 Ropada Village 22o55’32.20”N 72 o38’09.20”E Plantation- Eucalyptus

18 Nr Vinobhanagar 22°56’29.36”N 72°38’26.30”E Vabeva Nadi

3.4.6 Land use and Land cover Pattern of Study Area

The land use and land cover of the above mentioned study area covering various categories. The features identified

have been presented, considering the discussion provided in

Table 3-2: Synopsis of Land use / Land cover Classification Used for the Project

S. No. Level 1 Classification Level 2 Classification

1. Built-up Land or Habitation Residential / Commercial

Industrial

2. Agricultural Land Crop Land/Fallow Land

Plantations

3. Wastelands

Land without Scrub

Muddy area

sandy area

4. Water Bodies Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds / Tanks

River

5. Others Grass land

Railway area

6. Vegetation Cover

Scrub

Open vegetation

Close Vegetation

The image classified into the above mentioned categories for different regions of interest is given in Table 3-2. It

was observed that the landuses generally exhibit similar characteristics across the region, whilst certain land uses

differs. All landuses are discussed in the subsequent sub-sections. Landuse map is given in Figure 3-1.

Built-up Land or Habitation

Residential / Commercial

The Built up area is mostly settlements and industrial area. Rural habitation is present in the study area.

Urbanization is due to presence of township in and around the Ahmedabad City.

Industrial Area

The Industrial area in study area was of Odhav, Vatva and Kathwada GIDC Estate, which is wide spread.

Agricultural Land

Crop Land/Fallow Land

The agriculture land within study area was 41.42 per cent of the study area. Agriculture crop like juwar, rice, mung

dal, etc. is cultivated in the study area. The irrigation is essentially through bore wells.






Plantation

This class of land use covers ~0.50% of total study area. Plantation like Eucalyptus (Nilgiri), Phyllanthus Emblica

(Amla) and types are present in the study area.

Wastelands

Land without Scrub

The class Land without Scrub was 9.13 per cent of the study area. This area was mostly where the industrial area is

coming up.

Water Bodies

The water bodies’ class includes Reservoir/ Lakes/ Ponds/ Tanks, and River bed covers around 1.28 per cent of the

study area. Kankariya Lake, Chandola Lake, etc. are present in the study area.

Rivers

River Sabarmati is the major which is flowing from NE to SW. However, minor river or tributary like Vabeva Nadi,

Khari Nadi are also draining in Ease, SE part of study area.

Vegetation Cover

Scrub

The scrub region is most observed class with 11.92 per cent of the area.

Open Vegetation

Open vegetation region was mostly covered by thorny species dominated by Prosopis species.

Close Vegetation

Close vegetation region was only 0.13 per cent of the study area.


AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT


Figure 3-1: Land use and Land cover Map




VATVA GIDC, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT


3.4.7 Class Wise Area Statistics

The area statistics of these classes in the study area are presented in Table 3-3 that follows

Table 3-3: Area Statistics for Land Use/ Land Cover Categories in the Study Area

S. No.

Level1 Classification

Level2

Classification

Area, Level 2 Class Area, Level 1 Class

Ha. ~km2 ~% Ha. ~km2 ~%

1. Built-up Land or

Habitation

Residential / Commercial 7033.54 70.33 22.01 9893.75 98.93 30.96

Industrial 2860.21 28.60 8.95

2. Agricultural Land Crop Land/Fallow Land 13237.72 132.37 41.42

13398.6 133.97 41.92 Plantation 160.88 1.60 0.50

4. Wastelands Land without Scrub 2916.69 29.16 9.13 2916.69 29.16 9.13

5. Water Bodies

Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds / Tanks 408.94 4.08 1.28

63.48 6.33 1.98 River 183.12 1.83 0.57

Canal 42.74 0.42 0.13

6. Others Grassland 15.17 0.15 0.05 15.17 0.15 0.05

7. Vegetation Cover

Scrub 3810.12 38.10 11.92

5098.9 50.98 15.95 Open Vegetation 1246.08 12.46 3.90

Close Vegetation 42.70 0.42 0.13

Note: Roads not included in the calculation

Figure 3-2: Pie Chart of LULC classes in the study area

Table 3-4: Environmental Sensitivity table- Landuse and Landcover

S. No.

Sensitive Ecological Features

Name of feature / Location

Distance (km)

Direction Reason of Significance

1 Water courses / water bodies Pond 0.24 SE Nearest approach from project site

Canal 3.76 WSW Nearest approach from project site

2 Inland, coastal, marine waters Vabeva Nadi - SE Adjacent to project site

Khari Nadi 2.49 SSE Nearest approach from project site

Built-up or Habitation

31%

Agriculture42%

Wastelands9%

Water Bodies2%

Vegetation Cover16%






Sabarmati River 8.80 NW Nearest approach from project site

3 Mountains/ Hilly area - - - -

4 Airport Ahmedabad Airport 12.70 N Nearest approach from project site

5 Railway Station

Vatva Railway Junction

1.25 WNW Nearest approach from project site

Ahmedabad Railway Junction

8.56 NW Nearest approach from project site

6

Areas containing important, high quality or scarce resources (forestry, agriculture, fisheries,

tourism, minerals)

Agriculture 0.5 SE Nearest approach from project site

3.4.8 Proximity to Sea / Water Bodies

The proximity to sea / water bodies for the study area is tabulated in Table 3-5.

Table 3-5: Proximity to Sea / Water Bodies

Sea / Water Body ~ Aerial Distance from the Centre of the Project Site

Kahanvadi village pond 3.14 km in N

Ramol Pond 3.11 km in NE

Vinzol pond 0.17 km in S

Ghodasar Lake 4.19 km in NW

Ishanpur Lake 4.52 km in NW

Chandola Lake 5.97 km in NW

Kankariya Lake 6.45 km in NNW

Sabarmati River 9.19 km in WNW

Khari River 2.38 km in SSE

Source: Google Earth and Ground Truth Survey

3.4.9 Important Features within the Study Area

Details of the important features along with other sensitive ecological locations in the study area are provided in

Table 3-6. Toposheet of the study area is given in Figure 3-3.

Table 3-6: Sensitive Ecological: Important Features and Locations in the Study Area

S. No.

Sensitive Ecological Features Location Distance

(km) Direction

1. National Park/Wildlife Sanctuary No - -

2. Tiger Reserve/Elephant Reserve / Turtle

Nesting Ground No - -

3. Core Zone of Biosphere Reserve No - -

4. Habitat for migratory birds No - -

5. Lakes / Reservoir / Dams / Canals /

Ponds

Kahanvadi village pond 3.14 N

Ramol Pond 3.11 NE

Vinzol pond 0.17 S

Ghodasar Lake 4.19 NW

Ishanpur Lake 4.52 NW

Chandola Lake 5.97 NW

Kankariya Lake 6.45 NNW

6. Stream/Rivers/Drains Sabarmati River 9.19 WNW

Khari River 2.38 SSE

7. Estuary/Sea/Mangroves No - -

8. Mountains/Hills No - -

9. Notified Archaeological sites No - -

10. Any other Archaeological sites No - -






S. No.

Sensitive Ecological Features Location Distance

(km) Direction

11. Defense Installations No - -

12. Airports Surat Airport 62.71 SSW

13. Railway Station Ankleshwar GIDC station 1.50 N

Photograph 3-1: Photo Documentation of Land Use

Vinzol village pond Khari river near Vanch village

At site Jay chemical unit -3 Plantation near Ropda Village

Vatva Railway Station Vabeva nadi near Vatva GIDC

Chandola Lake Sabarmati river




Figure 3-3: Toposheet of the Study Area






3.5 Climate of the Study Area

For the proposed project Secondary data for weather conditions in the region i.e. Ahmedabad, is available in long-

term climatological tables published by Indian Meteorological department for 30 years i.e. from 1981-2010 attached

as Annexure 12. These tables gives useful information about a region’s weather, since they are collected over a

30 year period.

The observatory at IMD station Ahmedabad (station ID: 42647) during 1981-2010 is at the civil aerodrome.

Surrounding area is generally plain with sandy soil. The river Sabarmati runs close by. Wind instruments are located

on the top of the ambulance garage; exposure fair.

Long-term meteorological data was analysed/reviewed for important parameters like temperature, humidity, wind

speed, wind direction, cloud cover and rainfall. The findings are provided as below in subsequent sections.

3.5.1 Temperature

The mean daily maximum and minimum temperature recorded were 41.6˚C (in the month of May) and 12.4 ˚C (in

the month of January) respectively. The extreme highest temperature recorded was 47.8˚C on 27th May, 1916. The

extreme lowest temperature recorded was 2.2˚C on 6th February, 1920.

During the winter season i.e. for months of January & February, mean daily minimum and maximum temperature

remain between 12.4˚C – 30.8˚C. During the summer season i.e. for months of March, April & May, mean daily

minimum and maximum temperature remain between 19.5˚C – 41.6˚C.

During the monsoon season i.e. for months of June to September, mean daily minimum and maximum temperature

remain between 24.7˚C – 38.8˚C. During the post monsoon season i.e. for months of October to December, mean

daily minimum and maximum temperature remain between 13.4˚C – 35.7˚C.

3.5.2 Humidity

Most humid conditions are found in monsoon, followed by post-monsoon, winter and summer in order. Mornings

are more humid than evenings and relative humidity ranges from high of 74-87 % in monsoon mornings to a low of

20-25 % in summer evenings. In post monsoon season, humidity in morning hours ranges between 57-65 % while

in evening hours it was between 36-41 %. In winter season, humidity in morning hours ranges between 56-63 %

while in evening hours it was between 26-35 %. In summer season, humidity in morning hours ranges between 50-

65 % while in evening hours it was 20-25 %. In monsoon season, highest humidity levels observed. Humidity in

morning hours remain between 74-87 % while in evening hours it was between 44-72 %.

3.5.3 Wind Speed

Throughout the year wind speed mostly remains between 1-19 km/h and for few days in calm condition. It was

observed between 20-61 km/h also for some days in summer period & monsoon period.

3.5.4 Wind Direction

Long term wind direction data is presented in Table 3-7.

Table 3-7: Predominant/Mean wind direction data (IMD Ahmedabad)

Season Month Hours Wind blow from

1st Predominant 2nd Predominant 3rd Predominant

Winter

January I NE E N

II N NW NE

February I NE/NW E N

II NW N NE






Season Month Hours Wind blow from

1st Predominant 2nd Predominant 3rd Predominant

Summer

March I NW W E

II NW W N

April I NW W SW

II W NW SW

May I SW W NW

II W SW NW

Monsoon

June I SW W S

II SW S W

July I SW S/W NW

II SW S W

August I SE W S

II SW W S

September I W NW SW

II SW/W NW S

Post Monsoon

October I E/NW N W

II N NW E

November I NE/E N NW

II N E NE

December I NE E N

II N NE NW

Annual I SW NW W

II NW SW/W N

I: Morning hours

II: Evening hours

3.5.5 Cloud cover

Cloud cover variation was observed in each season. In winter season cloud cover ranges between 0.1-1.4 Oktas,

which indicates very low cloud cover. In summer cloud cover was ranges between 0.1-2.1 Oktas. In monsoon

season it was 2.2-6.6 Oktas which is maximum cloud cover due to monsoon period. In post monsoon season cloud

cover range was between 0.1-1.8 Oktas, which was observed higher than winter & summer seasons.

3.5.6 Rainfall

Annual total rainfall recorded in the region was 750.9 mm.

Distribution of rainfall by season is 724.2 mm in monsoon, 15.0 mm in post monsoon, 1.8 mm in winter and 10.0

mm in summer. About 96.4 % of the annual rainfall in the region received during the monsoon months. July was

the rainiest month.

3.5.7 Average Long Term Meteorological condition

Average Meteorological condition is given in Table 3-8.

Table 3-8: Average Meteorological condition at IMD Ahmedabad

Month

Mean Daily Temperature Rainfall (mm)

Monthly Total No. of Rainy

days

Relative Humidity (%)

(Morning)


(Evening)

Mean Wind Speed (m/s) Max Min

January 28.1 12.4 1.0 0.1 63 35 1.7

February 30.8 14.3 0.8 0.1 56 26 1.8

March 35.8 19.5 0.6 0 50 21 2.0






Month

Mean Daily Temperature Rainfall (mm)

Monthly Total No. of Rainy

days


(Morning)


(Evening)

Mean Wind Speed (m/s) Max Min

April 39.6 23.9 2.4 0.4 56 20 2.3

May 41.6 27.0 7.0 0.6 65 25 3.1

June 38.8 27.5 80.0 3.9 74 44 3.4

July 33.6 25.9 291.2 11.5 85 69 3.0

August 32 25.0 266.2 10.7 87 72 2.5

September 33.8 24.7 86.8 5 82 60 2.1

October 35.7 21.4 11.7 0.8 65 41 1.3

November 32.9 16.7 2.3 0.4 57 36 1.3

December 29.5 13.4 1.0 0.2 61 37 1.5

Total - - 750.9 33.7 - - --

Average 34.4 21.0 - - 67 41 2.2

3.5.8 Site specific Meteorology

Baseline meteorological data has been collected hourly by installing automatic meteorological station in the study

area.

Methodology of site-specific meteorological data collection

Methodology for site-specific meteorological data collection in the study area is given in Table 3-9.

Table 3-9: Monitoring Methodology of meteorological data collection

Sr. No.

Sampling Parameters

Sample collection Total Sampling

Period

Sampling Frequency

Methodology Sampling equipment

Sensitivity/ Detection Limit

1. Wind Speed Anemometer cup

counter (0 to 65 m/s) 0.25 m/s

20th March – 22nd June,

2019

Hourly

USEPA Document No. EPA-454/R-

99-005, Feb 2000 (Meteorological

Monitoring Guidance for Regulatory Modeling

Applications).

2. Wind Direction Wind vane (0° to 357°) 1°

3. Temperature Thermometer (-40° to 60°)

0.1°C

4. Humidity Relative Humidity meter

(0-99 %) 3 %

5. Rainfall Rain gauge 0.5 mm

6. Cloud Cover -- -- 4 Hourly Visual Inspection by the observer.

Site-specific Meteorological data (from 20th March, 2019 to 22nd June, 2019)

Mean meteorological data is given in Table 3-10.

Table 3-10: Mean Meteorological data

Time

(Hrs.)

Temp

(°C)


Wind Speed (m/s)

Wind Direction (Blowing from)

Cloud Cover (Tenth)

Rainfall (mm)

0:00 31.6 34 2.8 SW 1 0

1:00 30.8 34 2.7 W 1 0

2:00 29.8 38 2.6 W 1 0

3:00 29.5 38 2.7 W 1 0

4:00 28.8 37 2.6 WNW 1 0






Time

(Hrs.)

Temp

(°C)


Wind Speed (m/s)

Wind Direction (Blowing from)

Cloud Cover (Tenth)

Rainfall (mm)

5:00 28.1 41 2.3 W 1 0

6:00 27.6 45 2.4 W 1 0

7:00 27.7 40 2.4 W 1 0

8:00 29.1 37 2.9 WNW 1 0

9:00 31.1 32 3.2 W 1 0

10:00 33.1 35 3.0 W 1 0

11:00 35.1 31 3.1 WNW 1 0

12:00 36.9 20 3.1 W 1 0

13:00 38.1 22 3.2 W 1 0

14:00 39.6 18 3.2 W 1 0

15:00 40.6 14 3.4 W 1 0

16:00 40.8 15 3.3 W 1 0

17:00 40.8 17 3.3 W 1 0

18:00 39.9 20 3.1 W 1 0

19:00 37.9 28 2.5 W 1 0

20:00 35.7 21 2.5 SSW 1 0

21:00 34.1 29 3.0 SSW 1 0

22:00 32.8 31 2.8 SSW 1 0

23:00 31.9 33 2.8 SSW 1 0

Average 33.8 29.5 2.9 W 1 0

Brief Summary of site-specific meteorological data is as shown in Table 3-11.

Table 3-11: Max., Min. & Average summary of site-specific meteorological data

Parameter Unit 20th March, 2019 – 22nd June, 2019

Maximum Minimum Average

Temperature °C 46.0 19.0 33.8

Humidity % 71 8 30

Wind Speed m/s 23.1 0.0 2.9

Cloud Cover Tenth 10 0 1

Rainfall mm 6 0 0

Predominant - 1st 2nd 3rd

Site-specific meteorological data shows that:

Average Temperature recorded as 33.8˚C with maximum temperature recorded as 46.0˚C and Minimum of

19.0˚C.

Average relative humidity was 30 % with maximum Humidity as 71 % and Minimum of 8 %.

Wind blows predominantly from West to East direction.

Average wind speed was recorded 2.9 m/s and mostly afternoon & evening hours are windier. Maximum wind

speed was 23.1 m/s.

Wind rose diagram for site specific meteorological data from 20.03.19 to 22.06.19 is as shown in Figure 3-4.






Figure 3-4: Wind Rose Diagram

Comparison of Site specific data with secondary data of IMD

Site specific meteorological data is compared with IMD’s secondary data as shown in Table 3-12.






Table 3-12: Comparison of Primary Meteorological data with secondary data of IMD Ahmedabad

Sr. No.

Parameters

Site Specific; (24 hours) IMD (Long term 1981 – 2010);

(8.30 and 17.30 hours only) Remarks

(20th March to

22nd June, 2019) (March-June)

1. Wind Speed Average Wind Speed is

2.9 m/s

Average Wind Speed ranges from 2.0 m/s in March to 3.4 m/s in June Generally similar, minor

divergences noted can be ascribed to locational

differences, differences in number of readings and duration of studies (one season v/s long term)

2. Wind

Direction

Wind blows predominantly from W direction (24 %).

Calm Conditions: 9.04 %

Wind blows predominantly from W direction.

3. Temperature Max.: 46.0°C Min.: 19.0°C

Highest : 47.8°C (27th May, 1916) Lowest : 9.4°C (2nd March, 1982)

4. Relative Humidity

Max.: 71 % Min.: 8 %

Max.: 74 % Min.: 20 %

3.6 Ambient Air Quality

Ambient Air Monitoring was conducted at eight (8) different locations within the study area. The frequency of

monitoring was 24 hours twice a week at each station spread over one month with gaseous sample being changed

two times (at 8 hour intervals).

3.6.1 Study Area & Study Period

The study area covering the buffer distance of 10 km around the project site. Baseline monitoring of the study has

been carried out in summer season from 20th March, 2019 to 22nd June, 2019.

3.6.2 Methodology of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

The parameters monitored were Particulate Matter (PM10, PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx),

Hydrochloric Acid (HCl), Chlorine (Cl2), Hydrogen Bromide (HBr), Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S), Hydrogen Fluoride (HF),

Acid mist, Ammonia (NH3), Volatile Organic Carbons (VOC as BTX), Carbon Monoxide (CO) and Hydrocarbons (HC-

as Methane). The detail of monitoring methodology for ambient air quality is given in Annexure 10.

3.6.3 Secondary data

Gujarat Pollution Control Board is monitoring ambient air quality at 62 strategic locations in the state of the Gujarat

under the Ambient Air Quality Monitoring programme (AAQM) including Ahmedabad, Ankleshwar, Bharuch,

Bhavnagar, Bhuj, Gandhinagar, Jamnagar, Rajkot, Surat, Vadodra, Vapi, Morbi, Sanand, Sarigam total 14 cities

The ambient air quality samples are collected as per the standard norms for ambient air quality monitoring. The

parameters determined during analysis include SO2, NOx, O3, NH3, CO, PM10, PM2.5, LEAD, ARSENIC, NICKEL,

BENZENE and BENZO-A-PYRENE. The data pertaining to the ambient air and meteorological data are regularly

submitted to the CPCB [Central Pollution Control Board] for compilation and preparation of report.

National Air Quality Monitoring Programme (NAMP)

Under this project Ambient Air Quality monitoring is carried out at 38 stations in the state with the financial help of

the Central Pollution Control Board, Delhi. The ambient air quality samples are collected as per the standard norms

for ambient air quality monitoring prescribed by CPCB. The parameters determined during analysis include SO2,

NOx, O3, NH3, CO, PM10, PM2.5, Lead, Arsenic, Nickel, Benzene and Benzo-a-pyrene. Status of Ambient Air quality

NAMP project at Vatva is as given in Table 3-13.

Table 3-13: Status of Ambient Air Quality data* as per NAMP project at Ahmedabad

S. City Location PARAMETER (All parameter are express in µg/m3)






No. PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX O3 NH3 CO Pb As Ni Benzene

Benzo-a-pyrene

NAAQS 60 40 50 40 100 100 2 0.5 6 20 5 1

1 Vatva Naroda GIDC

94 35 14.5 22 11.7 10.6 1.75 0.14 <1.0 1.6 1.6 <0.5

*Note: Yearly average 2014-15, Yearly average is calculated based on the CPCB guidelines, at least 104 samples

(24 hourly) per year/station.

State Air Quality Monitoring Programme (SAMP)

Under this project Ambient Air Quality monitoring is carried out at 24 stations in the state. The ambient air quality

samples were collected as per the standard norms for ambient air quality monitoring prescribed by CPCB. The

parameters determined during analysis include SO2, NOX, O3, NH3, CO, PM10, PM2.5, LEAD, ARSENIC, NICKEL,

BENZENE and BENZO-A-PYRENE.

Status of Ambient Air quality SAMP project at Vatva is as given in Table 3-14.

Table 3-14: Status of Ambient Air Quality data* as per NAMP project at Ahmedabad

S. No.

City Location

PARAMETER (All parameter are express in µg/m3)

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX O3 NH3 CO Pb As Ni Benzene Benzo-

a-pyrene

NAAQS 60 40 50 40 100 100 2 0.5 6 20 5 1

1

Vatva

Mukesh Industries,

Narol 99 42 14.9 22.4 12.3 11.2 1.8 0.19 < 1.0 2.1 2.2 < 0.5

2 Via Hall,

Gidc Vatva 95 35 14.6 21.8 11.3 10.4 1.48 0.09 < 1.0 2.1 1.9 < 0.5

3 H.P Petrol

Pump 89 31 13.2 20.4 12.2 11 1.45 0.19 < 1.0 1.9 2.5 < 0.5

*Note: Yearly average 2014-15, Yearly average is calculated based on the CPCB guidelines, at least 104 samples

(24 hourly) per year/station

3.6.4 Primary Data

Selection of ambient air quality monitoring locations

The locations for Ambient Air quality monitoring were decided based on the prescribed guidelines1. Eight (8) AAQM

stations were selected on the basis of local climate conditions mainly wind direction patterns which include base

station, upwind station, downwind station and crosswind station as per wind regime. These stations were located

within rural settlements as well as in consideration of other important features of the study area. Sampling location

is presented in Table 3-15.

Table 3-15: Ambient Air quality Monitoring Location Details

AAQM Station

Code

Sampling Location

name Latitude Longitude

Distance from project site

(km)

Direction from

project site

Justification for selection of station

AAQ1 At project site 22˚57’24.25” N 72˚38’31.22” E -- -- Selected as Base station

AAQ2 Ramol village 22˚58’48.39” N 72˚39’28.39” E 3.17 NE Located in 1st

Downwind direction

1 As per Guidelines for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring by CPCB, MoEF Published as SERIES: NAAQMS/ …/2003-04, April, 2013






AAQM Station

Code

Sampling Location

name Latitude Longitude

Distance from project site

(km)

Direction from

project site

Justification for selection of station

AAQ3 Aslali Village 22˚54’14.61” N 72˚35’51.78” E 6.82 SW Located in 1st upwind

direction

AAQ4 Santi Nagar 22˚56’54.21” N 72˚35’49.71” E 5.48 W Located in 2nd upwind

direction

AAQ5 Vanch Village 22˚56’35.29” N 72˚41’19.58” E 5.11 ESE Located in 2nd

Downwind direction

AAQ6 Vinzol Village 22˚57’1.12” N 72˚38’28.74” E 0.59 S Located in crosswind

direction

AAQ7 Gatrad Village 22˚58’40.82” N 72˚42’6.44” E 6.72 NE Located in 1st downwind

direction

AAQ8 Ramraj Nagar 23˚0’57.04” N 72˚38’29.86” E 6.5 N Located in crosswind

direction




Figure 3-5: Sampling Location Map


MANUFACTURING PLANT AT VATVA GIDC, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT


3.6.5 Ambient Air monitoring analysis results

Detailed results of AAQM analysis are given in Annexure 13.

Compiled Average data of ambient air quality analysis are represented in Table 3-16.

Table 3-16 Ambient Air Monitoring Results

Station Code

Unit of Average Concentration

Average Pollutant Concentration µg/m3 Average Pollutant Concentration µg/m3

except for CO in Mg/m3

Pollutants PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx Cl2 HCl NH3 HC CO VOC

Duration (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) Grab (1 hr) (24 hr)

Detection Limit 10.0 2.0 3.75 6.0 1.0 1.0 10.0 0.327 0.5 1.0

NAAQS by CPCB dated 18th

November, 2009

Industrial, Residential, Rural and Other Area

100 60 80 80 NS NS 400 NS 4 NS

Ecologically Sensitive Area (Notified by Central Govt.)

100 60 80 80 NS NS 400 NS 4 NS

AAQ1 At Project site

Maximum 201 67 18.6 22.9 6.8 <1 32.1 1283 1.48 <1

Minimum 78 26 3.8 6.0 1.0 <1 10.0 1021 1.07 <1

Average 143 49 10.4 15.3 3.7 <1 14.5 1121 1.25 <1

98%tile 199 67 17.6 22.9 6.4 <1 28.9 1269 1.46 <1

AAQ2 Ramol Village

Maximum 198 67 17.6 20.4 1.5 <1 25.1 1202 1.38 <1

Minimum 76 31 3.8 6.0 1.0 <1 10.0 1024 1.08 <1

Average 142 50 8.6 13.2 1.1 <1 16.8 1150 1.24 <1

98%tile 197 67 15.2 20.3 1.5 <1 24.9 1201 1.37 <1

AAQ3 Aslali Village

Maximum 195 67 13.8 22.2 1.5 <1 24.8 1226 1.39 <1

Minimum 91 31 3.8 6.0 1.0 <1 10.0 1035 1.11 <1

Average 121 44 8.8 14.9 1.1 <1 15.4 1145 1.25 <1

98%tile 181 66 12.8 21.9 1.5 <1 24.7 1225 1.39 <1

AAQ4 Shanti Nagar

Maximum 201 68 11.8 21.4 2.0 <1 24.9 1236 1.39 <1

Minimum 83 23 3.8 6.0 1.0 <1 10.0 1050 1.16 <1

Average 142 42 8.7 14.7 1.2 <1 15.6 1133 1.26 <1




Station Code


Average Pollutant Concentration µg/m3 Average Pollutant Concentration µg/m3



Duration (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) Grab (1 hr) (24 hr)

Detection Limit 10.0 2.0 3.75 6.0 1.0 1.0 10.0 0.327 0.5 1.0

NAAQS by CPCB dated 18th

November, 2009


100 60 80 80 NS NS 400 NS 4 NS

Ecologically Sensitive Area (Notified by Central Govt.)

100 60 80 80 NS NS 400 NS 4 NS

98%tile 200 64 11.5 21.2 1.9 <1 24.6 1234 1.38 <1

AAQ5 Vanch Village

Maximum 198 67 14.9 19.1 2.6 <1 28.7 1239 1.42 <1

Minimum 82 31 3.8 6.0 1.0 <1 10.0 1049 1.14 <1

Average 141 49 9.0 14.4 1.3 <1 16.8 1165 1.28 <1

98%tile 197 67 14.6 19.0 2.3 <1 28.1 1236 1.42 <1

AAQ6 Vinzol Village

Maximum 159 58 14.9 21.2 5.0 <1 24.7 1119 1.45 <1

Minimum 82 35 3.8 6.0 1.0 <1 10.0 955 1.16 <1

Average 128 46 9.3 15.5 1.4 <1 15.2 1060 1.31 <1

98%tile 158 57 13.5 20.9 4.3 <1 23.8 1117 1.45 <1

AAQ7 Gatrad Village

Maximum 115 52 15.8 21.7 1.6 <1 25.7 1181 1.48 <1

Minimum 61 29 7.2 6.0 1.0 <1 10.0 993 1.10 <1

Average 90 37 10.2 16.5 1.2 <1 14.3 1075 1.29 <1

98%tile 115 48 14.5 21.2 1.6 <1 24.6 1174 1.47 <1

AAQ8 Ramraj Nagar

Maximum 197 66 16.1 21.5 5.1 <1 21.4 1184 1.33 <1

Minimum 70 25 6.6 8.1 1.0 <1 10.0 927 1.11 <1

Average 137 49 10.2 16.3 1.9 <1 13.5 1094 1.22 <1

98%tile 195 66 14.4 20.9 5.0 <1 20.9 1180 1.33 <1




Observation:

The comparison of the results with the permissible limits NAAQ standards 2009 provided by CPCB for industrial, residential, rural & other area indicates that;

Average concentration of PM10 was recorded in range from minimum 90 µg/m3 (at AAQ7-Gatrad Nagar) to maximum 143 µg/m3 (at AAQ1-at project site);

Average concentration of PM2.5 was recorded in range from minimum 37 µg/m3 (at AAQ7- Gatrad village) to maximum 50 µg/m3 (at AAQ2-Ramol Village);

Average concentration of SO2 was recorded in range from minimum 8.6 µg/m3 (at AAQ2-Ramol village) to maximum 10.4 µg/m3 (at AAQ1-At project site),

Average concentration of NOx was recorded in range from minimum 13.2 µg/m3 (at AAQ2-Ramol village) to maximum 16.5 µg/m3 (at AAQ7-Gatrad Village);

Average concentration of NH3 was recorded in range from minimum 13.5 µg/m3 (at AAQ8-Ramraj Nagar) to maximum 16.8 µg/m3 (at AAQ2-Ramol Village);

CO levels were recorded in range of 1.31 mg/m3 to 1.22 mg/m3 at various locations which is within the specified limit of CPCB.

HC levels were recorded in range of 1060 µg/m3 to 1165 µg/m3 at various locations.

Cl2 levels were recorded in range of 1.1 µg/m3 to 3.7 µg/m3 at various locations.

At all the locations average concentration of HCl & VOCs was recorded below the detection limit i.e. < 1.0 µg/m3.

It is observed that average results of SO2, NOX, NH3, & CO parameters at all locations were within the specified limits of CPCB except PM10 & PM2.5.

Key Findings

The main sources of air pollution in the area are various Industrial activities & urban settlements in the area.

Another source of air pollution is vehicular movement.

The gaseous parameters are well within specified National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), 2009 provided by CPCB for industrial, residential, rural &

other area.






Photograph 3-2: Photodocumentation of Ambient Air

At Project site – Unit- 3 At Ramol Village

At Aslali Village At Santi Nagar

At Vanch Village At Vinzol Village

At Gatrad Village At Ramraj Nagar

3.7 Traffic Survey

Traffic survey is an important study that helps to find existing traffic density on the roads connected to project site

and to assess the impact due to the project on local existing transportation.

Traffic survey for the proposed expansion project was carried out at two locations on main approach roads to the

project site, i.e.

1. At entry of Vatva GIDC (for traffic survey on Vatva GIDC phase-II road to Narol - Vatva Road)

2. Near Jay Chemical Industry Limited (JCIL)-Unit-3 (for traffic survey on Vinzol rail crossing road to JCIL-Unit-3)






Traffic survey was carried out on both sides (up & down) on this selected important road.

Vehicles were classified into two type i.e. mechanized and non-mechanized vehicles. The mechanized vehicles

includes two wheelers (bikes/ mopeds/ scooters), three wheelers (rickshaw/ small 3W Tempos), and four wheelers

(cars/ jeeps/ trucks/ buses/ tractors etc.). The non-mechanized vehicles includes cycle/tricycle/carts.

The vehicle count was recorded at every 15 min. interval for 24 hours. Traffic Survey sheets are given in

Annexure 14.

Total no. of vehicles over 24 hour duration as existing traffic density is presented in Table 3-17.

Table 3-17: Existing Traffic density over 24 hour duration

Traffic Flow

Fast Vehicles Slow Vehicles

Total 2W 3W 4W 2W 3W 4W

2-Wheelers Auto Car Truck Bus Tractor Bicycle Tricycle Carts

Name of the Road Vatva GIDC Phase-II to Narol – Vatva Road

Up (towards Vatva GIDC area)

526 163 166 120 37 12 26 0 0 1060

Down (towards Narol-Vatva road)

410 170 167 145 32 10 38 0 0 972

Name of the Road Vinzol Rail crossing road to JCIL-Unit-3

Up (towards JCIL-Unit-3)

179 61 74 82 0 11 27 0 0 434

Down (towards Vinzol Rail crossing road)

85 44 40 67 0 35 29 0 0 300

Photographs of traffic survey study are as shown in Annexure 10.

1. Traffic survey at entry of Vatva GIDC on Vatva GIDC phase-II toad to Narol - Vatva Road

Existing Traffic count as vehicles in PCU/Hour during peak hours in morning from 08:00 to 12:00 Noon & in evening

from 16:00 to 20:00 hours (for total 8 hour duration) at Entry of Vatva GIDC area for up & down traffic flow are

presented respectively in

Table 3-18: Existing Traffic (vehicles in PCU/hour) during peak hours towards Vatva GIDC area (Up)

Sr. No.

Vehicle Type

Equivalent PCU Factors Percentage Composition of

Vehicle type in traffic stream 10% and above

No. of vehicles count (towards

Vatva GIDC area)

Share %

Calculated PCU

PCU/Hr.

Fast Vehicles

1 Two Wheelers Motor cycle or Scooter etc.

0.75 248 51.2 186 23

2 Passenger Car, Pick-up

Van 1 62 12.8 62 8

3 Auto-Rickshaw 2 79 16.3 158 20

4 Light Commercial

vehicles 2 12 2.5 24 3

5 Trucks or Buses 3.7 58 12.0 215 27

6 Agricultural Tractor

Trailer 5 5 1.0 25 3

Slow Vehicles

7 Cycle 0.5 20 4.1 10 1

8 Cycle-Rickshaw 2 0 0.0 0 0

9 Tonga (Horse drawn

vehicle) 2 0 0.0 0 0

10 Hand Cart 3 0 0.0 0 0

Total 484 100 680 85






*PCU: Passenger Car Unit, **Equivalent factor: recommended PCU factors for Various Types of Vehicles on Urban

roads, page no. 10, Guidelines for capacity of Urban Roads in Plain Areas, The Indian Road Congress, 1990.

Table 3-19: Existing Traffic (Vehicles in PCU/hour) during peak hours towards Narol-Vatva Road (Down)

Sr. No.

Vehicle Type




Narol-Vatva Road)

Share %

Calculated PCU

PCU/Hr.

Fast Vehicles


0.75 208 44.4 156 20


Van 1 65 13.9 65 8

3 Auto-Rickshaw 2 82 17.5 164 21

4 Light Commercial

vehicles 2 9 1.9 18 2

5 Trucks or Buses 3.7 79 16.9 292 37


Trailer 5 4 0.9 20 3

Slow Vehicles

7 Cycle 0.5 21 4.5 11 1



vehicle) 2 0 0.0 0 0

10 Hand Cart 3 0 0.0 0 0

Total 468 100 726 91



2. Traffic survey near Jay Chemical Industry Limited (JCIL)-Unit-3 on Vinzol rail crossing road to

JCIL-Unit-3

Existing Traffic count as vehicles in PCU/Hour during peak hours in morning from 08:00 to 12:00 Noon & in evening

from 16:00 to 20:00 hours (for total 8 hour duration) near JCIL-Unit-3 for up & down traffic flow are presented

respectively in

Table 3-20: Existing Traffic (vehicles in PCU/hour) during peak hours towards JCIL-Unit-3 (Up)

Sr. No.

Vehicle Type




JCIL-Unit-3)

Share %

Calculated PCU

PCU/Hr.

Fast Vehicles


0.75 115 46.0 86 11


Van 1 29 11.6 29 4

3 Auto-Rickshaw 2 37 14.8 74 9

4 Light Commercial

vehicles 2 15 6.0 30 4

5 Trucks or Buses 3.7 30 12.0 111 14


Trailer 5 5 2.0 25 3

Slow Vehicles

7 Cycle 0.5 19 7.6 10 1


9 Tonga (Horse drawn 2 0 0.0 0 0






Sr. No.

Vehicle Type




JCIL-Unit-3)

Share %

Calculated PCU

PCU/Hr.

vehicle)

10 Hand Cart 3 0 0.0 0 0

Total 250 100 365 46



Table 3-21: Existing Traffic (vehicles in PCU/hour) during peak hours towards Vinzol rail crossing road

(Down)

Sr. No.

Vehicle Type




Vinzol rail crossing road)

Share %

Calculated PCU

PCU/Hr.

Fast Vehicles


0.75 32 21.6 24 3


Van 1 11 7.4 11 1

3 Auto-Rickshaw 2 25 16.9 50 6

4 Light Commercial

vehicles 2 12 8.1 24 3

5 Trucks or Buses 3.7 29 19.6 107 13


Trailer 5 18 12.2 90 11

Slow Vehicles

7 Cycle 0.5 21 14.2 11 1



vehicle) 2 0 0.0 0 0

10 Hand Cart 3 0 0.0 0 0

Total 148 100 317 40



Detail of incremental traffic due to the proposed project is given in section 4.11 in chapter 4.

Photograph 3-3: Photo Documentation of Traffic Survey






3.8 Noise Environment

Monitoring of noise is done by identifying suitable number of noise quality monitoring locations. Background noise

quality is monitored in dB (A) Leq (d) and dB (A) Leq (n) at the selected locations. Monitoring methodology and

photographs of Noise level monitoring are given in Annexure 10. The standard for monitoring ambient noise level

as per CPCB guidelines is as given in

Table 3-22: Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise for Different Areas/Zones

Ambient Air Quality Standards in Respect of NOISE

Area Code

Category Limits in dB(A) Leq*

Day Time Night Time

THE NOISE POLLUTION (REGULATION AND CONTROL) RULES,

2000

A Industrial 75.0 70.0

B Commercial 65.0 55.0

C Residential 55.0 45.0

D Silence 50.0 45.0

Note: Day Time: 6:00 AM to 10:00 PM; Night Time: 10:00 PM to 6:00 AM

dB (A) Leq*: denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A which is relatable to human hearing.

3.8.1 Selection of Noise Monitoring Locations

Locations for noise monitoring were identify by desktop study and fix the location during field survey at 2 km

maximum from the source of noise generation and at sensitive locations ambient noise monitoring i.e. habitation

area. The locations selected for noise monitoring are presented in Table 3-23.

Table 3-23: Sampling Locations for Noise

Station Code

Noise Monitoring Locations

Category of Area / Zone

Coordinates Date of

Sampling

Distance between Nearest Boundaries w.r.t. Project Site in

Km

Direction w.r.t.

Project Site

NL01 At Site north

Gate Industrial

22°57'27.60"N

72°38'28.55"E 03/06/2019 - -






Station Code

Noise Monitoring Locations

Category of Area / Zone

Coordinates Date of

Sampling

Distance between Nearest Boundaries w.r.t. Project Site in

Km

Direction w.r.t.

Project Site

NL02 At site - Near

Compressor area Industrial

22°57'25.46"N

72°38'29.29"E 04/06/2019 - -

NL03 At site - Near

Boiler Industrial

22°57'24.36"N

72°38'30.55"E 04/06/2019 - -

NL04 At site – Near

south Boundary Industrial

22°57'21.74"N

72°38'30.33"E 05/06/2019 - -

NL05 Machhunagar Residential 22°57'47.08"N

72°38'34.65"E 05/06/2019 0.6 NE

NL06 Vinzol Village Residential 22°57'3.58"N

72°38'32.49"E 06/06/2019 0.5 South

NL07 Dibiyapur Village Residential 22°57'15.98"N

72°37'45.79"E 06/06/2019 1.3 West

NL08 1.5 km East from project boundary

Residential 22°57'32.48"N

72°39'24.83"E 07/06/2019 1.5 East

3.8.2 Noise Level Results

Location Code

Location Category CPCB Limits in dB (A)

Baseline average Noise levels in dB (A)

Day Time Night Time Day Time Night Time

NL1 At Site north Gate Industrial 75.0 70.0 71.6 65.4

NL2 At site - Near Compressor area Industrial 75.0 70.0 72.5 68.4

NL3 At site - Near Boiler Industrial 75.0 70.0 70.6 67.5

NL4 At site – Near south Boundary Industrial 75.0 70.0 66.9 62.1

NL5 Machhunagar Residential 55.0 45.0 54.9 44.9

NL6 Vinzol Village Residential 55.0 45.0 54.5 44.5

NL7 Dibiyapur Village Residential 55.0 45.0 53.8 43.2

NL8 1.5 km East from project boundary Residential 55.0 45.0 54.2 44.5

3.8.3 Observation

Noise levels during day time & night time, in Industrial area were observed within the CPCB standards i.e.

Industrial area (75 dBA (d) & 70 dBA (n)).

Noise level during day and night time in Residential area were observed within the CPCB standards i.e.

residential area (55 dBA (d)) & 45 dBA (n)).

3.9 Water Pollution

3.9.1 Groundwater Environment

Groundwater Monitoring Methodology

Monitoring methodology for groundwater is given in Annexure 10. The grab samples were manually collected and

analysed as per APHA standard methods (23rd Edition) for the parameters given in the EIA manual of MoEF&CC

(September 2006).

Groundwater Sample Locations

Groundwater sampling was carried out from 08 different locations. Sampling locations are given in Table 3-24.

Table 3-24: Groundwater Sampling Locations

Code Location Source Date of Sampling







GW 1 At site (vatva) Tube well 14.06.2019

GW 2 Vanch Tube well 30.05.2019

GW 3 Geratpur Tube well 30.05.2019

GW 4 Aslali Tube well 30.05.2019

GW 5 Laxmipur Tube well 30.05.2019

GW 6 Vastral Tube well 30.05.2019

GW 7 Ramol Tube well 01.05.2019

GW 8 Vinzol Tube well 30.05.2019

M/S. JAY CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES LIMITED, UNIT-3 PROPOSED EXPANSION OF SYNTHETIC ORGANIC DYES MANUFACTURING

PLANT AT VATVA GIDC, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT


Analysis Results of Groundwater

Analysis results of the groundwater samples are given in Table 3-25.

Table 3-25: Analysis Results of Ground Water Sample

Sample ID GW 1 GW2 GW 3 GW 4 GW 5 GW 6 GW 7 GW 8

Sampling Location

At site (Vatva)

Vanch Geratpur Aslali Laxmipura Vastral Ramol

Vinzol

S. No.

Parameters Unit

IS 10500 Standard Limits for drinking water

Desirable limit Permissible limit

1 pH pH scale 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 9.92 7.81 8.44 7.55 8.04 7.17 7.64 7.42

2 Temperature o C NS NS 30.5 30 30.1 30.8 30.5 30.6 30 30

3 Turbidity NTU 5 10 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

4 TDS mg/lit 500 2000 936 636 964 800 1968 1896 860 1484

5 Electrical conductivity µmhos/cm NS NS 1500 1160 1500 1300 3290 3100 1464 2400

6 COD mg/lit NS NS <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5

7 BOD mg/lit NS NS <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2

8 Phenol mg/lit 0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

9 Chlorides mg/lit 250 1000 245 171 362 269 866 553 279 612

10 Sulphates mg/lit 200 400 147 84 119 95 167 228 120 174

11 Total Hardness mg/lit 300 600 320 300 230 390 370 870 300 340

12 Ca++ Hardness mg/lit NS NS 180 80 26 242 200 440 200 178

13 Mg++ Hardness mg/lit NS NS 140 220 204 148 170 430 100 162

14 Total Alkalinity mg/lit 200 600 620 200 330 150 240 70 170 120

15 Nitrate mg/lit 45 100 23.8 14.4 16.6 11.9 18.1 56.4 33.5 33.34

16 Fluoride mg/lit 1 1.5 0.30 1.39 1.15 1.09 1.07 0.91 1.38 1.23

17 Sodium mg/lit NS NS 138 99.7 210 154 456 315.2 157 340

18 Potassium mg/lit NS NS 16.6 14.8 23.8 18.4 23.4 34.5 16.6 20.6

19 Calcium mg/lit 75 200 72.1 32.1 10.4 97.0 80.2 176.4 80.2 71.3

20 Magnesium mg/lit 30 100 34.0 53.5 49.6 36.0 41.3 104.5 24.3 39.4

21 Salinity mg/lit NS NS 441 309 652 485 1560 996 502 1102

22 Total Nitrogen mg/lit NS NS 5.66 3.52 3.84 2.88 4.27 13.02 7.90 8.54

23 Total Phosphorous mg/lit NS NS 1.06 0.9 0.48 1.21 0.37 0.74 1.43 0.32

24 Dissolved Oxygen mg/lit NS NS 2.7 2.8 3 2.5 2.7 2.9 2.8 2.6


PLANT AT VATVA GIDC, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT


Sample ID GW 1 GW2 GW 3 GW 4 GW 5 GW 6 GW 7 GW 8

Sampling Location At site (Vatva)

Vanch Geratpur Aslali Laxmipura Vastral Ramol

Vinzol

S. No.

Parameters Unit IS 10500 Standard Limits for

drinking water

25 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/lit NS NS <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

26 SAR - NS NS 3.34 2.49 5.99 3.38 10.27 4.63 3.93 7.99

27 Heavy Metals

a Arsenic (as As) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

b Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l 0.01 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

c Chromium (as Cr) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

d Copper (as Cu) mg/l 0.05 1.5 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

e Cyanide(as CN) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

f Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.3 1 0.33 0.35 0.1 0.36 0.33 0.39 0.3 0.37

g Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

h Mercury (as Hg) mg/l 0.001 NR <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

i Manganese (as Mn) mg/l 0.1 0.3 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

j Nickel (as Ni) mg/l - - <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

k Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 5 15 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

28 Total Coliform MPN 10/100 ml 10/100 ml Absent Absent Absent 24 4.5 Absent Absent Absent

29 Fecal Coliforms MPN 10/100 ml 10/100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent






Quality of Ground Water

Ground Water analysis results are given in Table 3-25.

The chemical quality of ground water shows considerable variation. The ground Water quality in the confined

aquifer (within about 300-500 feet depth) is generally fresh (TDS< 2000 mg/l)

pH and Total Alkalinity in GW 1 at Site is 9.92 and 620 mg/l which is above the permissible limit indicates water is

alkaline in nature due to presence of high level of alkalinity minerals.

Electrical Conductivity values appears to be higher side in all samples except GW 1

In Heavy metals, Iron is detected in all the sampling location and it ranges from 0.7 and 0.39 mg/l.\

Fluoride is found above the acceptable limit in GW 2, GW 3, GW 4, GW5, GW 7 and GW 8 and it ranges from 1.07

mg/l to 1.39 mg/l.

Total Nitrogen is also found above the acceptable limit in all the sampling location and rages form 2.88 mg/l to

13.02 mg/l.

Total coliforms is 24 count /100 ml and 45 count /100 ml were found in Aslali and Laximpura village samples

respectively,

The presence of Total nitrogen and faecal coliform & total coliform in groundwater indicates hydraulic connection

between top soil layer with underneath groundwater environment and consequent leaky conditions of aquifers.

Apart from this presence of Iron in ground water also support the leaky conditions of aquifer.

3.9.2 Surface water Environment

3.9.3 General Study Methodology

Surface Water sampling locations are selected based on review of land use plan, surface drainage pattern/ ground

water flow direction & nearby site habitation village/ locations in 10 km radius of project.

Surface water drainage pattern / prevalent direction of general gradient of surface water flow.

Nearby vicinity of surface water bodies upstream and downstream of the site.

Selection of upstream and downstream open surface water bodies in immediate vicinity is the principal areas

where there would be an immediate impact due to any contaminated water drainage out of site premises.

Kadam Environmental Consultants has collected the surface water samples and carried out their analysis in KEC

laboratory to assess quality of Surface water within study area of the project site.

The objectives of work are as mentioned below:

Marking of tentative sampling location on Land Use map within study area of the project site;

Actual field visit and identification, marking of actual sampling location points based on tentative location fixed

on Land Use map;

Collection of surface water samples from marked points;

Analysis of the collected samples;

Locating actual sampling points in land use map;

Baseline Environmental conditions assessment based on analysis results obtained

Analysis methodology is given in Annexure 10.

Sample Collection – Surface Water

The details of surface water sampling locations are presented in Table 3-26.






Table 3-26: Surface water sampling locations

Sample

Code Location Source

Date of Sampling

Distance

(km)

Direction

SW 1 Nr. Site Canal 31.05.2019 0.01 S

SW 2 Nikol Pond 31.05.2019 9.54 NNE

SW 3 Vastral Pond 31.05.2019 5.26 NNE

SW 4 Ramol Pond 01.06.2019 3.11 NE

SW 5 Vinzol Pond 01.06.2019 0.29 S

SW 6 Aslali Pond 01.06.2019 6.37 SW

SW 7 Sabarmati River 01.06.2019 9.19 WNW

SW 8 Malek Saban Lake Pond 14.06.2019 7.60 N




Analysis Results of Surface Water

Table 3-27: Analysis Results of Surface Water Samples

S. No. Parameters Unit Classification for Inland Surface Water

Surface water Quality

SW1

Canal near Project Site

SW2

Nikol

Pond

SW3

Vastral Village Pond

SW4

Ramol Village Pond

SW5

Vinzol Village Pond

SW6

Aslali Pond

SW7

Sabarmati River d

SW8

Malek Saban Lake

A B C D E 31.05.2019 31.05.2019 31.05.2019 01.06.2019 01.06.2019 01.06.2019 01.06.2019 14.06.2019

1 pH pH Scale 6.5 to 8.5

6.5 to 8.5

6.0 to 9.0 6.5 to 8.5

6.5 to 8.5

6.7 8.4 8.9 8.2 8.0 8.2 7.8 9.1

2 D.O. mg/l 6.0 5.0 4.0 4.0 NS 5.3 4.1 3.9 4.2 3.9 4.0 4.2 4.5

3 Total Dissolved

Solids mg/l 500.0 NS 1500.0 NS 2100 740 856 1092 860 1612 564 760 788

4 Electrical

Conductivity μmho/cm

NS NS NS 1000 2250 1200 1400 1800 1400 2700 900 1200 1300

5 BOD mg/l 2.0 3.0 3.0 NS NS 12 15 25 22 20 18 11 18

7 Total Hardness mg/l 300 NS NS NS NS 260 230 220 260 710 200 240 230

8 Ca++ Hardness mg/l 200 NS NS NS NS 120 54 62 130 400 96 156 92

9 Mg++ Hardness mg/l 100 NS NS NS NS 140 176 158 130 310 104 84 138

10 Chlorides(as CL) mg/l 250 NS 600 NS 600 245 338 411 284 465 157 245 245

11 Sulphate mg/l 400 NS 400 NS 1000 94 22 140 117 451 114 93 94

12 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/l 20 NS 50 NS NS 3.6 1.5 4.8 0.6 9.2 1.2 <0.1 16.4

13 Fluoride mg/l 1.5 1.5 1.5 - - 0.90 0.64 1.47 0.93 1.13 0.47 0.72 0.50

14 Phenolic

Compound mg/l 0.002 0.005 0.005

NS NS <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001


mg/l NS NS NS

1.2 NS 12 10 0.24 9.14 0.49 0.08 6.83 0.33

16 Sodium

Absorption Ratio

NS NS NS NS 26 3.91 4.69 6.9 4.4 4.32 3.05 4.11 3.94

17 Copper mg/l 1.5 NS 1.5 NS NS <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

18 Iron mg/l 0.3 NS 50 NS NS 0.30 0.31 0.11 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.260 0.287

19 Manganese mg/l 0.5 NS NA NS NS <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

20 Mercury mg/l 0.001 NS

NA NS NS

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

21 Cadmium mg/l 0.01 NS 0.01 NS NS <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

22 Arsenic mg/l 0.05 NS 0.2 NS NS <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

23 Cyanide mg/l 0.05 0.05 0.05 NS NS <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

24 Lead mg/l 0.1 NS 0.1 NS NS <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

25 Zinc mg/l 15 NS 15 NS NS <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

26 Chromium mg/l 0.05 1 0.05 NS NS <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

27 Boron mg/l NS NS NS NS 2 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

28 Total Coliform MPN/100ml 50 500 5000 - - 910 1600 930 1700 490 330 780 1000






Classification for Inland Surface Water

Observation of Surface/River Water Quality

The baseline quality of water based on the results of the surface water quality monitoring within the study area, it

is observed that,

Quality of pond & river water can be compared with class E as per classification of Inland Surface Water and use

for Irrigation, industrial cooling etc. If there is no alternate source for potable water then it can be used for drinking

purpose with suitable treatment.

3.10 Hydrogeology

3.10.1 Topography & Geomorphology

The entire project site almost flat. The terrain is covered by soil consisting of fine sand, silt and clay material which

is of recent alluvium. This alluvial bed is deposited on account of fluvial environment formed by Sabarmati River.

The study area is a part of Sabarmati Basin. The topography of the land is obviously controlled by the geological

formations. However, the river network or drainage channels which flow from higher reaches to lower levels often

follow the topography and slope of the terrain.

3.10.2 Drainage

River Sabarmati is the only major drain located in Western side of the study area. It flows from NE to SW forming

gentle meandering in downstream, and plains in the study area which results in alluvium (say mud, silt, sand, etc.)

over the course. River Sabarmati is the major drainage aerially located ~8.80in NW direction from project site.

Sabarmati is Perennial River in nature however in peak summer it is observed dry, leaving only small streams of

water flowing feebly. Vabeva Nadi is flowing from North to south and Khari River flows roughly from NE to SW

direction in the study area.

The drainage map is as shown in

Sr. No. Class Intended Use

1 A Drinking water source without conventional treatment but after disinfection

2 B Outdoor bathing (organized)

3 C Drinking water source with conventional treatment followed by disinfection

4 D Propagation of wild life, fisheries

5 E Irrigation, industrial cooling etc.






Figure 3-6.




Figure 3-6: Drainage of 5 km radius of the Study area






3.10.3 Geological Conditions

Regional Geology of Ahmedabad District

Geologically, the study area is a part of Cambay Basin which is in the alluvial tract of Ahmedabad district and

comprises mostly of Quaternary thick (sedimentary) alluvium. The major region is covered by stratigraphic position

of recent and sub-recent age of alluvium formations formed by the fluvial action. The overall thickness of the

alluvium deposits is more than 300m in Ahmedabad District. These alluvium deposits are alternate bands of clay,

silt, sand and kankars (i.e. calcrete ‘calcareous material') formed in soils due to semi-arid conditions. These bands

are also reported of sandy in nature occurring at various depth and thickness in the form of pockets or lenses

covered at the top of the soil humus.

Source: Reconnaissance Soil Survey Report of Ahmedabad District - 1998; Ground Water Brochure Ahmedabad

District, CGWA - 2014; Geology of Gujarat - S.S. Mehr)

The stratigraphic succession of the formations along with thickness and generalised lithology is presented Table

3-28.

Table 3-28: Stratigraphy Succession of Geological Formations

Age Formations Thickness in meters

Lithology

HOLOCENE Gujarat Alluvium – Consisting; Nal Sarovar Formation, Jantral

formation, Varahi formation, Mahuva formation, Akhaj

Formation, Katpur formation and Rann Clay formation

100 Unconsolidated coarse sand, pebbly with kankar and minor clays

Pleistocene Jambusar formation 100 Sand, coarse grained with gravel

Pliocene Broach Formation 125 Greenish brown clays and sand clay

alternation with variegated Clay stone

---------------------------------------------UNCONFORMITY---------------------------------------------

Upper to Middle Miocene Jhagadia Formation 300 Greenish grey to variegated Clay stone with

coarse to medium grained sand and minor coal

Middle to Lower Miocene Kand Formation 200 Greenish grey clay-stone with occasional bands of medium to fine grained sands

Lower Miocene Babaguru Formation 125 Alternate bands of Clay stone and shale with minor sandstone beds

Lower Miocene to Upper Oligocene

Tarakeshwar Formation 125 Shale with minor clays and Clay stone with coarse to medium grained sands towards

bottom

---------------------------------------------UNCONFORMITY---------------------------------------------

Lower Oligocene to

Upper Eocene

Tarapur Shale 175 Grey to greenish grey shale with argillaceous sandstone in the basal part

Upper Eocene to

Middle Eocene

Kalol Formation 250 Grey to dark grey shale with silty sandstone, siltstone and coal beds with minor sideritic

clay stones and polite with sideritic matrix in Bavla and Ambaliyara areas

---------------------------------------------UNCONFORMITY---------------------------------------------

Lower Eocene Cambay Shale (Vagadkhol Formation)

More than 1500m

Dark grey to black fissile, pyritic, carbonaceous shale with occasional siltstone

bands towards bottom and reddish brown shale. The Cambay shale Facies changes towards the basin margin to Vagadkhol Formation with the lithology of trapo-






Age Formations Thickness in meters

Lithology

conglomerate, trap wash and brown clay/clay stone

---------------------------------------------UNCONFORMITY---------------------------------------------

Lower Eocene to

Upper Cretaceous

Deccan Traps - With Inter-trappean beds

Source: ONGC Ahmedabad Asset; Geological Survey of India; Ground Water Brochure Ahmedabad District CGWA

(March 2014) – Complied by Mr. R. K. Verma

Geology of the Proposed Project Area

The area as a whole is covered with a thick pile of alluvium with thin soil cover. These soils are fine – loamy and

mixed soils with slight to moderate salinity. These soils fall under the group of Aridisols which are grey to brown in

colour. These are developed over Aeolian silts and dune sands distributed on residual hummocky dunes and ridges,

pediment surfaces, mud flats and dissected flood plains. Aridisols develop under arid climate with mean annual

rainfall below 450 mm and mean annual temperature at 26°C having acidic moisture regime. The soils are fairly

deep, light grey to brown in colour having no definite structure. Texturally these are sandy to sandy loam with silty-

clay-loam.

3.10.4 Hydrogeological condition

Regional Hydrogeology

Ahmedabad district bears a multi-layered aquifer systems due to the sedimentary formations mainly consists of

clay, silt, kankar, fine to coarse-grained sand, gravel, etc. At present, with the increased withdrawal of ground

water, the water table has gone down considerably resulting in the fast depletion of this resource at shallow depth.

The piezometric heads of deep confined aquifer has also declined sharply owing to the huge withdrawal. With

declining trend of the ground water level over the years has resulted to near complete de-saturation of the

aquifers. The well-inventory data cited below corroborate with the above paragraph with depleting water level, due

to tapping deeper aquifers.

As per CGWA, the study area falls in Critical Zone as mentioned in categorisation of Talukas in Gujarat (2013).

Source: Ground Water Brochure Ahmedabad District CGWA (March 2014) – Complied by Mr. R. K. Verma.

Project Site Specific Hydrogeology

The entire area is covered with sandy and silty soil which is recent alluvium. At present with the increased

withdrawal of ground water the water table has gone down considerably and the quantity of water in depth is

found to be brackish in nature. The depth of tube-wells in study area are more than ~ 200m (bgl) with 150mm to

324 mm of casing diameter. The range of water-level is more than ~ 100m (bgl). The discharge rate is around 400

LPM to 1000 LPM vary at places. Due to insufficient of water in peak summer, deepening and reaming of tube-wells

were also reported ~ 200m to 250m (bgl) from local well-owners.

3.10.5 Seismicity

As per the geological map published by Geological survey of India, the Bouger Gravity anomaly varies between -30

to +10 M Gal. The area comes under the moderate risk zone (Zone-III) of the Seismic Zonation shown in Figure

3-7.

Source: www.gujarat.earthquake.gov.in

Earthquake zoning map of Gujarat is shown as Figure 3-7.






Figure 3-7: Earthquake zoning map of Gujarat

Description of Different Seismic zones

Zone 2

This region is liable to MSK VI or less and is classified as the Low Damage Risk Zone. The IS code assigns zone

factor of 0.10 (maximum horizontal acceleration that can be experienced by a structure in this zone is 10% of

gravitational acceleration).

Zone 3

This zone is classified as Moderate Damage Risk Zone which is liable to MSK VII. The IS code assigns zone factor of

0.16.

Zone 4

This zone is called the High Damage Risk Zone and covers areas liable to MSK VIII. The IS code assigns zone factor

of 0.24.

Zone 5

Zone 5 covers the areas with the highest risks zone that suffers earthquakes of intensity MSK IX or greater. The IS

code assigns zone factor of 0.36 for Zone 5. Structural designers use this factor for earthquake resistant design of

structures in Zone 5.It is referred to as the Very High Damage Risk Zone. The region of Rann of Kutch fall in this

zone.

Note: MSK: The Medvedev–Sponheuer–Karnik scale, also known as the MSK is a macroseismic

intensity scale used to evaluate the severity of ground shaking on the basis of observed effects in an

area of the earthquake occurrence






3.11 Soil Environment

3.11.1 Introduction

The entire area is industrial belt and sporadic fields are present, where in cultivation of vegetables (spinach,

coriander, fenugreek, suva etc.) and fodder crops (sorghum, fodder bajri and fodder maize) is noticed. The soils are

of Indogangatic alluvium origin as majority of the soils are sandy to sandy loam except low lying area having clay

soil and paddy is grown in kharif season. The soils seem to be saline having sandy to sandy loam texture, good

permeability and aeration and moderate water holding capacity. In the area wherein green belt is to be developed

requires land filling by importing soil from other area. As the area is not under cultivation agricultural activities are

not likely to be affected, but accidental spillage of chemicals may contaminate surface soil and may affect green

belt.

3.11.2 Objectives

To know physical and chemical properties of soils

To identify soil pollution and suggest mitigation measures

To give monitoring plan for improving soil quality

3.11.3 Methodology

A field visit conducted to study site-specific soil quality and condition includes soil color, texture mineralogical

content, plasticity and any possible impact to the environmental setting due to project.

Soil sample collection Methodology

One sample from site, wherein green belt/landscape is likely to come so as to guide soil quality improvement, if

required

One sample opposite to wind direction as air emitted compounds are likely to contaminate soil/water in that

direction

Two samples along the soil gradient as spillage of pollutants may be carried to downstream through runoff.

This could be decided on the basis of topographic survey

One sample each from cultivated and barren/non-agriculture land for ascertaining impact of

cultivation/irrigation water, if not covered in above sampling

One sample from rest of the directions for comparison with other samples.

3.11.4 Soil Sampling Locations

Table 3-29: Details of soil sampling locations

Sr.No. Sampling Location Date of sampling Source From the project site

Distance Direction

S1 At site (vatva) 14.06.2019 Industrial - -

S2 Vanch 30.05.2019 Agriculture 3.57 ENE

S3 Geratpur 30.05.2019 Agriculture 3.95 SSE

S4 Aslali 30.05.2019 Agriculture 5.78 SW

S5 Vastral 30.05.2019 Agriculture 4.47 NNE

S6 Ramol 01.05.2019 Agriculture 2.62 NE

S7 Vinzol 30.05.2019 Agriculture 0.52 S

3.11.5 Sampling Results and Analysis Methodology

Methodology of soil sample monitoring is given in Annexure 10 and soil sampling analysis results are given in

Table 3-30.






Table 3-30: Soil Sample Analysis Results

Sr.No. Parameter Unit Sampling locations

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7

1 Porosity % 37 37 41 42 44 43 39

2 Water Holding Capacity

% 37.6 25.20 36.30 38.91 40.41 41.73 24.8

3 Permeability mm/hr 41.3 51.8 43.3 39.5 37.9 35.1 48.4

4 Particle Size Distribution

a Sand % 93 90 86 86 83 80 90

b Silt % 4 3 7 10 13 10 6

c Clay % 3 7 7 4 4 10 4

5 Texture -

loamy sand

sand loamy sand

loamy sand

loamy sand

loamy sand

sand

6 Cation Exchange Capacity

meq/100gm 16.1 17.1 18.1 16.1 16.2 20.3 15.4

7 Electrical Conductivity

ds/m 2.49 0.108 0.099 0.108 0.094 0.100 0.103

8 Sodium Absorption Ratio

1.92 1.61 2.29 2.57 0.24 1.25 1.71

9 Exchangeable Sodium

% 1.55 1.11 2.08 2.47 0.91 0.58 1.25

10 pH 9.11 8.50 8.50 8.10 8.40 8.30 8.40

11 Calcium gm/kg 0.34 0.50 0.37 0.34 0.30 0.43 0.42

12 Magnesium gm/kg 0.48 0.62 0.46 0.57 0.35 0.52 0.62

13 Sodium gm/kg 1.05 1.03 1.25 1.50 0.12 0.73 1.06

14 Potassium gm/kg 0.07 0.03 0.07 0.08 0.19 0.17 0.07

3.11.6 Soil Quality

The analysis of physicochemical properties of soil samples collected from surrounding area indicated that porosity

ranged from 37 –44 % and WHC varied from 24.8 – 41.73 %, while permeability ranged from 35.1– 51.8 mm/hr.

The highest porosity and WHC and the moderately low to high permeability was on account of sandy to loamy sand

texture of soils. The EC (0.094-2.49 ds/m) and ESP (0.91 – 2.47 %) were well within the safe limit of 1.0 dS/m

except at site sample and<15, respectively. The pH ranged from 8.1– 9.11, indicating that soils are alkaline (pH >

8.5 in at site). Among water soluble cations predominance of Mg (0.37 to .62 g/kg) was seen followed by Ca (0.30

to 0.50 g/kg), Na (0.12 –1.25 g/kg) and K (0.03 to 0.19 g/kg).

3.11.7 Soil Quality Interpretation

Soils in the surrounding areas are having sandy to loamy sand texture having moderately low to high permeability

and do not pose problem of either salinity or sodicity.

3.12 Ecology and Biodiversity

3.12.1 Study Period

A field study for biodiversity survey was carried out to understand biodiversity status during the month of

December 2018.

3.12.2 Scope, Aim and Objectives

To inventories floral and faunal components of project area (project site or core zone and 10 km. radius /

buffer zone).






To locate / demarcate and understand ecological setting of the project area in terms of national parks / wildlife

sanctuary / reserve forests / tiger reserve / Eco-sensitive Areas / wetlands etc. within 10 km. radius from

project site (if any).

To identify schedule-I, rare, endemic and endangered species within the project study area and prepare

conservation plan for same.

To identify impact zone and evaluate the likely impact of the proposed project on floral and faunal components

of the project study area.

To suggest / prepare action plan to mitigate likely impacts on the biodiversity of the project area through

plantation around project area to reduce / mitigate likely impacts

3.12.3 Study Area

Delineation of the study area

Project Site / Core Zone & Buffer Zone

Project site considered as a core zone and surrounding area up to 10 km radius from the project boundary

considered as a buffer zone for biodiversity sampling.

Ecological Sensitivity/ Habitats of the Study Area

There is no Wildlife Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve, Tiger / Elephant Reserve, Migratory Corridors; Protected &

Reserved Forests falls in the project study area of 10 km radius. Study area encompasses industrial areas, urban

areas, agriculture land, seasonal water bodies and River. Details of sensitive ecological attributes are given in Table

3-31.

Table 3-31: Details of the Water Bodies (River & Ponds) in the Buffer Zone

Rivers/Canals/Ponds Approximate Distance from Project Site (km) Direction

Rivers

Vabeva Nadi Adjacent to project site SE

Khari Nadi 2.49 SSE

Sabarmati River 8.80 NW

Village Pond/Canal

Vinjol Lake 0.17 S

Ramol Pond 3.10 NE

Ghodasar Lake 4.19 NW

Isanpur Lake 4.50 NW

Chandola Lake 5.97 NW

Kankaria Lake 6.45 NNW

Kharicut Canal 5.0 NE

Table 3-32: Sensitive Ecological Features of the Study Area

S. No.

Sensitive Ecological Features Name of feature

/ Location Distance

(km) Direction

Reason of Significance

1 Ramsar wetland (Ramsar Convention) -- -- -- Not applicable

2 Wetlands as per National Wetlands Atlas -- -- -- Not applicable

3 National Park -- -- -- Not applicable

4 Wildlife sanctuary -- -- -- Not applicable

5 Tiger reserve -- -- -- Not applicable

6 Biosphere reserve -- -- -- Not applicable

7 Elephant reserve -- -- -- Not applicable

8 Important Bird Areas (IBAs) -- -- -- Not applicable






S. No.

Sensitive Ecological Features Name of feature

/ Location Distance

(km) Direction

Reason of Significance

9 Eco-sensitive zone (EP Act) -- -- -- Not applicable

10 Forest (Forest Conservation Act) (including protected forests and

reserved forests) -- -- -- Not applicable

11 Wildlife corridor -- -- -- Not applicable

12 Coastal zones -- -- -- Not applicable

13

Areas used by protected, important or sensitive species of flora or fauna for breeding, nesting, foraging, resting,

over wintering, migration

Vinjol Lake 0.17 S Habitat of Many

residents and migratory birds

14 Endemic species, if any -- -- -- Not applicable

15 Mangroves -- -- -- Not applicable

3.12.4 Methodology

Secondary / Desktop Literature Review

Secondary information available on websites of Botanical Survey of India (BSI), Zoological Survey of India (ZSI),

published literature, research papers and reports has been consulted.

Primary / Field Data Collection

Sampling with standard methods was carried out to understand different floral and faunal components of the

project site. The buffer zone of the study area is dominated by scrub, shrubs, small and large trees along with

agricultural fields and water bodies while the core zone of the study area is occupied with existing industry/ builtup

area, green belt and lawns.

The field observation on vegetation was made by surveying at different locations, topographic and landuse maps.

Birds were noted and identified with the help of binocular and standard field identification guides. Other animals

were directly counted from amongst the vegetation, bushes and roadside fields. Other information regarding wild

animals has been collected from the local people. Floral and faunal details along with other agriculture information

have been collected during the field survey.

3.12.5 Threatened Biodiversity Assessment Criteria

Indian Wild Life Protection Act, 1972, Botanical Survey of India (BSI), Zoological Survey of India (ZSI) and Red

Data Book (Nayar & Sastry, 19902) etc.

3.12.6 Study Details

A field visit was carried out during the month of December 2018, covering all habitats of the study area.

3.12.7 Baseline Status of Biodiversity

Terrestrial Environment

Flora

Core Zone

2 Nayar, M. P. & A. R. K.Sastry (Eds.) (1990). Red data book of Indian plants. Vol. 3. Botanical Survey of India, Calcutta.






The core zone of the study area is occupied with existing industry/ builtup area, green belt and lawns. Altogether,

core zone encompasses 30 existing well developed plants (28 Trees & 02 Shrubs) of 7 species and additional new

plantations of 324 trees and shrubs are proposed.

Buffer Zone

Total 125 species of flora were reported from the study area. Trees were dominant life form and reported with

maximum 70 species, followed by shrubs 20 species, herbs 14, climbers 10 and grasses with 11 species.

All species are arranged in alphabetical order. Species names are followed by vernacular names/local names and

families are given in Table 3-33.

Table 3-33: Floral species reported from the Buffer Zone

S. No. Scientific Name Local/Common Name Family

Trees

1 Acacia ferruginea Kagar Fabaceae

2 Acacia leucophloea Aniyar or Rijiado Fabaceae

3 Acacia nilotica indica Baval Fabaceae

4 Acacia Senegal Gorad Fabaceae

5 Adina cordifolia Haldu, Karma Rubiaceae

6 Aegle marmelos Bili Rutaceae

7 Ailanthus excelsa Arduso Simarubaceae

8 Albizia lebbeck Siris Fabaceae

9 Alstonia scholaris Saptaparni Apocynaceae

10 Analgium salvifolium Ankol Alangiaceae

11 Anogeissus latifolia Dhavdo Combretaceae

12 Anona squamosa Sitafal Anonaceae

13 Anthocephalus cadamba Kadam Rubiaceae

14 Azadirachta indica Limdo Meliaceae

15 Balanites roxburghii Hingor Simarubaceae

16 Bauhinia variegata Kachnar Fabaceae

17 Bombex ceiba Sembal Bonnbacaceae

18 Boswellia serrata Gugal Burseraceae

19 Bridelia retusa Tretashing Euphorbiaceae

20 Butea monosperma Khakhro Fabaceae

21 Cassia fistula Amaltas Fabaceae

22 Casuarina equisetifolia Saru Casurianaceae

23 Cochlospermum religiosum Ganiyari Bixinaceae

24 Cocos nucifera Narial Arecaceae

25 Cordia dichotoma Gundo Boraginaceae

26 Dalbergia sisoo Sissoo Fabaceae

27 Delonix regia Gulmohar Fabaceae

28 Dichrostachys cinerea Khairi Mimosaceae

29 Elacodendron glaucum Alan Celastraceae

30 Emblica offcinalis Amla Euphorbiaceae

31 Erythrina suberosa Dhaul Dhak/ Indian Coral Tree Fabaceae

32 Eucalyptus citridora Nilgiri Myrtaceae

33 Ficus benghalensis Vad Moraceae

34 Ficus carica Gular Moraceae

35 Ficus religiosa Pipalo Moraceae

36 Grewia tiliaefolia Dhaman Tiliaceae

37 Grevillea robusta Silver Oak Proteaceae







38 Hardwickia binata Anjan Fabaceae

39 Holoptelea integrifolia Kanju Ulmaceae

40 Lannea coromandalica Mohin Anacardiaceae

41 Liminia acidissima Kaith bel Rutaceae

42 Mangifera indica Aam Anacardiaceae

43 Melia azadirachta Bakain Meliaceae

44 Millingtonia hortensis Akash neem Bignoniaceae

45 Mimusops elengi Molshri Sapotaceae

46 Morinda pubescens Aal Rubiaceae

47 Moringa oleifera Sehjan Moringaceae

48 Morus alba Shahtoot Moraceae

49 Murraya koenigii Mitha Neem Rutaceae

50 Murraya paniculata Kamini Rutaceae

51 Nytanthus arbortristis Harsingar/Parijat Oleaceae

52 Peltophorum pterocarpum Copper pod Fabaceae

53 Petrocarpus marsupium Bija Fabaceae

54 Phoenix sylvestris Wild Date Palm Arecaceae

55 Pithecellobium dulce Gorasamli Mimosaceae

56 Plumeria alba Champa Apocynaceae

57 Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka Annonaceae

58 Pongamia pinnata Karanj Fabaceae

59 Proposes juliflora Gandobaval Mimosae

60 Soymida febrifuga Rohan Meliaceae

61 Sterblus asper Daheya Moraceae

62 Sterculia urens Kulu Sterculiaceae

63 Syzygium cumini Jamun Myrtaceae

64 Tamarindus indica Amli Fabaceae

65 Tectona grandis Teak Verbenaceae

66 Terminalia bellirica Baheda Combretaceae

67 Terminalia catappa Badam Combretaceae

68 Thespesia populnea Paras Pipal Malvaceae

69 Thevetia peruviana Pilikaran Apocynaceae

70 Ziziphus Mauritiana Bor Rhamnaceae

Shrubs

71 Abutilon indicum Kanski Malvaceae

72 Adhatoda vasica Adusa Acanthaceae

73 Calotropis gigantean Aak Asclepiadaceae

74 Capparis deciduas Karel Capparaceae

75 Capparis sepiaria Kanthari Capparaceae

76 Carissa carandas Karonda Apocynaceae

77 Carvia callosa Karvi Acanthaceae

78 Datura inoxia Dhatura Solanaceae

79 Euphorbia nerifolia Thor Euphorbiaceae

80 Helicteres isora Maror phali Sterculiaceae

81 Holarrhena antidysenterica Kuda Apocynaceae

82 Indigofera pulchella Zill/ Cassia Indigo Papilionaceae

83 Jatropha cureas Ratanjyot Euphorbiaceae

84 Lantana camara Ban tulsi Verbenaceae

85 Nerium indicum Kaner Apocynaceae







86 Racinus communis Arand Euphorbiaceae

87 Tecoma stans Piliya Bignoniaceae

88 Urena lobata Vanbhindi Malvaceae

89 Vitex negundo Nirgundi Verbenaceae

90 Zizyphus xylophyrus Ghatbor Rhamnaceae

Herbs

91 Achyranthes aspera Chir chita Amranthaceae

92 Amaranthus spinosus Kanta chaulai Amranthaceae

93 Amaranthus viridis Jangali chaulai Amranthaceae

94 Argemone mexicana Darudi Papavaraceae

95 Cassia auriculata Awar or awal Fabaceae

96 Cassia tora Panwar Fabaceae

97 Commelina diffusa Kanchara Commelinaceae

98 Euphorbia hirta Duddhi Euphorbiaceae

99 Ipomoea aquatica Nali ni Bhaji Convolvulaceae

100 Physalis minima Rasbhary Solanaceae

101 Solanum virginianum Kantakari Solanaceae

102 Tribulus terrestris Mitha Gokharu Tiliaceae

103 Tridex procumbens Tridaksha Asteraceae

104 Xanthium strumarium Chhota Gokhru Solanaceae

Climbers

105 Abrus precatorius Ratti Fabaceae

106 Bogainvelillea spectabilis Bogainvelillea Nyctaginaceae

107 Cocculus hirsutus Asan Menispermaceae

108 Cressa cretica Rudravanti Convoivulanceae

109 Cuscuta reflexa Amarvel Convolvulaceae

110 Dioscoria oppositifolia Cinnamon Vine /Chairo Dioscoreaceae

111 Ipomoea indica Blue Morning Glorry Convolvulaceae

112 Leptadenia reticulate Dori/Jhumka Asclepidanceae

113 Mucuna pruriens Kuvech Fabaceae

114 Tinospora cordifolia Giloy Menispermaceae

Grasses

115 Apluda mutica Bhangoru/Karedi Poaceae

116 Aristida funiculata Lapdu Poaceae

117 Arundinella pumila Dhudu Poaceae

118 Cenchrus ciliaris Dhaman Poaceae

119 Cymbopogon citratus Lemon Grass/Pusha Poaceae

120 Cymbopogon martinil Gandhabel/Rosha Poaceae

121 Cyndon dactylon Duv Poaceae

122 Dendrocalamus strictus Bamboo Poaceae

123 Dichanthium annulatum Jinjavo Poaceae

124 Panicum antidotale Shulki Poaceae

125 Setaria glaucia Kunchi/Pajala Poaceae

Source: Field Survey/ observations of KEC Team Members, Secondary evidence and consultation with local people and

website of ENVIS Centre, Gujarat.

Agriculture Crops






The principal agriculture crops in the study area are Makai, Jowar, Bajra, Wheat, Tuver, Rice, Gram, and Ground

nut, Seasam, Rapes, Cotton and Mustard. The vegetables grown in the study area are Bhindi and Rigan. Moreover,

some fruit trees like Sapodilla (Chickoo), Banana, Pomegranate and Mango are also grown in this area.

Fauna

Core Zone

No herpetofauna and Bird species were observed from the project site during the study. Only one species of

Mammal was reported from the project site i.e. Indian Five-Striped Squirriel.

Buffer Zone

There is no evidence of presence of tiger, leopard, or other Schedule I Mammalian species while in bird species,

Indian Pea Fowl (Pavo cristatus), Black Winged Kite (Elanus caeruleus), Europian Spoon Bill (Platalea leucorodia)

were encountered during site visit in buffer zone of 10 Km radius and falls under Schedule I of IWPA, 1972.

However, two species of bird i.e.Painted Stork (Mycteria leucocephala) and Black Headed Ibis (Threskiornis

melanocephalus) reported under Near Threatened categeory of IUCN. It is also observed that, there is no forest

within the area under study.

A total of 62 species were reported based on field observations, literature survey and consultation with local people

including 06 species of mammals, 06 species of reptiles and 50 species of birds.

A faunal enlisting of mammals, birds, reptiles and amphibians with their scientific names, common names and the

schedule (as per Wildlife Protection Act, 1972) & IUCN category to which they belong arranged in alphabetical order

and presented in Table 3-34.

Table 3-34: Faunal Groups of Mammals, Reptiles and Birds present in Buffer Zone of Proposed site

S. No. Scientific Name Common Name Schedule/IUCN Category

MAMMALS

1 Bandicota bengalensis Indian Mole Rat V,LC

2 Funambulus pennanti Indian Five Striped squirrel IV,LC

3 Herpeste edwardsii Common Mongoose II (PartI),LC

4 Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare IV,LC

5 Presdbytis entellus Common Langur II

6 Rattus sp. Rats V, LC

REPTILES

1 Calotes vesicolor Garden lizard IV,NE

2 Eryx johnii Red Sand Boa IV,NE

3 Hemidactylus brooki House Gecko IV,LC

4 Naja naja Cobra II, LC

5 Ptyas mucosus Rat Snake II, NE

6 Vipera ruselli Russel’s viper II,NE

BIRDS

1 Acridotheres ginginianus Bank Myna IV, LC

2 Acridotheres tristis Common Myna IV, LC

3 Apus affinis House swift IV,LC

4 Ardea cinerea Grey Heron IV,LC

5 Ardeola grayii Indian Pond Heron IV, LC







6 Bulbucus ibis Cattle Egret IV,LC

7 Calidris minuta Little Stint IV,LC

8 Casmerodius albus Great Egret IV,LC

9 Centropus sinensis Common Crow Pheasant IV, LC

10 Columba livia Blue rock pigeon IV, LC

11 Gallinago gallinago Common snipe IV, LC

12 Copsychus saularis Oriental magpie robin IV, LC

13 Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller IV, LC

14 Corvus splendens Common Crow V,LC

15 Dendrocygna javanica Lesser Whistling Teal IV,LC

16 Dicrurus adsimillis Black Drongo, King Crow IV, LC

17 Edynamys scolopacea Koel IV,LC

18 Egretta garzetta Little Egret IV,LC

19 Elanus caeruleus Black Winged Kite I, LC

20 Eudymamys scolopacea Koel IV,LC

21 Halcyon smyrensis White Breasted Kingfisher IV,LC

22 Himantopus himantopus Black-winged Stilt IV,LC

23 Hirundo rustica Common Swallow IV,LC

24 Gallinago minima Jack snipe IV,LC

25 Merops orientalis Green bee eater IV, LC

26 Mesophoyx intermedia Intermediate Egret IV, LC

27 Mycteria leucocephala Painted Stork IV, NT

28 Nectarinia asiatica Purple sunbird IV,LC

29 Orthotomus sutorius Tailer bird IV,LC

30 Passer domesticus House Sparrow IV,LC

31 Pavo cristatus Indian Peafowl I, LC

32 Phalacrocorax carbo Great Cormorant IV,LC

33 Phalacrocorax fuscicollis Indian Cormorant IV,LC

34 Phalacrocorax niger Little cormorant IV, LC

35 Platalea leucorodia Eurasian Spoonbill I (III),LC

36 Ploceus philippinus Weaver bird ,Baya IV, LC

37 Pondiceps ruficolis Little Grebe IV,LC

38 Pseudibis papillosa Red-naped Ibis IV,LC

39 Psittacula krameri Rose ringed parakeet IV, LC

40 Pycnonotus cafer Red vented bulbul IV, LC

41 Saxicoloides fulicata Indian Robin IV, LC

42 Streptopelia chinensis Spotted Dove IV,LC

43 Streptoplia tranquebarica Red Turtle Dove IV,LC

44 Strnus pagodarum Brahminy Myna IV,LC

45 Threskiornis aethiopica White Ibis IV,LC

46 Threskiornis melanocephalus Black-headed Ibis IV,NT







47 Tringa hypoleucos Common Sandpiper IV, LC

48 Turdoides caudatus Common Babbler IV, LC

49 Upupa epops Hoopoe IV, LC

50 Vanellus indicus Red wattled lapwing IV, LC

Source: Field Survey/ observations of KEC Team Members, Secondary evidence and consultation with local people

Mangrove

No mangrove species is report within the study area.

Status of Threatened and Endemic Biodiversity

Threat status for all species has been mentioned in the respective tables above. In core zone / project site no any

threatened species were reported during survey. However, from buffer zone, three species of birds i.e. Pavo

crestatus (Peacock), Black Winged Kite (Elanus caeruleus), Europian Spoon Bill (Platalea leucorodia) were reported

under the Schedule –I of Wildlife Protection Act (1972). Suggested conservation plan for Schedule – I species are

given in Annexure 11. However, two species of bird i.e.Painted Stork (Mycteria leucocephala) and Black Headed

Ibis (Threskiornis melanocephalus) reported under Near Threatened categeory of IUCN. Among recorded faunal

species, none of the species can be designated as an endemic.

3.13 SOCIO-ECONOMICS

3.13.1 Demographic Profile of Project District and Sub-Disrict

Demographic profile details are given in Table 3-35.

Table 3-35: Demographic Profile of Project District and Sub-district

Sr. No. Items Ahmedabad

(District)

Ahmedabad City

(Sub-district)

Daskroi

(Sub-district)

1 No. of Household 15,10,134 11,81,269 67,131

2 Total Population 72,14,225 55,85,528 3,21,817

3 Male Population 37,88,051 29,42,922 1,66,727

4 % of Male Population 52.51 52.69 51.81

5 Female Population 34,26,174 26,42,606 1,55,090

6 % of Female Population 47.49 47.31 48.19

7 Gender Ratio 904 898 930

8 Total Schedule Caste Population 7,59,483 5,96,468 22,308

9 % of Schedule Caste Population 10.53 10.68 6.93

10 Total Schedule Tribe Population 89,138 67,659 4,643

11 % of Schedule Tribe Population 1.24 1.21 1.44

12 Household Size 5 5 5

Source: Primary census abstract 2011

The project falls under Gujarat state, Ahmedabad district. The study area consists of Ahemdabad city and Daskroi

sub districts. The census details are however available for 2011.

Therefore, to create a baseline of the existing Study Area villages:

From the land use map the villages lying in the Study Area were first identified.

Then the list of sub-districts lying under district was identified through the census details of 2011.






The village data was then collected for the Study Area by referring the census data from the appropriate sub-

districts

3.13.2 Brief Profile of Study Area

The focus area consist of 0-10 Kms. 90% of the study area comprises of Ahmedabad city and 10% Daskroi sub-

district of Ahmedabad district. Hence there are 10 Ahmedabad Municipal wards, 01 census town and 17 villages.

For the same study area however, census data for year 2011 is available for 28 habitations. The list of identified

villages as mentioned, are provided in Table 3-36.

Table 3-36: Villages in Study Area with Households and Population

Sr. No. District Sub- district Distance (Km) Habitation Household Population

1 Ahmedabad Ahmadabad City 0 - 10 Ahmadabad (M Corp.)

WARD NO.-0002 11,023 53,630


WARD NO.-0006 12,459 66,246


WARD NO.-0031 13,684 79,409


WARD NO.-0033 24,720 1,14,146


WARD NO.-0035 29,817 1,37,543


WARD NO.-0039 15,886 81,636


WARD NO.-0042 35,480 1,64,730


WARD NO.-0043 34,211 1,59,181


WARD NO.-0050 22,766 95,444

10 Ahmedabad Daskroi 0 - 10 Ahmadabad (M Corp. +

OG) (Part) 12,020 55,987

11 Ahmedabad Daskroi 0 - 10 Bibipur 229 1,160

12 Ahmedabad Daskroi 0 - 10 Geratpur 460 2,021

13 Ahmedabad Daskroi 0 - 10 Ropda 243 1,228

14 Ahmedabad Daskroi 0 - 10 Memadpur 278 1,520

15 Ahmedabad Daskroi 0 - 10 Vanch 1,386 6,674

16 Ahmedabad Daskroi 0 - 10 Badodara 662 3,176

17 Ahmedabad Daskroi 0 - 10 Gamdi 332 1,533

18 Ahmedabad Daskroi 0 - 10 Devdi 584 2,830

19 Ahmedabad Daskroi 0 - 10 Istolabad 243 1,237

20 Ahmedabad Daskroi 0 - 10 Chosar 456 2,328

21 Ahmedabad Daskroi 0 - 10 Bakrol Bujrang 668 3,538

22 Ahmedabad Daskroi 0 - 10 Gatrad 1,165 5,560

23 Ahmedabad Daskroi 0 - 10 Dhamatvan 1,138 5,782

24 Ahmedabad Daskroi 0 - 10 Hirapur 888 4,559

25 Ahmedabad Daskroi 0 - 10 Aslali 1,791 8,214

26 Ahmedabad Daskroi 0 - 10 Barejadi 336 1,602

27 Ahmedabad Daskroi 0 - 10 Jetalpur 1,326 6,516

28 Ahmedabad Daskroi 0 - 10 Singarva (CT) 2,690 12,547

Sub Total 2,26,941 10,79,977






Sr. No. District Sub- district Distance (Km) Habitation Household Population

Grand Total 2,26,941 10,79,977


3.13.3 Social Profile

Population and Gender ratio details

The statistics regarding the gender ratio in the study area are given in Table 3-37.

Table 3-37: Population and Gender ratio details

Distance (km) 2011

Gender Ratio Male Female

0 - 10 5,70,907 5,09,070 892

Total 5,70,907 5,09,070 892


The above table shows that the total population of male is 5, 70,907 (52.86%) and female population is

34,743(47.14%) and the gender ratio is 892 females per 1000 males in the study area. The national gender ratio in

India is 940 as per latest reports of census 2011; this indicates less women are there as compared to males in the

study area.

Social Characteristics

The study area is predominantly Hindu. Most of the people belong to the General, Schedule Cast, Schedule tribe

and other minority castes. The statistics regarding the Social Characteristics of villages in the study area are given

in Table 3-38.

Table 3-38: Schedule Caste and Schedule Tribe Population Distribution in Study Area

Distance (km)

2011

% Schedule cast % Schedule tribe

Total Male Female Total Male Female

0 - 10 11.53 52.67 47.33 1.09 53.52 46.48

Total 11.53 52.67 47.33 1.09 53.52 46.48


As per census 2011 average scheduled caste population in Study area is 11.53% of the total population. Out of the

total scheduled cast population, males are 52.67 % and female population is 47.33%. Tribal population in the study

area is 1.09%, males are 53.52% and female population is 46.48%.

Literacy rate

The statics regarding the literacy rate in the study area are given in Table 3-39.

Table 3-39: Literacy Rate in Study Area

Distance (km) % Literacy

0 - 10 75.97 80.05 71.40

Total 75.97 80.05 71.40


According to Census of India 2011, it is calculated that average literacy rate in the study area is 75.97%. Which is

lower than the State literacy rate i.e. 79.31% Out of total literate population male literacy is 80.05% and female

literacy is 71.40% of total population.






Basic Infrastructure facility

Education facility

In the study area it was observed that each village has school up to primary level. For further education students

have to travel to nearby villages. The basic infrastructure of school in some places fairly well constructed. School

gets the electricity regularly and water. The education facilities that are prevailing in the study area are shown in

Table 3-40.

Table 3-40: Education Facility

Dis

tan

ce

(k

m) Government Private

Pre

- P

rim

ary

S

ch

oo

l

Pri

ma

ry

Sch

oo

l

Mid

dle

S

ch

oo

l

Se

co

nd

ary

S

ch

oo

l

Se

nio

r S

eco

nd

ary

S

ch

oo

l

Co

lle

ge

Pre

- P

rim

ary

S

ch

oo

l

Pri

ma

ry

Sch

oo

l

Mid

dle

S

ch

oo

l

Se

co

nd

ary

S

ch

oo

l

Se

nio

r S

eco

nd

ary

S

ch

oo

l

Co

lle

ge

0 - 10 - 34 - 4 - - 4 4 - 5 2 1

Total - 34 - 4 - - 4 4 - 5 2 1


As above data shows the amenities available in the rural area only. As the study area consist of urban area also the

data is not available in the census amenities 2011. But during the primary survey it has been observed that these

municipal wards/towns are having schools upto senior secondary level and colleges also.

Medical and Health facility

There are primary health centre and sub centres in the surveyed villages. The medical facilities available in the

study area are shown in Table 3-41.

Table 3-41: Medical Facility

Dis

tan

ce

(k

m)

Co

mm

un

ity

He

alt

h

Ce

ntr

e

Pri

ma

ry H

ea

lth

Ce

ntr

e

Pri

ma

ry H

ea

lth

Su

b

Ce

ntr

e

Ma

tern

ity

An

d C

hil

d

We

lfa

re C

en

tre

TB

Cli

nic

Ho

sp

ita

l A

llo

pa

thic

Ho

sp

ita

l A

lte

rna

tiv

e

Me

dic

ine

Dis

pe

nsa

ry

Ve

teri

na

ry H

osp

ita

l

Mo

bil

e H

ea

lth

Cli

nic

Fa

mil

y W

elf

are

Ce

ntr

e

No

n-G

ov

ern

me

nt

Me

dic

al

facil

itie

s O

ut

Pa

tie

nt

0- 10 - 2 10 10 - - - - - - - -

Total - 2 10 10 - - - - - - - -


As above data shows the amenities available in the rural area only. As the study area consist of urban area also the

data is not available in the census amenities 2011. But during the primary survey it has been observed that these

municipal wards/towns are having hospitals.

Source of water

Main source of drinking water is bore well and tap water. Borewell water is used for irrigation also. Other water

resources such as wells, lakes etc. are there as shown in Table 3-42.






Table 3-42: Water Facilities

Distance (km)

Tap Water-Treate

d

Tap Water

Untreated

Covered Well

Uncovered

Well

Hand Pump

Tube Wells

/Borehole

Spring River/C

anal

Tank/Pond/La

ke Others

0 - 10 NA A NA A A A NA A A NA


Means of communication

The changing trends in technology have massively affected the people in the study area. The most important

means of communication is mobile phones which are possessed by most of the individuals in the locality. All other

means of communication seem to have become extinct after the advent of mobile technology, details are given in

Table 3-43.

Table 3-43: Communication Facilities

Distance (km) Post

Office Sub- Post

office Telephone (landlines)

Public Call Office

/Mobile (PCO)

Mobile Phone

Coverage

Internet Cafes /

Common Service Centre (CSC)

Private Courier Facility

0 - 10 A A A A A A NA

Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011

Transportation facility

The study area is well connected with road. Mode of transport is road. The nearest railway station is Vatva Railway

Station. The field can be divided into infrastructure, vehicles and operations. Transport is important because it

enables trade between people, which is essential for the development of civilizations. The various transportation

facility available in the study area are shown in Table 3-44.

Table 3-44: Transportation facility

Distance (km) Post

Office

Sub- Post

office

Telephone (landlines)

Public Call Office

/Mobile (PCO)

Mobile Phone

Coverage

Internet Cafes / Common Service

Centre (CSC)

Private Courier Facility

0 - 10 A A A A A A NA


Economic profile

Agriculture in study area

Agriculture in study area the major crops being produced in of study area is paddy and wheat. In this Area

Agriculture is mostly carried out by the water from bore wells, Canal and nearby Rivers.

Animal husbandry

Livestock rearing is common among the people of this region. Most of the animals reared by them are cows and

buffaloes. Private veterinary doctors’ visits on the basis of the requirement of the local people. Regular medical

check-up of animals is carried out by the private doctors only. Milk produced is used for personal consumption and

selling door to door basis.






Occupational pattern

The statistics regarding the Occupational Pattern in the study area are given in Table 3-45.

Table 3-45: Occupational Pattern

Distance (km)

% Occupational Status (2011)

Total Working

Population Cultivators

Agricultural Labor

Household Workers

Others Marginal Workers

0- 10 35.19 1.81 2.09 1.51 86.95 7.64

Total 35.19 1.81 2.09 1.51 86.95 7.64


As per the available Census Data 2011, there are total 35.19% working population. Out of the total working

population there are 1.81% are cultivators, 2.09% Agricultural labour, 1.51% household workers, others 86.95%

and 7.64% marginal workers in the study area.

Historical and cultural profile

Table 3-46: Places given protection under the ASI Ancient Monuments Act

SL.No Name of the monument / site Location District

1 Three gates besides Bhadrakali temple Ahmedabad Ahmedabad

2 Bhadra gate beside Bhadrakali temple Ahmedabad Ahmedabad

3 Sidi Saiyad’s Mosque Ahmedabad Ahmedabad

4 Ahmed Shah’s Mosque Ahmedabad Ahmedabad

5 Teen Darwaja or Tripolia gate Ahmedabad Ahmedabad

6 Panch Kuwa gate Ahmedabad Ahmedabad

7 Queen’s Mosque in Sarangpur Ahmedabad Ahmedabad

8 Sidi Bashir’s Minar’s Tomb (Shaking) Ahmedabad Ahmedabad

9 Kutub. Shah’s Mosqe Ahmedabad Ahmedabad

10 Dada Harir’s Mosque Tomb Ahmedabad Ahmedabad

11 Dada (Bai ) Harir’s Stepwell Ahmedabad Ahmedabad

12 Kalulpur Gate Ahmedabad Ahmedabad

13 Sarangpur Gate Ahmedabad Ahmedabad

14 Mata Bhawani’s Well Ahmedabad Ahmedabad

15 Dariya Khan’s Tomb Ahmedabad Ahmedabad

16 Muhafiz Khan’s Mosque Ahmedabad Ahmedabad

17 Rani Rupavati’s Mosque Ahmedabad Ahmedabad

18 The Shahpur Kazi Mohmad Chisti’s Masjid Ahmedabad Ahmedabad

19 Saiyyad Usman’s Mosque Tomb Ahmedabad Ahmedabad

20 Shah Alam’s Tomb with all surrounding buildings in the Ahmedabad Ahmedabad






SL.No Name of the monument / site Location District

group

21 Dastur Khan’s Masjid Ahmedabad Ahmedabad

22 Rani Sipri’s Mosque Tomb Ahmedabad Ahmedabad

23 Astodia Gate Ahmedabad Ahmedabad

24 Bibiji’s Masjid Ahmedabad Ahmedabad

25 Baba Lauli’s Masjid Ahmedabad Ahmedabad

26 Nawab Sardar Khan Masjid and outer gate in survey No.

6814 Ahmedabad Ahmedabad

27 Tomb of Mir Abu Turab Ahmedabad Ahmedabad

28 Jethabhai’s Stepwell Isanpur Ahmedabad

29 Tombs (Qutub-i-Alam) Vatva Ahmedabad

Places given protection under the Gujarat State protected monuments

There were no state protected monuments.

Places of tourist importance

ASI sites are the places of tourist importance.




VATVA GIDC, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES


4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION

MEASURES

4.1 Introduction

Objective of this chapter is to:

Identify project activities that could beneficially or adversely impact the environment

Predict and assess the environmental aspects and impacts of the such activities

Examine each environmental aspect-impact relationship in detail and identify its degree of significance

Identify possible mitigation measures for these project activities and select the most appropriate mitigation

measure, based on the reduction in significance achieved and practicality in implementation.

4.2 Methodology of Identification and Assessment of Environmental Impacts

Key Definitions

Environment

Surroundings in which an organization operates, including air, water, land, natural resources, flora, fauna, humans,

and their interrelation.

Environmental Aspect

Element of an organization’s activities (including those activities that occur during normal, abnormal, emergency

and final decommissioning operations) or raw materials or products or services that can interact with the

environment.

Environmental aspects selected for further study should be large enough for meaningful examination and small

enough to be easily understood.

Environmental Impact

Any change to the environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly or partially resulting from an organization’s

environmental aspect.

Environmental Components

The environment includes surroundings in which an organization operates such as air, water, land, natural

resources, flora, fauna, humans and their interrelation.

The environmental components (or parts of the receiving environment on which impacts are being assessed)

include: Land use/land cover, air quality, noise quality, surface water environment, ground water environment, soil,

ecology and bio diversity, socio economics, occupational health, community health and safety.

After the identification of impacting activities, impacts require to be assessed based on subjective / objective

criteria. This is done in the following steps:

Identification of Impacts

This entails employing a simple checklist method requiring:

Listing of organisation’s activities, raw materials, products and services





MITIGATION MEASURES


Listing of environmental aspects (i.e. elements of an organization’s activities or raw materials, products or

services that can cause environmental impacts)

Identifying applicable components of the environment on which the environmental aspects can cause an

environmental impact

Making notes of the reason / possible inter-relationships that lead to environmental impact creation

Listing the environmental components likely to receive impacts, along with the key impacting activities on each

component

Component Wise Environmental Impact Assessment and Mitigation

A component wise approach to environmental impact assessment and mitigation is now applied. For each

environmental component (Air Pollution and Air Quality, Noise, Water, Land, EB, RD, SE, OH&HS), this is carried

through a series of steps as follows.

Step 1: Review and Assessment of the Specific Aspects Generating Environmental Impact

Several scientific techniques and methodologies are also used to predict impacts on the environment. Mathematical

models are useful tools (where applicable) to quantitatively describe the cause and effect relationships between

sources of pollution and different components of environment. In cases where it is not possible to identify and

validate a model for a particular situation, predictions have been arrived at based on logical reasoning /

consultation / extrapolation or overlay methods. In any case, for each component of the environment, the methods

used to arrive at the likely impacts require to be described.

Step 2: Arriving at the Environmental Impact Significance, Identifying Aspects Causing

Unacceptable Levels of Environmental Impact Significance and Prioritizing Aspects Requiring

Mitigation Measures

Once a general understanding of the impacts has been obtained, efforts are made to compare significance of

different impacts so as to prioritize mitigation measures, focusing on those impacting activities (i.e. aspects) that

require urgent mitigation. For ease of comparison across different activities, a summary environmental significance

score is calculated. Two key elements are taken into consideration based on standard environmental impact

significance assessment methodologies:

Severity: the seriousness or the extent of environmental impact due to an activity and its interaction with the

physical, biological and/or socio-economic environments.

Likelihood of Occurrence: the likelihood that an impact may occur due to the project activity/aspect.

A combination of severity and likelihood of occurrence gives a reasonable measure of environmental impact

significance, which aids in decision making. It must always be kept in mind that any scoring methodology

howsoever well-defined is subjective and different persons can arrive at different impact significance scores based

on their understanding / opinion. Therefore end results should be evaluated against past experience, professional

judgment as well as project and activity specific conditions to ensure adequacy and equity. Kadam has made an

effort to ensure that the scoring does not change significantly assuming that different evaluators are equally well

informed on the project as well as knowledgeable on the concerned issues.

In addition to above discussion, in the functional area of Land Use / Land Cover, it is observed that the likelihood of

occurrence of impacts on Land Use / Land Cover is not a variable; the impact either happens or does not happen.

Since we will only consider the impacts which are likely to occur, the conventional methodology will rank the

likelihood at highest, in case of Land Use/Land Cover at 5, on a scale of 1 to 5. This fact artificially increases the

Significance (Likelihood X Severity) of all impacts on Land Use / Land Cover. It has therefore been decided to

dispense with the ranking on the basis of likelihood of occurrence (for LULC) and rank only severity of impacts in

such a way that the Significance can span the full range, i.e. 1 to 25, as in the case of conventional assessment.





MITIGATION MEASURES


The steps in calculating the environmental impact significance for each environmental component are discussed in

subsequent paragraphs.

Scoring the Impact Severity

The impacts resulting from activities which need to comply with legal requirement, EP Rules / NOC / Other

Statutory permissions, shall not require scoring, and shall be considered Significant.

The severity on various environmental receptors have been ranked into 5 levels ranging from Acceptable (1 point)

to Unacceptable (5 points) as given in Table 4-1.


MANUFACTURING PLANT AT VATVA GIDC, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES


Table 4-1 Scoring System for Environmental Impacts due to the Proposed Project – Severity Assessment

S. No.

Environmental Component Impacted

Impact Severity Levels and Scores3

Severity Level: Acceptable

Points: ± 1

Severity Level: Minor

Points: ± 2

Severity Level: Moderate

Points: ± 3

Severity Level: Major

Points: ± 4

Severity Level: Unacceptable

Points: ± 5

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

1 Land use / land

cover

Duration

Very short term

(up to 1 year)

Short term

(>1 - 3 years) Medium term (>3 - 5 years)

Long term

(> 5-10 years) Very long term (>10 years)

Extent (Area affected)

Very Limited (Within core zone)

Limited

(<1 km around core zone)

Medium Range

(>1 – 3.0 km around core zone)

Long Range

(>3 – 7 km around core zone)

Extensive (>7.0 km around core zone)

Change in land Use/Cover (conversion to Industrial/ Residential from)

Non-agricultural land, Land without Scrub, Industrial

area with scrub land/ Reversible

Scrub Land/ Change in Topography

Water Body Agricultural land, Open and Close vegetation/ Change in

Drainage pattern Forest Area/ Irreversible

Topography

Low (Flat) up to 5 m - Medium (Undulating) up to

10 m - High (Hilly) More than 10 m

Reversible/ Irreversible

Reversible - - - Irreversible

2 Air Quality

Temporary nuisance due to controlled/uncontrolled release of air emissions,

odour / dust or greenhouse gases

Minor environmental impact due to

controlled/uncontrolled release of air emissions,

odour / dust or greenhouse gases with no lasting detrimental effects

Moderate environmental impact due to

controlled/uncontrolled release of air emissions,

odour / dust or greenhouse gases leading to visual impacts, at significant

nuisance levels

Significant environmental impact due to release of air emissions, odour / dust or

greenhouse gases leading to exceedance of limits specified in EP Rules’

Unacceptable environmental impact due to release of air

emissions, odour / dust leading to possibility of

chronic / acute health issues, injuries or fatalities

3 Ambient Noise - give the mean

Background Noise Levels, with respect to Applicable Limit4 as per The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000, as Measured at Boundary of Relevant Noise Generating Unit

3 In case none of the impacts are applicable, Not Applicable (NA) is written in the appropriate cell. A ‘+’ sign indicates a beneficial impact while ‘-‘ sign indicates a adverse impact.

PROPOSED EXPANSION OF SYNTHETIC ORGANIC DYES




1


Points: ± 2


Points: ± 3


Points: ± 4


Points: ± 5

C4 C5 C6 C7

or less Between 10% to 5% of limit Between 5% and the limit Up to 5% above the limit 5% or more above the limit

Incremental Noise Levels due to Relevant Noise Generating Unit, as Predicted at Boundary

1 dB(A) or less 1 dB(A) – 2 dB(A) 2 dB(A) – 3 dB(A) 3 dB(A) –4 dB(A) 4 dB(A) or more

Incremental Noise Levels due to Relevant Noise Generating Unit, as Predicted at Boundary of Nearest Human Settlement / Sensitive Receptor

0.5 dB(A) or less 0.5 dB(A) – 1 dB(A) 1 dB(A) – 1.5 dB(A) 1.5 dB(A) – 2 dB(A) 2 dB(A) or more

Water Consumption (KL/D)

51 - 100 101 - 250 251 – 500 > 500

Water Consumption Duration (Years)

1 - 3 3 - 5 5 - 10 > 10

Wastewater Discharge Quality

No wastewater generation Zero Discharge Discharge to an authorized,

functional CETP Other discharge within limits

specified by the EP Rules

Other discharge, outside limits specified by the EP

Rules

Ground Water - give the mean score from the three categories, rounded to the nearest decimal

Semi-critical Critical Over-exploited Notified

Water Drawl (KL/D)

51 - 100 101 - 250 251 - 500 > 500

Water Drawl Duration (Years)

1 - 3 3 - 5 5 - 10 > 10

Wastewater Discharge Quality

No wastewater generation Zero Discharge Discharge to an authorized,

functional CETP Other discharge within limits

specified by the EP Rules

Other discharge, outside limits specified by the EP

Rules

Accidental Discharge

Negligible leakages of chemicals/oil that only

Minor but frequent leakages of chemicals/oil that require

Moderate leakages of chemicals/oil that may

Major leakages of chemicals/oil that

Heavy leakage that can adversely contaminate




S. No.




Points: ± 1


Points: ± 2


Points: ± 3


Points: ± 4


Points: ± 5

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

require periodic maintenance for both storage / transport

routes

provision safety measures and proper maintenance

contaminate groundwater if proper safety measures not

provided

contaminate groundwater if safety measures not

provided

groundwater and must require urgent remediation

actions

6 Soil Quality

Loss of up to 20% topsoil, or minor contamination of soil that can be easily restored

close to original condition for volume <10 m3

Loss of up to 40% topsoil, or actual or possible

contamination of soil volume <25 m3 but below Dutch

Intervention Values

Loss of up to 60% topsoil, or actual or possible

contamination of soil volume <25 m3 but above Dutch

Intervention Values

Loss up to 80% topsoil, or actual or possible

contamination of soil volume >25 m3 and above Dutch

Intervention Values, but not deemed to require urgent

remediation

Loss up to 100% topsoil, or actual or possible

contamination of soil volume >25 m3 and above Dutch Intervention Values5 , and deemed to require urgent

remediation

7.1

Flora /

Fauna

Habitat/ Ecosystem

Site specific loss (removal) of common floral species (but

not any tree or trees).

Vegetation composition does not form a habitat character

for any species of conservation significance.

No short term or long term impacts are likely to adversely affect the

surrounding habitat / ecosystem.

Site specific disturbance to common / general faunal species (e.g. movement

pattern, displacement etc.).

No negative impacts on surrounding ecosystem functioning or habitat

ecology.

Site specific loss (removal) of some saplings of trees.

Minor temporary impacts on ecosystem functioning or

habitat ecology of common / general species.

Minor short term / long term impacts on surrounding /

immediate / adjacent habitats and are resilient to changes in habitat structure

or condition.

Impact on surrounding agro-ecosystem / agriculture

when environmental data / parameters are within

permissible limits.

Site specific loss (removal) of some common well grown

tree / trees species.

Site specific loss of nesting / breeding habitat of common / general species of flora-fauna but will not result in permanent loss of habitat.

Short term or long term impacts are likely to adversely affect the surrounding habitat

character/ habitat ecology/ functioning of ecosystem.

Impact on surrounding agro-ecosystem / agriculture

when physical parameters with marginal increase but

can be mitigated.

Site specific impact on threatened species but

impacted species are widely distributed outside the project site. Short term

impacts may lead to loss of abundance or extent, but

unlikely to cause local population extinction.

Site specific habitat loss of fauna listed in IUCN, WCMC, Birdlife International, or any other international literature

- secondary information.

Impacts on habitats / ecosystems of international

importance.

Impact on threatened species listed in as an

endemic / Schedule-I as per IWPA 1972, Red Data Book,

ZSI, BSI or literature published by any State Govt.

Institute, University and College etc.

Loss of habitat of above said flora-fauna.

Impact on genetic diversity of NP /PF /WLS /ESZ /IBA /

tiger reserve / elephant corridor / wild life corridor.

Impact on ecosystem like river, forest, wetland (e.g.

RAMSAR site etc.) etc.

5 Source: Ministry of Housing Spatial Planning and the Environment, Netherlands; Soil Remediation Circular 2009, Annex A.




S. No.




Points: ± 1


Points: ± 2


Points: ± 3


Points: ± 4


Points: ± 5

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

7.2 Ecology and Bio-

diversity: Aquatic

Occasional short term impact and / or disruption to aquatic

flora and fauna.

Impact on aquatic ecosystem, including flora, fauna and habitat but not

destruction of species diversity or density.

Significant localised impacts but without long term impact

on Phytoplankton, zooplankton habitat.

Temporary impact on benthos ecosystem or fisheries ecosystem.

Some loss of fisheries ecosystem.

Significant widespread impact on protected wildlife (corals/mangroves/turtles/

any marine mammals).

Significant impact on mangroves habitat

Damage to an extensive portion of aquatic ecosystem resulting in severe impacts on aquatic population and habitats and / or long term impact on aquatic habitat.

Permanent or long term impact on protected wildlife (corals/mangroves/turtles/ any marine mammals) and

mangroves

8.1

Socio-economic Environment:

Social Aspects - give the mean score from the

categories, rounded to the nearest decimal

Possible Temporary or Permanent Migration, Persons as a % of Population of Study Area

Less than 0.5% Between 0.5% and 1% Between 1% and 1.5% Between 1.5% and 2% More than 2%

Possible Change in Ethnicity, vis-à-vis Major Existing Ethnicities Present in Study Area

Not likely Possible Limited Significant Severe

Gender Imbalance, as a Proportion to Existing Sex-Ratio

Not likely Possible Limited Significant Severe

Possibility of Return to Original Status in Terms of Any or All of the Above Changes

Less than 1 year Between 1 and 2 years Between 2 and 3 years Between 3 to 5 years Permanent change

8.2

Socio-economic Environment:

Economic Aspects - give the mean score

from the categories,

rounded to the nearest decimal

No. of Jobs Gained or Lost

Less than 50 Between 50 and 75 Between 75 and 100 Between 100 and 250 More than 250

Persons Having Loss or Gain in Income


Land Losers


Losers of Homesteads


8.3 Socio-economic Aspects: Cultural

Minor repairable damage to commonplace structures

Minor repairable damage to structures/ items of cultural

significance, or minor infringements of cultural

values

Moderate damage to structures/ items of cultural significance, or significant,

infringement of cultural values/ sacred location

Major damage to structures/ items of cultural significance,

or major infringement of cultural values/sacred

locations

Irreparable damage to highly valued structures/ items/

locations of cultural significance or sacred value

Consequence distance




S. No.




Points: ± 1


Points: ± 2


Points: ± 3


Points: ± 4


Points: ± 5

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

9.1 Impact on

People

Slight injury or health effects (including first aid case and

medical treatment case). Not affecting work performance

or causing disability

Minor injury or health effects- Affecting work

performance, e.g. restriction to activities, or need to take a time off work to recover. Limited, reversible health effects e.g. skin irritation,

food poisoning.

Major injury of health effects (including permanent

disability). Affecting work performance in the longer

term, e.g. prolonged absence from work.

Irreversible health damage without loss of life, e.g. noise induced hearing loss, chronic

back injuries.

Single fatality or permanent total disability- from an accident or occupational

illness

Multiple Fatalities-From an accident of occupational

illness

9.2 Impact on

Environment

Slight Effect- Local Environment damage. Within the fence and within system.

Negligible financial consequences.

Minor effect- contamination. Damage sufficiently large to

attack the environment. Single exceeding of statutory or prescribed criterion. Single

complaint. No permanent effect on the environment.

Localized effect- Limited loss of discharges of known

toxicity. Repeated exceeding of statutory or prescribed

limit. Affecting neighbourhood. Spontaneous recovery of limited damage

within one year.

Major effect- Severe environmental damage. The company is required to take

extensive measures to restore polluted or damaged environment to its original

state. Extended exceeding of statutory or prescribed limits.

Massive effect-Persistent severe environmental

damage or severe nuisance extending over a large area. In terms of commercial or recreational use or nature

conservation, a major economic loss for the

company. Constant, high exceeding of statutory or

prescribed limits.





MITIGATION MEASURES


4.3 Quantifying the Likelihood of Occurrence of the Impact

After identifying the severity as shown in Table 4-1 the likelihood of occurrence also needs to be estimated to

arrive at a complete picture of environmental impact significance. Table 4-2 provides likelihood ratings on a scale

of 1-5. These ratings are used for estimating the likelihood of each occurrence.

Table 4-2: Likelihood of Occurrence

Description Environment/Health and Safety Likelihood of occurrence

Frequent Continuous occurrence or each day during the project life cycle 5

Regular Occurs several times each year during the project life cycle 4

Periodic Might occur annually during the project life cycle 3

Occasional Might happen few times during the project life cycle 2

Rare One time or one-off event during the project life cycle 1

4.4 Quantifying Environmental Impact significance except for Land use land Cover Component

The level of environmental impact significance is calculated by multiplying the consequence score and the

probability of occurrence together. Thus,

Significance of Impact = Severity Score × Likelihood of Occurrence

The final score is in relative point score, rather than actual impact. The impact estimation is carried out on the

assumption that all operations are carried out with standard safety measures.

4.5 Quantifying Environmental Impact Significance for Land Use Land Cover Component

The Significance of Environmental Impact is calculated by adding the severity score of all five components. Thus,

Significance of Impact = Addition of all five severity scores

Table 4-3 below assigns significance criteria, based on the scale of 1-25, used for prioritizing mitigation measures

for reducing the environmental impact significance and thereafter, formulating and implementing Environmental

Management Plans.

To do this, environmental impact significance levels are first scored and identified as mentioned earlier and then

evaluated on the evaluation scale that follows in Table 4-3.

Table 4-3: Environmental Impact Significance Criteria

Likelihood of Occurrence

Impact Significance

Insignificant (1)

Minor

(2)

Moderate

(3)

Major

(4)

Catastrophic

(5)

Rare (1) 1 2 3 4 5

Possible (2) 2 4 6 8 10

Likely (3) 3 6 9 12 15

Often (4) 4 8 12 16 20

Certain (5) 5 10 15 20 25

4.6 Categorising Environmental Impact Significance

Environmental impacts are now categorised into five categories from extreme significance to low significance.

Activities resulting into extremely significant impacts are unacceptable and therefore need to be either stopped or

modified such that they are brought to a lower level of environmental impact significance.





MITIGATION MEASURES


Activities resulting into High and moderately severe impacts, although acceptable, require being evaluated and

mitigated in a manner that significance of their impacts is lowered. Activities resulting into Low severe significant

impacts do not require further mitigation. This is summarized in Table 4-4.

Table 4-4: Categorization of Impact Significance

Scoring Negative Impacts (-) Scoring Positive Impacts (+)

Colour Code and Score Range

Category of Significance

Inference Colour Code and

Score Range Inference

25 Extremely Significant Activity should not proceed in current

form 21 - 25

Activity has Extensive Positive Benefits

15 - 20 Highly Significant

Activity should be modified to include

remedial planning and actions and be subject to detailed ecological

assessment

15 - 20 Activity has Major

Benefits

8 - 12 Moderately Significant Activity can operate

subject to management and / or modification

9 - 14 Activity has Moderate

Benefits

4 - 6 Less Significant No action required unless escalation of

risk is possible 4 - 8

Activity has Minor Benefits

1 - 3 Minor / Negligible Negligible Risk of

activity 1 - 3

Activity has mildly positive impacts

4.7 Mitigation Measures

Mitigation measures require being formulated and implemented for all ‘Highly Significant’ and ‘Moderately

Significant’ impact activities. Programmes to implement all mitigation measures are then prepared and presented as

an Environmental Management Programme.

4.8 Identification of Impacting Activities for the Proposed Project

As discussed earlier, environmental impacts have been identified based on an assessment of environmental aspects

associated with the project. The symbol ‘●’ indicates an adverse (negative) impact and ‘o’ indicates a beneficial

(positive) impact.

Identified environmental impacts have been listed in Table 4-5.


AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES


Table 4-5: Environmental Impacts

S. No. Project Activity Impact (Type: O, N, A, E; Duration: T, P)

Potential Environmental Impacts on Environment Remarks

LU/LC AP/AQ NV SW GW S EB SE RH SHW OH/ CH&S

1. Construction Phase

1.1 Preparation of site (Dismantling of

equipment, levelling & area clearing) (O&N,T) ● ● ● o ●

LC: Change in land cover; AQ: Generation of dust; NV: Noise and vibration due to the excavation, construction and movement of vehicles road laying equipment; SE:

generation of employment; OH: risk of occupational injuries

1.2 Vehicle movement for transportation

of materials and equipment (O&N,T) ● ● ● o ● ●

AQ: Generation of dust; NV: Noise due to vehicular movement; S: Spillage of concrete mixture containing additives & plasticizers and construction materials containing heavy

metals, paints, coating, liners etc.; SE: hiring of vehicles and transport equipment / potential damage to roads; OH/ CH&S: risk of spillage of hazardous materials

1.3 Excavation work (O&N,T) ● ● ● ● o ● LC: Change in land cover due to excavation; AQ: Dust Generation; NV: Noise and

vibration due excavation operations; S: removal of topsoil; SE: Temporary job creation for excavation; OH: Occupational risk due to excavation work

1.4 Filling of foundation (O&N,T) ● ● o ● AQ: Dust Generation; NV: Noise and vibration due filing of foundation; SE: Temporary

job creation; OH: Occupational risk due to excavation work

1.5 Heavy fabrication work including

metal cutting (Gas cutting, welding) (O&N,T) ● ● o ● ●

NV: Noise and vibration during fabrication; SE: Temporary job creation; SHW: Solid waste generation from fabrication work and metal waste; OH: Risk of occupational

injuries

1.6 Painting (O&N,T) ● o ● ● AQ: VOC’s emission due to painting, SE: Temporary job creation; SHW: Solid waste generation from containers of paint; OH: Risk of spillage of material and occupational

injuries

1.7 Final cleaning of site (O&N,T) ● o AQ: air emissions during final cleaning; SE: Temporary job creation

1.8 Usage of Water for construction (N,T) ● SW: Water will be supplied by GIDC.

1.9 Operation of DG set (N,T) ● ● AP & AQ: Operation of DG Set during construction phase generated air emission, NV:

Noise generation due to operation of DG Set

1.10 Construction material storage and

disposal (N,T) ● ● ● ●

GW / S: Possibility of ground water and soil contamination if leakage of construction material; RH & OH/OH&S: Risk to community health due to spillage

1.11 Domestic Waste generation and

disposal (N,T) ● GW: Domestic sewage generation will be disposed-off in Soak pit and Septic tank

2. Operation Phase

2.1 Storage of hazardous raw materials Leakage: (A,T) ● ● ● ● ● AQ: emission from storage tanks(i.e scrubbed in scrubber); GW / S: Possibility of

ground water and soil contamination if leakage; RH & OH/OH&S: Risk to community health due to spillage

2.2 Transportation of Raw Materials and

Products Leakage: (A,T) ● ● ● ● ● ● o ● ●

AQ/GW/SW/ S/ OH: Possibility of due to leak or spillage of chemicals/ materials; NV: due to increase in traffic; EB: effect on vegetation due to leak or spillage of chemicals/

materials; RH: Risk of fire and dispersion if spillage of hazardous chemicals; SE: Indirect job

2.3 Operation of DG Set (N,P) ● ● ● ● ● ● AQ: Air emission from flue gas stack attached to DG set; NV: due to production operation; SW: Usage of water for process; RH/OHS: Possibility of due to leak or spillage of Ethylene oxide/propylene oxide; SHW: Generation of Process waste,

2.4 Operation of Water heat Boilers (N,P) ● ● ● ● ● ● AQ: Air emission from flue gas stack attached to Boiler; NV: due to production

operation; SW: Generation of process effluent; RH/OHS: Possibility of due to leak or spillage of raw materials; SHW: Generation of Process waste,

2.5 Usage of Water (N,P) ● SW: Water will be supplied by GIDC.

2.6 Storage, handling and disposal of

solid/hazardous waste (N,P) ● ●

S: Possibility of soil contamination due to improper disposal of solid and Hazardous waste; OH/OH&S: Risk to community health due to spillage in surrounding area if not

stored properly

2.7 Landscaping and greenbelt area

development (N,P) o EB: Development of greenbelt will generate positive impact

3. Decommissioning Phase

3.1 Dismantling of structures of the

project components (O&T) ● ● ● ● ●

LU: Change in Landcover; AQ/NV: Dust and noise generation due to dismantling activity; SHW: Generation of dismantling waste; OH/OH&S: Risk to community health

due to dismantling

Type of Impact –O: One Time; N: Normal; A: Abnormal; E: Emergency; Duration of Impact –T: Temporary; P: Long-Term/ Permanent

LU/LC: Landuse/ Land cover; AQ: Air Quality; NV: Noise and Vibration; SW: Surface Water; GW: Ground Water; S: Soil; EB: Ecology & Bio-diversity; SE: Socio-Economic; RH: Risk & Hazard; SHW: Solid &Hazardous waste generation; OH/CH&S: Occupational Health, Community Health & Safety





MITIGATION MEASURES


Based on this above identification of impacts, environmental indices that are likely to be impacted due to the

project are:

Landuse/Land cover: There will not be change in Landuse pattern due expansion in production capacity of

exiting products as current Landuse is an industrial estate.

Air Quality: Impact due to vehicular movements during transportation of raw materials and products and Air

emissions during manufacturing of Synthetic Organic Chemicals.

Noise: Adverse impact on noise quality is due to vehicle movements during operation phase, during operation

of Blower, pumps, etc. and transportation of raw materials and products will lead to noise pollution

Surface Water: Impact due to Leakages during chemicals transportation, spillage of chemicals and fresh

water consumption from GIDC Ankleshwar.

Ground water: Impact on ground water quality due to Leakage during chemicals transportation, storage of

chemicals and storage of hazardous waste. There will not be impact on groundwater quantity as there will not

be abstraction of groundwater.

Soil: Impact on soil due to Leakage during chemicals transportation and storage

Ecology and Biodiversity: Impact on ecology and bio-diversity due to Handling & Storage of Raw material, fuel,

etc., leakage during chemicals transportation and storage, etc. Beneficial impact on ecology as sufficient

greenbelt will be developed.

Socio – Economic: Positive impact due to improvement in lives of people in the nearby villages.

Occupational health, Community Health and Safety: Occupational risk during various activities

associated with construction work and risk due to leakage of chemicals.

4.9 Land Environment

4.9.1 Identification of Impacting Activities for the Proposed Project

Environmental aspects and impacts have been identified based on an assessment of environmental aspects

associated with the project. Potential impacts on land use and land cover are given in Table 4-6.

Table 4-6: Impact Identification

S. No. Project Activities / Aspects Potential Environmental Impacts on Landuse/ Landcover (LU/LC)

C1 C2 C3

1 Land Acquisition

1.1 Land lease or purchase Brown field project within factory premises

2 Preparation of Site

2.1 Clearance of land at site and preparing for approach road

no change in Landuse as no additional development will take place in industrial unit and no additional approach roads will be built

4.9.2 Land Acquisition leading to change in Land use/cover

The project is expansion project within the boundary of existing plant so there will not be further land acquisition.

4.9.3 Site Preparation

Clearance of land

The land use and Landcover pattern of the project site will not get affected since it is within factory premises. The

proposed expansion is within an industrial unit so there will be no conversion

Preparation of Access Roads

The project site approach roads are developed so there will be no land acquisition.




4.10 Air Environment

4.10.1 Impact Scoring – Air Quality

Potential impact on Air environment/Nearby ambient air quality are tabulated in Table 4-7.

Table 4-7: Impact scoring – Air Environment

S. No.

Project Activity Identified

Aspect N/AN/E Legal

Impact Scoring Significance / Consequence

Operation Controls/Mitigation

Measures

EMP Required Severity,

S Likelihood,

L Final Score,

S x L

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11

1 Construction Phase

1.1 Preparation of

site Dust Generation N No -2 1 -2 Minor Impact

Barricading shall be provided along the periphery of

construction area, regular water sprinkling shall be done to suppress dust emission.

No

1.2

Vehicular movement for

transportation of materials and

equipment

Dust generation and gaseous

emission from vehicular exhaust

N No -2 2 -4 Less Significant

Impact

Regular water sprinkling shall be done on unpaved roads used for

transportation; PUC Certified vehicles shall be used for

transportation. Traffic management shall be ensured.

No

1.3 Excavation work Dust Generation N No -1 1 -1 Minor Impact Barricading shall be done along the periphery of construction area, regular water sprinkling shall be done to suppress dust

emission

No

1.4 Filling of

foundation Dust generation N No -3 1 -3 Minor Impact No

1.5 Painting VOC’s emission due to painting

N No -1 1 -1 Minor Impact

Lead free paints shall be used; PPEs like nose mask, safety

goggles, hand gloves, breathing apparatus etc. shall be used.

No

1.6 Final cleaning at

site

Air emission during final

cleaning N No -1 1 -1 Minor Impact

Water Sprinkling for dust suppression, adequate safety

precautions shall be opted, use of necessary PPEs during

cleaning works.

No

1.7 Usage of Energy Operation of DG N No -3 2 -6 Less significant DG set with adequate stack Yes




S. No.


Aspect N/AN/E Legal



Measures


S Likelihood,

L Final Score,

S x L

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11

& Power

Operation of DG set

Set during construction

phase generated air

emission

Impact height & use during power failure only.

2 Operation Phase

2.1 Storage of

Hazardous Raw materials

Emission from storage tanks

(i.e. scrubbed in scrubber),

possibility of leakage

AN No -3 5 -15 Highly

significant Impact

Adequate APCMs for air emission control shall be provided; Avoid all possible sources of ignition; Use of PPEs (nose mask, safety

goggles, safety shoes, hand gloves, breathing apparatus); periodic preventive check &

maintenance; ensure use of close feed system to avoid leakage.

No

2.2 Transportation of raw materials, &

products

Possibility of air emission due to leakage/spillage of chemicals/

materials

N No -2 4 -8 Moderately significant

Impact

Adequate safety measures along with spill control mechanism; PUC Certified vehicles shall be used for transportation. Traffic management shall be ensured.

No

2.3 Operation of DG

Sets

Flue gas emission of PM, SO2, NOX from

DG sets

N Yes -- -- -- Significant

Adequate Stack height of 12 m shall be provided for DG sets for proper dispersion & use during

power failure only.

Yes

2.3 Operation of water heat

boilers

Release of HC during

production

Air emission from flue gas stack attached

to Boiler

N No -3 5 -15 Highly

significant Impact

Adequate APCMs for air emission control along with adequate

stack height shall be provided Yes

3. Decommissioning Phase

3.1

Dismantling of structures of the

project components

Dust generation due to

dismantling activity

N No -2 1 -2 Minor impact Sprinkling of water shall be

carried out for dust suppression. No




S. No.


Aspect N/AN/E Legal



Measures


S Likelihood,

L Final Score,

S x L

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11

Note: N – Normal, AN – Abnormal, E - Emergency





MITIGATION MEASURES


4.10.2 Impact prediction & Mitigation Measures

The purpose of impact prediction on air environment, emission sources can be classified as point source and line

source. Emission from these sources will be predicted for its impacts on the Ground Level Concentration (GLC) at

various distance using the dispersion modelling guidelines given by the Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi

and by using AERMOD view software.

About Air Dispersion Modelling

Emission from all the stack were analysed for their impacts on the GLC for various distances using the dispersion

modelling guidelines of AERMOD, developed by the AERMIC (American Meteorological Society/ Environmental

Protection Agency Regulatory Model Improvement Committee) a directed by CPCB.

About AERMOD

AMS/EPA Regulatory Model (AERMOD) is a steady-state plume model. It is designed to apply to source releases and

meteorological conditions that can be assumed to be steady over individual modeming periods (typically one hour

or less). AERMOD has been designed to handle the computation of pollutant impacts in both flat and complex

terrain within the same modeming framework.

The American Meteorological Society/Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model Improvement Committee

(AERMIC) was formed to introduce state-of–the-art modeming concepts into the EPA’s air quality models. Through

AERMIC, a modeming system, AERMOD, was introduced that incorporated air dispersion bases on planetary

boundary layer turbulence structure and scaling concepts, including treatment of both surface and elevated

sources, and both simple and complex terrain.

AERMET is an input data processor that is one of the regulatory components of the AERMOD modeming system. It

incorporates air dispersion based on planetary boundary layer turbulence structure and scaling concepts. Data flow

in AERMOD modeming system is shown in

Figure 4-1: Data flow in AERMOD modelling system

Sources of Emission

Air emission sources can be classified as point sources and line sources. Emissions from these sources will be

predicted for its impact on the Ground Level Concentration (GLC) at various distances using the dispersion

modelling guidelines given by the Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi and by using AERMOD view software.





MITIGATION MEASURES


Meteorological Parameters

The hourly meteorological data considered were wind speed, wind direction, ambient atmospheric temperature,

cloud cover, relative humidity & rainfall.

Other Assumption

The dispersion modelling assumption considered are as follow:

The terrain of the study area was considered as FLAT;

Stability class and atmospheric inversion level is based on software’s database.

Following parameters were considered for dispersion modelling using point sources

Quantity of fuel;

Emission rate of pollutants;

Internal diameter of top of Stack;

Height of stack;

Exit gas velocity.

Details of proposed stacks is given in section 2.20 of chapter 2.

Following parameters were considered for dispersion modelling using line sources

Length of road;

Width of road;

Silt content in %;

No. of trucks (trip/day).

The impact prediction has been done for operation phase in subsequent sections.

4.10.3 Impact on Ambient Air Quality

Impact on Ambient air during operation phase from proposed project activities would be due to;

Point source emission of;

o Pollutants SO2, NOx, PM from operation of Boiler, HAG, TFH, DG set (from attached flue gas stacks);

o Pollutants SO2, HCl, Cl2, PM, NH3 from various production process (from attached process vents)

Line source emission of;

o Pollutants HC, CO, NOx, PM10, PM2.5 from vehicular movement & from exhaust of vehicles.

Point Source Emissions

Point source emission will be from flue gas stack attached to proposed Boiler, HAG & DG set and from proposed

process stacks to be provided at different unit processes plant areas. DG set will be used during power supply

failure only.

Emission from Flue gas stacks

For air dispersion modelling from flue gas stack attached to proposed Boiler, HAG & DG set the emission rate of PM,

SO2, NOx are as shown in Table 4-8.

Table 4-8: Emission Rate of pollutants from flue gas stack attached to proposed Boiler, HAGs & DG Set

Stack Attached to Fuel (type,

consumption rate)

Stack Height (m)

Stack Diameter

(m)

Stack Gas Exit velocity (m/s)

Stack gas exit Temp. (˚K)

Emission rate (gram/sec) of

PM SO2 NOx





MITIGATION MEASURES


Stack Attached to Fuel (type,

consumption rate)

Stack Height (m)

Stack Diameter

(m)


Stack gas exit Temp. (˚K)


PM SO2 NOx

HAG – 1 (Reactive Plant) (Capacity: 20

lac Kcal)

Natural Gas @ 320 SCM/hr.

20 0.3 6.3 401 - - 0.0231


lac Kcal)


20 0.3 5.9 391 - - 0.0228


lac Kcal)


20 0.3 6.4 408 - - 0.0227

Boiler (Reactive Plant) (capacity: 4

TPH)


20 0.2 5.83 384 - - 0.0104

HAG – 1 (Disperse Plant) (Capacity:

7.5 lac Kcal)


20 0.3 5.6 401 - - 0.0206

HAG – 1 (Disperse Plant) (Capacity:

7.5 lac Kcal)


20 0.3 5.6 401 - - 0.0206

HAG – 1 (Disperse Plant) (Capacity: 15

lac Kcal)


20 0.3 6.7 417 - - 0.0227


lac Kcal)


20 0.3 6.55 403 - - 0.0238


lac Kcal)


20 0.3 5.9 416 - - 0.0201

Boiler (Disperse Plant) (capacity:

4 TPH) Natural Gas @ 300 SCM/hr.

20 (common)

0.2 5.0 388 - - 0.0087 Boiler (Disperse Plant) (capacity:

4 TPH)

D. G. Set (capacity: 500 kVA)

Diesel 80 Lit./Hr.

12 0.1 10.0 397 0.009 0.006 0.004

Assumption:

The emission rate was calculated based on emission factor for pollutants NOx emission from Natural gas

combustion & for pollutants PM, SO2, NOX HSD fuel specification.

The emission rate for PM from DG set was calculated based on 0.01% ash content in the HSD.

The emission rate for SO2 from DG set was calculated based on 0.05% Sulphur content in the HSD.

The emission rate for NOX was calculated based on 50 ppm assumed NOx emission from stack.

The terrain of the study area was considered as FLAT.

Stability class was evaluated based on solar insolation and cloud cover.

The mathematical equations used for the dispersion modelling assumes that the earth surface acts as a perfect

reflector of plume and physic-chemical processes such as dry and wet deposition and chemical transformation

of pollutants are negligible.


PLANT AT VATVA GIDC, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES


Emission from Process Vents/Stacks

For air dispersion modelling from proposed process vents/stacks attached at different process units, the emission rate of SO2, HCl, NH3, Cl2 and PM are as shown in Table

4-9.

Table 4-9: Emission rate of pollutants from proposed process vents/stacks

Sr. No.

Stack Attached to

APCM attached Stack

Height (m)

Stack Diameter

(m)


Stack gas exit Temp.

(˚K)


Cl2 HCl SO2 PM NH3

1. HCl Scrubber – 1 (Reactive plant)

Venturi Scrubber Water Scrubber-I + Alkali packed column-I + Alkali Venturi

Scrubbing Alkali Packed Column-II 25 0.2 4.4 319 0.001 0.003 0.005 - -

2. HCl Scrubber-2 (Reactive Plant)



3.

HCl Scrubber-3 (Blue Plant)

(Sulphonation Vessel-)



4. Ammonia Scrubber Venturi Scrubber + Packed Column Dip

Tank 15 0.2 5.3 303 - - - - 0.005

5. Spray Dryer - 1 (Reactive Plant) (2000 Lit/Hr)

Cyclone Separator + Water Scrubber Primary + Water Scrubber Secondary

Packed/Demister 40 0.3 5.6 369 - - - 0.048 -



Packed/Demister 40 0.3 6.45 351 - - - 0.058 -



Packed/Demister 40 0.3 6.7 359 - - - 0.059 -

8.

HCl Scrubber-4 (HCl - Nitrite Base

Azo Disperse Plant)



9. Spray Dryer - 1 (Disperse Plant)

(750 Lit/Hr)


Packed/Demister 40 0.3 6.1 357 - - - 0.054 -



40 0.3 5.73 361 - - - 0.050 -


PLANT AT VATVA GIDC, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES


Sr. No.

Stack Attached to

APCM attached Stack

Height (m)

Stack Diameter

(m)


Stack gas exit Temp.

(˚K)


Cl2 HCl SO2 PM NH3

(750 Lit/Hr) Packed/Demister


(1500 Lit/Hr)


Packed/Demister 40 0.3 5.9 358 - - - 0.052 -


(1500 Lit/Hr)


Packed/Demister 40 0.3 6.4 371 - - - 0.054 -


(1500 Lit/Hr)


Packed/Demister 40 0.3 6.6 365 - - - 0.057 -

Assumption:

The emission rate for Cl2, HCl, SO2 & PM was calculated as per emission limit given in Consent to Operate i.e. for Cl2 = 9 mg/NM3, for HCl = 20 mg/Nm3, for SO2 = 40

mg/Nm3 and for PM = 150 mg/Nm3.

The emission limit for NH3 was calculated as per emission standards (process) for Dye & Dye intermediates given in MoEF Notification G.S.R. 325(E) dated 7th May, 2014

i.e. 30 mg/Nm3.





MITIGATION MEASURES


Line source emission

Line source emission will be from movement of vehicles for transportation of raw material & products. Emission of

pollutant PM, NOx, CO & HC’s from vehicular movement & exhaust of the vehicles are envisaged as line source

emission due to proposed expansion.

Emission due to Vehicular movement on paved road

The input parameters used for air dispersion modelling of line sources are given in Table 4-10.

Table 4-10: Input data of line source air dispersion modelling (PM10 & PM2.5)

S. No.

Parameter

PM10 PM2.5

Route 1 (to Vinzol Rail crossing road)

Route 2 (to L2 Road)

Route 1 (to Vinzol Rail crossing road)

Route 2 (to L2 Road)

1. Type of Road Paved Paved Paved Paved

2. Vehicle Type Trucks Trucks Trucks Trucks

3. Number of Vehicle per

Hour 2 2 2 2

4. Length of Road accessible

to project site, m 301 370 301 370

5. Width of Road, m 8 7 8 7

6. Speed of Vehicle, Km/hr. 30 30 30 30

7. Road Surface Silt Loading

(sL), g/m2 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

8. Emission for Total Vehicles, gm/m2∙s

1.9E-08 2.2E-08 4.6E-09 5.3E-09

Assumption:

Emission factor for particulate matter (on paved road) has been calculated using the USEPA AP-42.

The quantity of particulate emissions from suspension of loose material on the road surface due to vehicle travel on

a dry paved road may be estimated using the following empirical expression:

The equation6 is;

E = k(sL)0.91 x (W)1.02

Where,

E = particulate emission factor (having units matching the units of k),

k = particle size multiplier for particle size range and units of interest (as per Table 13.2.1-1),

sL = road surface silt loading (g/m2), and

W = average weight (tons) of the vehicles traveling the road

Vehicular Exhaust Emission

Emissions from the vehicular exhaust due to burning of fuel were analysed for their impacts on sensitive receptors

using the latest edition of Indian emission regulations, The Automotive Research Association of India, November

2018. The emission rate of vehicular exhausts PM, NOX, HC & CO has been calculated based on Bharat Stage VI

emission standards of heavy duty vehicles.

The emission rate of vehicular exhaust for PM, CO, HC & NOx are as given in Table 4-11.

6 USEPA, AP-42, Fifth Edition, 1995, Compilation of Air Pollution Emission Factors, Volume 1: Stationary Point and Area Sources, Chapter 13, Section 13.2.1, Paved Roads





MITIGATION MEASURES


Table 4-11: Emission rates of pollutants from vehicular exhaust

Parameter PM CO HC NOx

S. No.

Descriptor

Route 1 (to Vinzol

Rail crossing

road)

Route 2 (to

L2 Road)

Route 1 (to Vinzol

Rail crossing

road)

Route 2 (to

L2 Road)

Route 1 (to Vinzol

Rail crossing

road)

Route 2 (to

L2 Road)

Route 1 (to Vinzol

Rail crossing

road)

Route 2 (to

L2 Road)

1 Type of road Paved Paved Paved Paved

2 Vehicle Type Trucks Trucks Trucks Trucks

3 Number of

Vehicles per Hour

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

4

Length of Road

accessible to project site, m

310 370 310 370 310 370 310 370

5 Width of Road,

m 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7

6 Emission from cars, gm/m2∙s

1.4E-08 1.3E-08 21.E-06 1.9E-06 1.8E-07 1.7E-07 5.5E-07 5.1E-07

Assumption:

The terrain of the study area was considered as FLAT.

Stability class was evaluated based on solar insolation and cloud cover.

The mathematical equations used for the dispersion modeling assumes that the earth surface acts as a perfect

reflector of plume and physic-chemical processes such as dry and wet deposition and chemical transformation

of pollutants are negligible.

4.10.4 Results of Air dispersion modelling

Air dispersion modelling results with predicted GLC & Isopleths of all the parameters from proposed project

activities are provided in Annexure 15.

Maximum 24 hourly GLC’s for pollutants emission form point & line sources are tabulated in Table 4-12.

Table 4-12: Summary of Air Dispersion Modelling results from point sources & line sources of proposed

expansion project

S. No.

Parameters Number

of sources

Maximum GLC Concentration,

µg/m3

Distance (from site),

m

Direction (from site)

Remarks (cross references)

Point sources – from proposed flue gas stacks & process vents

1. PM 9 3.06 250 ENE Isopleth & incremental GLC report for

PM is provided in Annexure 15.

2. SO2 5 0.43 250 ENE Isopleth & incremental GLC report for

SO2 is provided in Annexure 15.

3. NOX 11 28.6 250 N Isopleth & incremental GLC report for

NOx is provided in Annexure 15.

4. Cl2 4 0.07855 (7.9E-02)

250 ENE Isopleth & incremental GLC report for

Cl2 is provided in Annexure 15.

5. HCl 4 0.192 250 ENE Isopleth & incremental GLC report for

HCl is provided in Annexure 15.

6. NH3 1 0.307 250 N Isopleth & incremental GLC report for

NH3 is provided in Annexure 15.

Line sources – from vehicular movement on paved road & from vehicular exhaust

A. Line Sources - From vehicular movement on Paved road

1. PM10 2 0.184 250 WSW Isopleth & incremental GLC report for PM10 is provided in Annexure 15.





MITIGATION MEASURES


S. No.

Parameters Number

of sources

Maximum GLC Concentration,

µg/m3

Distance (from site),

m

Direction (from site)

Remarks (cross references)

2. PM2.5 2 0.04429

(4.4E-02) 250 WSW

Isopleth & incremental GLC report for PM2.5 is provided in Annexure 15.

B. Line Sources - From vehicular exhaust

1. PM10 2 0.109 250 WSW Isopleth & incremental GLC report for PM10 is provided in Annexure 15.

2. CO 2 15.9 250 WSW Isopleth & incremental GLC report for

CO is provided in Annexure 15.

3. HC 2 1.42 250 WSW Isopleth & incremental GLC report for

HC is provided in Annexure 15.

4. NOX 2 4.26 250 WSW Isopleth & incremental GLC report for

NOx is provided in Annexure 15.

Incremental GLC’s for all parameters for point sources emission & for line sources emissions remain within 250

meters from the project site.




4.10.5 Prediction of incremental GLC of pollutants in Ambient Air

Due to the proposed expansion project:

The worst case scenario of air emissions, for point source from flue gas stacks attached to proposed Boilers, HAGs & D. G. Set and from process vents/stacks

attached to different process units proposed for expansion in the project is predicted as the sum of average monitored value of a parameter and incremental GLC at

the monitoring locations. This is a conservative estimate and probability of such occurrence is unlikely. The resultant values at selected sampling locations are

presented in Table 4-13.

Table 4-13: Hourly average incremental in GLC due to proposed expansion project

Sr. No.

Name of AAQM location

(Distance in km/ Direction

from Site)

Pollutant

CPCB Limit (24 hour basis

unless mentioned)

Concentration (µg/m3)

Average Monitored Baseline


Incremental GLC due to

Point sources (µg/m3)

Incremental GLC due to Line sources (µg/m3) Total Predictive GLC

(µg/m3) Remarks

From Paved road

From vehicular exhaust

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9=(C5+C6+C7+C8) C10

1. AAQ1 – At Project Site (0.0/Base)

PM10 100 143 1.09 0.02 0.01 144.12 Exceeding limit

PM2.5 60 49 - 0.00 - 49.00 Within limit

SO2 80 10.4 0.40 - - 10.8 Within limit

NOx 80 15.3 28.6 - 0.44 44.34 Within limit

Cl2 100 3.7 0.06 - - 3.76 Within limit

HCl 5 < 1 0.14 - - 0.14/<1 Within limit

NH3 400 14.5 0.31 - - 14.81 Within limit

2. AAQ2 – Ramol

village (3.17 km in NE)


PM2.5 60 50 - 0.00 - 50.00 Within limit

SO2 80 8.6 0.02 - - 8.62 Within limit

NOx 80 13.2 0.6 - 0.00 13.8 Within limit

Cl2 100 1.1 0.00 - - 1.1 Within limit

HCl 5 < 1 0.01 - - 0.01/<1 Within limit

NH3 400 16.8 0.01 - - 16.81 Within limit

3. AAQ3 – Aslali

Village (6.82 km in SW)


PM2.5 60 44 - 0.00 - 44.0 Within limit

SO2 80 8.8 0.00 - - 8.8 Within limit

NOx 80 14.9 0.1 - 0.00 15.0 Within limit




Sr. No.



from Site)

Pollutant


unless mentioned)







(µg/m3) Remarks

From Paved road


C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9=(C5+C6+C7+C8) C10

Cl2 100 1.1 0.00 - - 1.1 Within limit

HCl 5 < 1 0.00 - - < 1 Within limit

NH3 400 15.4 0.00 - - 15.4 Within limit

4. AAQ4 – Santi

Nagar (5.48 km in W)


PM2.5 60 42 - 0.00 - 42.0 Within limit

SO2 80 8.7 0.01 - - 8.71 Within limit

NOx 80 14.7 0.4 - 0.00 15.1 Within limit

Cl2 100 1.2 0.00 - - 1.2 Within limit

HCl 5 < 1 0.01 - - 0.01/<1 Within limit

NH3 400 15.6 0.00 - - 15.6 Within limit

5. AAQ5 – Vanch

Village (5.11 km in ESE)


PM2.5 60 49 - 0.00 - 49.0 Within limit

SO2 80 9.0 0.04 - - 9.04 Within limit

NOx 80 14.4 1.4 - 0.02 15.82 Within limit

Cl2 100 1.3 0.01 - - 1.31 Within limit

HCl 5 < 1 0.02 - - 0.02/<1 Within limit

NH3 400 16.8 0.01 - - 16.81 Within limit

6. AAQ6 – Vinzol

Village (0.59 km in S)


PM2.5 60 46 - 0.00 - 46.0 Within limit

SO2 80 9.3 0.03 - - 9.33 Within limit

NOx 80 15.5 0.9 - 0.09 16.49 Within limit

Cl2 100 1.4 0.01 - - 1.41 Within limit

HCl 5 < 1 0.02 - - 0.02/< 1 Within limit

NH3 400 15.2 0.01 - - 15.21 Within limit

7. AAQ7 – Gatrad PM10 100 90 0.20 0.00 0.00 90.2 Within limit




Sr. No.



from Site)

Pollutant


unless mentioned)







(µg/m3) Remarks

From Paved road


C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9=(C5+C6+C7+C8) C10

Village (6.72 km in NE)

PM2.5 60 37 - 0.00 - 37.0 Within limit

SO2 80 10.2 0.03 - - 10.23 Within limit

NOx 80 16.5 0.7 - 0.01 17.21 Within limit

Cl2 100 1.2 0.01 - - 1.21 Within limit

HCl 5 < 1 0.01 - - 0.01/< 1 Within limit

NH3 400 14.3 0.01 - - 14.31 Within limit

8. AAQ8 – Ramraj Nagar (6.5 km

in N)


PM2.5 60 49 - 0.00 - 49.0 Within limit

SO2 80 10.2 0.01 - - 10.21 Within limit

NOx 80 16.3 0.3 - 0.00 16.6 Within limit

Cl2 100 1.9 0.00 - - 1.9 Within limit


NH3 400 13.5 0.00 - - 13.5 Within limit

Comparing the incremental ground level concentrations of pollutants with the ambient air quality limits prescribed by CPCB & as per Factories Act, it can be concluded

the following:

The predicted impact level due to the proposed project activities for SO2, NOx & NH3 are within the prescribed limits of CPCB for the ambient air quality at all

locations.

The reason for surpassing concentration of particulate matters (PM) would be due to vehicular emissions, traffic congestion and various industrial activities in the

Industrial area.

Consequently, air impact due to proposed activities is not expected to cause an adverse effect on vegetation and human settlements in the vicinity of the project

site.





MITIGATION MEASURES


4.10.6 Mitigation Measures

Mitigation measures to minimize impacts on air quality due to proposed project activities:

Adequate stack height shall be provided as per the statutory requirements to flue gas stack attached to boiler,

HAGs & DG Sets.

Well-designed APCMs shall be provided as per the applicability to control emissions of PM, SO2, NH3, HCl, Cl2

from various processes;

Online sensors for PM, SO2 & NOx shall be provided with flue gas stack attached to boiler, HAG;

Online sensors for HCl & Cl2 shall be provided with stack attached to HCl scrubber;

LDAR program shall be prepared & followed

Plant load shall be maintained to reduce the air emissions

Proper operating procedures shall be followed during startup and shutdown;

Ensure well working of APCMs & other equipment/machineries used in manufacturing process.

Regular work place monitoring shall be done;

Periodic air quality monitoring shall be carried out at project site and other location within study area.

Regular preventive check & maintenance of machineries shall be done.

Use of PPEs (nose mask, safety goggles, safety shoes, hand gloves, breathing apparatus etc.) by all workers

and employees shall be ensured.

Odour levels control shall be done by applying various engineering controls.

Closed feed system shall be maintained to reduce the chances of odour nuisance.

Vehicles used shall be PUC certified from time to time.

Traffic management plan shall be prepared and strictly followed for mitigation of vehicular emission.

Internal roads shall be maintained in good condition by controlling speed limit.

Regular water spraying shall be done on the access roads to control re-entrained dust during dry season (if

required);

Odour, dust and air emission can be controlled by greenbelt/green cover development. Greenbelt shall be

developed & maintained properly.

4.11 Incremental Traffic

Traffic survey for the proposed expansion project was carried out at two locations on main approach roads to the

project site.

1. At entry of Vatva GIDC on road of Vatva GIDC phase-II to Narol - Vatva Road

2. Near Jay Chemical Industry Limited (JCIL)-Unit-3 on Vinzol rail crossing road to JCIL-Unit-3

The vehicle count was recorded at every 15 min. interval for 24 hours. Traffic Survey sheets are given in

Annexure 14.

Details of traffic survey with total vehicle count over 24 hour time duration, summary of existing traffic survey

(peak hourly) for up & down traffic flow is presented in Table 3-17, Table 3-18, Table 3-19, Table 3-20 &

Table 3-21 respectively in Chapter 3.

Summary of traffic survey (peak hourly) given in peak hours are considered from 08:00 – 12:00 Noon and 16:00 –

20:00 hours.

As per Traffic survey data in chapter 3 detail of PCU/hr based on vehicle count is given in Table 4-14.

Table 4-14: PCU/hr based on vehicle count

Traffic Flow

PCU based on vehicle count per hour (for peak hours)

Total Fast Vehicles Slow Vehicles

2W 3W 4W 2W 3W 4W





MITIGATION MEASURES


2-Wheelers Auto Car Truck or Bus Tractor Bicycle Tricycle Carts

Name of the Road Vatva GIDC Phase-II to Vatva – Narol Road

Up (to Vatva GIDC area)

23 20 11 27 3 1 0 0 85

Down (to Narol-Vatva road)

20 21 10 37 3 1 0 0 91

Name of the Road Vinzol Rail crossing road to JCIL-Unit-3

Up (to JCIL-Unit-3) 11 9 8 14 3 1 0 0 46

Down (to Vinzol Rail crossing road)

3 6 4 13 11 1 0 0 40

Due to this proposed expansion in project approx. on daily basis, there will be addition of 8 Trucks for

transportation of additional Raw material & Products.

Details of incremental traffic due to proposed expansion in the project is presented in Table 4-15.

Table 4-15: Incremental Traffic due to the project

Sr. No. Description Value PCU*

1. No. of transportation trucks increase due to expansion 8 Nos. of trucks 29.6 PCU

2. Volume of Traffic (up and down) two times 16 nos. of trucks 59.2 PCU

3. Duration of peak hour (Morning & Evening) 8 Hrs. 8 Hrs.

4. Hourly Traffic count in peak hour 2 7.4 PCU/hr.

Assumed movement of traffic (Proposed)

5. On approach roads to the project site (per hour) 2 7.4 PCU/hr.

*To calculate PCU for proposed trucks, Equivalent PCU Factors (Percentage Composition of Vehicle type in traffic

stream 10% and above) for Truck i.e. 3.7, has been considered.

Detail of resultant combined final scenario of incremental traffic due to the project is as Table 4-16.

Table 4-16: Final scenario of incremental traffic due to the proposed expansion in project and capacity of

roads

Name of the road Existing PCU/Hr.

Proposed PCU/Hr.

Total PCU/Hr.

Carrying Capacity PCU as per IRC: 106-1990

At entry of Vatva GIDC on road of Vatva GIDC phase-II to Narol - Vatva Road

176

2 264

1500 (2 Lane-Two way)*

Near Jay Chemical Industry Limited (JCIL)-Unit-3 on Vinzol rail crossing road to JCIL-Unit-3

86 1500 (2 Lane-Two way)*

Total 262 2 264

*Arterial: Roads with no frontage access, no standing vehicles, very little cross traffic.

Based on the traffic survey conducted, it is summarized as below:

Average peak hourly traffic on the approach roads to project site (up & down) is 262 PCU/hr;

Due to this expansion project, additional 16 trucks (including return trip) will be added to existing traffic

scenario i.e. additional 2 PCU/hr (including return trips) will be added to existing traffic by considering 8 peak

hours per day.

As per IRC-Guideline for capacity of roads in Urban areas (IRC: 106-1990, Table-2, Recommended Design

Service Volumes, page-11) carrying capacity of these road is 1500 PCU;

Thus, there will be 264 PCU/hr after project expansion initiation on approach roads to the project site.

Hence, the road is capable of carrying the excess traffic from the project operation phase initiation.

The calculated PCU per Hour for both existing and proposed vehicle count indicates that PCU are well below

recommended design service volume as per guidelines of IRC: 106-1990: Guidelines for Capacity of Urban Roads in

Plain Areas.





MITIGATION MEASURES


4.11.1 Impact due to transportation

Increase in transportation will lead to:

Increase in road traffic;

Generation of dust;

Emission of pollutants like HC, SO2, CO, NOx;

Noise generation from vehicular movement;

Spillage or leak of raw materials/products during transportation may lead to soil/water contamination.


Vehicles shall be PUC certified;

Traffic will be regulated through proper signage, instruction & parking spaces.

Parking spaces will be provided.

Speed limit will be minimum to reduce traffic congestion.

Signboard shall be provided for smooth traffic flow and also inculcate trucks, other employees & workers to

follow traffic rules.

4.11.3 Fugitive Emission & Control Technologies

Fugitive emissions are emissions of gases or vapours from equipment due to leaks and other unintended or

irregular releases of gases, mostly from industrial activities. As well as the economic cost of lost commodities,

fugitive emissions contribute to air pollution and climate change.

Fugitive emissions present other risks and hazards. Emissions of volatile organic compounds pose a long term

health risk to workers and local communities. From the proposed project, solvents are the major in fugitive

emission, to control condenser system will be provided. In situations where large amounts of flammable liquids and

gases are contained under pressure, leaks also increase the risk of fire and explosion.

Leaks from process equipment generally occur through valves, pipe connections, mechanical seals, or related

equipment. Though the quantities of leaked gases may be small, gases that have serious health or environmental

impacts can cause a significant problem.

To minimize and control leaks at process facilities operators carry out regular leak detection and repair activities.

4.11.4 Sources of Secondary Emission & Control

Fugitive emissions from the proposed project would be significant as there will be air pollution due to activities like

material handling and transfer points of materials and movement of vehicles. Fugitive emissions are also likely to

occur during leak from pumps, valves and pipes or leak/ spill from storage vessels/ facilities. Mainly, the loss of Di-

Methyl from Amide, Methanol, Phenol, Iso Butyl Alcohol, Alkyl Benzene, Mono Chloro Benzene are likely to occur as

fugitive emissions from the proposed project.

4.11.5 Action Plan for Fugitive Emission Control

The fugitive emissions of organic chemicals and VOCs mainly occur due to tank breathing losses, leaking pipe fitting

and valves, during maintenance operations. Though these are not expected to be significant, the following

measures will be tracked to ensure compliance and further reductions wherever possible:

The fugitive emissions in terms of handling losses will get reduced by proper storage and handling.

Adequately designed storage area with efficient air change ratio, handling & transport facilities shall be

provided for fuel, raw materials & products.

Raw Materials & Products will be stored in closed containers. These containers will be kept under the shade to

prevent the fugitive emission at elevated temperature.





MITIGATION MEASURES


Hazardous chemicals will be stored as per standard criteria.

Periodically monitoring will be carried out as per the post project monitoring plan.

Internal concrete roads will be constructed in plant for the prevention of dust during vehicular movement.

Adequate air ventilation system of sufficient capacity will be provided in the entire production plant.

Proper ventilation in storage & production area shall be ensured and all materials must be stored in suitable

packing to prevent contamination of air due to particulates & volatile emissions from storage container & area.

Enclosed system & efficient procedures for materials charging shall be ensured.

Procedures for start-up shut down, operation & maintenance procedures shall be established & maintained in

all relevant area of works.

Proper implementation of safety procedures and efficient use of safety arrangements, facilities & equipment

shall be ensured at all time of operation to prevent accidental release of materials & fuels as well as prevent

fire hazard.

Safety PPEs like dust mask, etc. will be provided from dust protection.

The coverage of greenbelt around the plant also acts as natural barrier to stop carrying of dust along with the

wind current.

Good housekeeping will be maintained in the plant.

Risk analysis will be done at every stage to identify potential risks and install appropriate elimination/ mitigation

systems.

4.12 Noise Environment

The proposed project related activities will lead to emission of noise that may have minor impact on the

surrounding communities in terms of minor increase in noise levels. The potential impacts on noise level may arise

out of the following:

Noise from Machinery

During operation phase, the machinery will be used during daytime and will emit noise within permissible limits.

Thus, there will not be any adverse impact on nearby habitation due to proposed activity.

Noise from Vehicle /Traffic

Vehicle movement for transportation of materials and work force to the site will cause minor noise emission as the

frequency of vehicular movement is few times in a week.

Noise from Cooling tower, DG set, etc.

Noise generated from Cooling Tower, DG Set etc. will have a permanent effect to the workers working in the

nearby vicinity, if they will work for more hours in a day.

4.12.1 Mitigation Measure

Mitigation measures for noise will include in the Table 4-17.




Table 4-17: Environmental Impact Scoring – Noise Environment

S No.


Aspect

Impact (Type: O, N,

A, E; Duration: T,

P)

Impact Scoring

Significance/ Consequence

Operation Controls/Mitigation Measures

EMP required Consequence

C

Probability

P

Final Score

C×P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14


1.1 Preparation of site

Noise and vibration from

vehicles and road laying equipment

O&N,T -2 3 -6 Less Severe

Periodic Maintenance and servicing of mechanized

equipment and vehicles used for site clearing.

PUC certified vehicles will be used

No

1.2 Vehicle movement for

transportation of materials and equipment

Due to vehicular movement

O&N,T -2 2 -4 Less Severe Periodic servicing & maintenance

of Transport vehicles. PUC certified vehicles will be used

Yes

1.3 Excavation work Noise generation due to excavation

work O&N,T -2 3 -6 Less Severe

Periodic Maintenance and servicing of mechanized

equipment and vehicles used for site clearing.

PUC certified vehicles will be used

No

1.4 Filling of foundation Noise and

vibration due filing of foundation

O&N,T -2 3 -6 Less Severe Earplug and Earmuffs will be

provided to worker No

1.5 Heavy fabrication work including metal cutting (Gas cutting, welding)

Noise and vibration during

fabrication O&N,T -2 4 -8

Moderately Severe

Earplug and Earmuffs will be provided to worker

No

1.6 Usage of Energy and

Power

Noise generation due to operation

of DG Set N,T -2 3 -6 Less Severe

Proper acoustic enclosures will be used. Earplug and Earmuffs will

be provided to worker No

2 Operation Phase

2.1 Transportation of Raw Materials and Products

due to increase in traffic

N,P -2 3 -6 Less Severe Proper acoustic enclosures will be used. Earplug and Earmuffs will

be provided to worker Yes

2.2 Operation of DG Set due to production

operation A,T -2 3 -6 Less Severe






S No.


Aspect

Impact (Type: O, N,

A, E; Duration: T,

P)

Impact Scoring

Significance/ Consequence

Operation Controls/Mitigation Measures

EMP required Consequence

C

Probability

P

Final Score

C×P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14

2.3 Operation of Water heat

Boilers Noise Generation A,P -3 3 -9

Moderately Severe



3 Decommissioning Phase

3.1 Dismantling of structures

of the project components

Noise Generation O&T -2 3 -6 Less Severe Proper acoustic enclosure shall be

equipped with the DG sets Yes

Type of Impact – O: One Time; N: Normal; A: Abnormal; E: Emergency; Duration of Impact –T: Temporary; P: Long-Term/ Permanent





MITIGATION MEASURES


4.12.2 Assessment of Noise using Sound Plan

Noise modeling study was done using the Software tool called “Sound Plan” which predicts the Noise Map

generated due to the sources present at the project site, and predicts the Noise Levels at various receiver points

due to the sources present at the project site.

To analyze the Noise Map of the project site, first, the geometrically coordinated Google Earth images of the Project

site were imported into the software. Various Sources of noise were added with their approximate Sound Pressure

Levels, and the “Receiver points” were added at various locations where Noise Monitoring was conducted.

“SoundPlan” generates the Noise Map with colored pattern isoplates, which indicate whether or not the SPL in that

particular region is above the limits mentioned by CPCB or not. If the Limit for Sound Pressure Level indicated by

CPCB for that particular area is 75 dB during the day, and if the predicted SPL is below that, the Noise Map will

show Green colour for that area. But if the SPL is above the “user set” allowable limit, the same will be shown in

Red colour depending upon the Difference between then Predicted SPL and the Allowable SPL, and the “Conflict” in

SPL is mentioned in the table if any conflict is predicted.

4.12.3 Consideration during the analysis

The sources considered at the project site for the analysis with their approximate Sound Pressure Levels are

considered slightly on the higher side for more critical analysis. The sources of noise considered are as Table 4-18.

Table 4-18: Sources of noise with their sound pressure levels

S.No. Sources Levels dB(A)

1. D.G Set 85

2. Cooling Tower 85

3. Compressor 85

4. Pump 85

5. Boiler 90

6. Blower 85

7. Dryer 85

Using above consideration the isopleths generated during daytime and night time are as given in Figure 4-2 &

Figure 4-3.




Figure 4-2: Isopleths for incremental noise generated during daytime




Figure 4-3: Isopleths for incremental noise generated during night time





MITIGATION MEASURES


Observations

The sound pressure levels were predicted at different sources as mentioned above. The observations are:

The project site is located in a designated industrial area, where the CPCB limits defined for Noise Levels are 75

dB during the day and 70 dB during the night. However, sound pressure levels are considered on higher side

for more critical analysis.

Since the sources of noise are present within the project site, and the boundary wall of the project site being

present, increase beyond 75 dB at the site was not observed.

From Figure 4-2 and Figure 4-3, , it can be observed at project site, noise is predicted in the range of 63.2

dB(A) – 73.1 dB(A) which is within the permissible limit for industrial area and 44.7 dB(A) – 54.9 dB(A) which is

within the permissible limit for Residential area.

The predicted noise levels along with the conflict are as given in Table 4-19.

Table 4-19: Noise level at receptor locations

Conclusion

From the noise level prediction conducted using SoundPlan software, it is observed that no significant increase will

be caused in the ambient noise levels due to the proposed project expansion activities. The cumulative noise levels

after expansion will remain within the permissible limits. SoundPlan analysis is carried out assuming that there are

no obstructions (such as trees, buildings, walls etc.) in between the receiver locations and the sources of sound,

which is not true in real conditions. Therefore, the actual ambient noise levels will be much lower than that

predicted by SoundPlan as presented in above table.

Mitigation Measures

Although there was no significant increase predicted at any of the noise monitoring locations outside the project

site, the noise environment also includes the people who are working within the project site, and who may face

permanent hearing damage in case they face the Noise Dosage beyond the permissible limits. Therefore, it is

important to implement adequate noise control measures in order to avoid any permanent hearing damage to the

people working inside the project site. Jay chemical Industries Limited is already adopting necessary noise control

measures as given below and the same will be further strengthened in the proposed expansion project. Additional

noise control measures will be adopted, wherever required.

S. No.

Receiver Name Category

CPCB Limits in dB (A)

Baseline Average Noise levels in dB (A)

Predicted Cumulative incremental increase in

Noise level dB (A)

Incremental increase in

Noise level dB (A)

Day Night

Day Night Day Night Day Night

A B C

Baseline Data Algorithmic Calculation

C=B-A

1 At Site Main Gate Industrial 75.0 70.0 71.6 65.4 71.8 65.9 0.2 0.5

2 At site - Near

Compressor area Industrial 75.0 70.0 72.5 68.4 73.1 69.6 0.6 1.2

3 At site - Near Boiler Industrial 75.0 70.0 70.6 67.5 70.7 67.7 0.1 0.2

4 At site - South

Boundary Industrial 75.0 70.0 66.9 62.1 67.4 63.2 0.5 1.1

5 Machhunagar Residential 55.0 45.0 54.9 44.9 54.9 45.0 0.0 0.1

6 Vinzol Village Residential 55.0 45.0 54.5 44.5 54.6 44.7 0.1 0.2





MITIGATION MEASURES


Provision of Acoustic Enclosures on major noise generating stationary equipment in the plant

Provision of suitable personal protective equipment (PPE) such as earmuffs and earplugs to Workers exposed

to high noise generating operations/area.

Job Rotation of workers working in the high noise area

Replacement of old, noisy machines with new silent type machines, wherever feasible.

Identification of High noise generating areas and marking with display board for warning.

Development of thick Green belt within the plant premises and along project boundary to screen noise.

Provision of Acoustic mufflers / enclosures in large engines/machinery.

All equipment operated within specified design parameters.

Equipment to be maintained in good working order.

Implement good working practices (equipment selection) to minimize noise and reduce its impacts on human

health (earmuffs, safe distances, and enclosures).

Periodic monitoring of ambient noise levels in the plant premises and Noise Exposure levels for workers

deputed in different sections in the plant. Based on the monitoring results, effectiveness of noise control

measures will be identified and additional noise control measures will be adopted, if required.

4.13 Surface Water and Hazardous Waste Management

S. No.

Impacting Activity

Impact Scoring

Remarks Consequence, C Probability, P

Final Score, C x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6

A Construction Phase

1 Usage of Water for

construction -3 5 -15

Adequate measures to be taken to reduce the fresh water demand.

Water conservation practice shall be adopted to conserve natural water

resources.

2 Domestic Waste generation and

disposal -2 5 -10

Domestic sewage generation will be disposed-off in Soak pit and Septic

tank

B Operation Phase

1 Transportation of Raw Materials and

Products -2 2 -4

Low impact as proper care shall be taken during handling to raw materials & products to avoid

spillage & leakage.

2 Manufacturing

Process -2 5 -10

Moderate Impact. Wastewater generated from the process will be

treated in ETP

Mitigation Measures

Following mitigation measures will be implemented to reduce surface water related impacts:

Proper operation and maintenance of effluent treatment plant will be done to ensure meeting specified disposal

standards and also no discharge of untreated waste water on land, avoiding leakages;

Drip irrigation system will be proposed to reduce fresh water demand for gardening.

Independent storm water drainage from effluent drainage is suggested to avoid any contamination of surface

water sources;

All chemical and fuel storage and handling areas will be provided with proper bunds to avoid run-off

contamination.





MITIGATION MEASURES


Hazardous Wastes will be properly handled in containers and properly stored in hazardous waste storage areas

as per rules and also bunding will be provided to avoid overflow of spillage waters which can contaminate the

surroundings.

All solid and hazardous waste will be disposed as per the conditions /rules given by the SPCB

4.14 Soil Environment

The impacting activities and their impacts over the soil quality has been assessed in Table 4-20.

Table 4-20: Impact scoring for Soil

Code Impacting Activity

Impact Scoring

Basis of scoring Consequence, C Probability, P

Final Score

C x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6


1.1 Excavation work -2 2 -4 Spillage may have moderate

impact on soil quality

1.2 Construction material storage and disposal

-2 2 -4 Moderate impact due to spillage

of construction waste

2 Operation Phase

2.1 Storage and Handling

of Chemicals -2 2 -4

Moderate impact due to spillage of chemicals

2.2 Transportation of Raw Materials and Products

-2 2 -4 Moderate impact due to spillage

of raw materials

2.3 Usage of Water and Effluent Management

-2 2 -4 Moderate impact due to use of treated effluent for land scape

2.4 Storage, handling and

disposal of solid/hazardous waste

-2 2 -4 Moderate impact due to spillage of hazardous liquid/solid wastes

2.5 Landscaping and greenbelt area development

-2 3 -6 Positive impact on soil health

due to reduction in soil erosion due to water &wind

3 Decommissioning Phase

3.1 Dismantling of

structures of the project components

-2 3 -6 Major impact due to spillage of

construction debris


Spillage of construction materials may be taken care of to avoid soil contamination and deterioration on soil

quality as cement is highly alkaline

Spillage of oil, diesel etc. take care to avoid soil contamination

If soil becomes saline/alkaline due to fall of construction materials, use of ETP waste water/municipal solid

waste etc.; use gypsum, organic manures and provide drainage for removal of excess salt.

4.15 Hydrological Environment

The impact scores on ground water environment are likely to be as mentioned in Table 4-21.

Table 4-21: Impact Scoring for Ground Water

Code Impacting Impact Scoring Remarks





MITIGATION MEASURES


Activity Consequence, C

Probability, P

Final Score

C x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6

1.Construction Phase

1.1 Usage of water 3 4 12

High Risk,

Area falls under over-exploited zone as per CGWA necessary approval will be taken with

all rain water harvesting measures for recharging underneath aquifer

2. Operation Phase

2.1 Storage and Handling of Chemicals

2 2 4

Moderate risk

The subsurface area will made impermeable/impervious below providing a thin layer (20-25 mm thickness) made up of Bentonite, fly ash, fine sand and cement to

reduce the possibility/probability of any likely leakage of pollutant into underground

environment

2.2

Storage of other

hazardous materials

2 2 4

Moderated risk

The storage area is having impervious foundation base and guard around the

structure to restrict flow

Mitigation Measures

As mentioned as this being an over-exploited zone as per CGWA the concept of water conserve is water produce

will be used here. The stored run off water from green belt are roof top and Paved are used as a supplemental

water supply to reduce fresh water consumption to some extent and adoption for pond in nearby location for

recharging groundwater of 200% against groundwater withdrawal as per CGWA guideline.

The special care will be to be taken to make the subsurface area impermeable/impervious below likely foundation

depth, by providing a thin layer (20-25 mm thickness) made up of Bentonite, fly ash, fine sand and cement to

reduce the possibility/probability of any likely leakage of pollutant into underground environment.




4.16 Ecological and Biological Environment

Table 4-22: Aspect – Impact Identification, Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures

S. No.

Project Activity

Impact (Type: O, N, A, E;

Duration: T, P)

Identified Aspect

Impact Consequence -

Probability Description / Justification

Potential Environmental

Impacts on Environment

Impact Scoring

Significance / Consequence

Operation Controls / Mitigation Measures

EB Severity,

S Probability,

P

Final Score, S x P

1. Operation Phase

1.1

Transportation of Raw Materials and

Products/

vehicular emission

Leakage: (A,T)

Effect on vegetation due

to leak or spillage of chemicals/ materials/

emission of SO2, Nox & PM

Impact on surrounding

vegetation and associated biodiversity.

● -1 4 -4 Less Significant

Thick Green belt will be

developed around project

site to avoid any such depositions

outside the project

premises.Gas absorbing plant species (OGE –

Absorb Gas emission) will be

planted along with dust

absorbing broad leaf species.

1.2 Landscaping and greenbelt area development

(N,P)

Development of greenbelt will

generate positive impact

Reduced Particulate

matter o +2 +5 +10

Activity has Moderate Benefits

Type of Impact –O:One Time; N: Normal; A: Abnormal; E: Emergency; Duration of Impact –T: Temporary; P: Long-Term/ Permanent

EB: Ecology & Bio-diversity





MITIGATION MEASURES


4.17 Socio Economics

4.17.1 Suggested community development activities

Table 4-23: Suggested activities

Sr. No. Name of Village Suggested activities

1 Vinzol

Primary School

Equipment for Mid-day meal

Cupboards – 10 nos.

Tables- 08 nos.

Chair – 08 nos.

Mats for Mid-day meal

2 Geratpur Panchayat

Dustbins

3 Ropda

Primary School

Computer Lab

Library Room

4 Ramol

Primary School

RO plant sufficient for 800 students

Computers

Furniture

Sport equipment

5 Bibipur

Panchayat

Overheard water tank

C.C. Road

Drinking water supply

Primary School

RO system with cooler sufficient for 300 students

Rooms construction for computer lab and office

Notebooks and study material

4.17.2 Impacts

Critical analysis of the existing socio-economic profile of the area vis-à-vis its scenario with proposed project

activities identifies the following impacts

The proposed activities shall generate indirect employment in the region due to the requirement of workers,

supply of raw material, auxiliary and ancillary works, which would marginally improve the economic status of

the people.

The activities would result in an increase in local skill levels through exposure to activities.

As the existing loose / soft surface roads, may be upgraded to facilitate the movement of the heavy equipment

required, the project in turn would lead to improvement in transport facilities.


Approach roads will be upgraded to facilitate heavy vehicular movement.

Project proponent may provide educational aid to local villages based on need and request from the village

Panchayat.

The project proponent will provide employment opportunities to the local people of the villages.

Considering the above mitigation measures as well as the other conditions, the impact scores on socio economic

environment are likely to be as mentioned in Table 4-24.

Table 4-24: Impact scoring of Socio-economic

Code Impacting Activity Impact Scoring Remarks





MITIGATION MEASURES


Consequence, C

Probability, P

Final

Score

C x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6

1

Vehicular movement for transportation of raw materials and

finished goods

1 5 (+5)

Local vehicles will be hired for transportation of material. Jobs gained<50 (+1); loss of income (0); land losers (0); Homestead

losers (0); Total = +1

2 spillage of chemical during loading and

Unloading 1 -1 (-1) Spillage of chemical in the nearby area

3 Influx of workers 1 5 (+5)

Social Consequences - Local or persons from outside can be employed temporarily, so

there can be <0.5% increase in migration of the study area (-1); there will be no change

in the ethnicity (-1); not likely gender imbalance in the study area (-1); possibility

to return the status (0); Total =(-3); Economic Consequences – 100 (temporary) jobs gained (+3); Gain in income (+2); land losers (0); Homestead losers (0); Total=+5

4

Contribution to state and central

exchequers by way of taxes and duty

5 5 (25) Likely tax revenue to state and central

Government

4.18 Occupational Health and Risk to Surrounding Community

4.18.1 Due to Storage of Hazardous Chemicals

This includes,

Hazards Identification,

Selection of Potential Loss Scenarios,

Simulation of release source model, and

Plotting of contour maps

A detailed risk assessment and consequence analysis study is presented in chapter 7 i.e. Additional Studies of this

report (please refer Section 7.2.6).

On the basis of that study MLCs have been selected and studied. On the basis of the outcomes of the study a

detailed impact scoring was undertaken and presented in Table 4-25, including the following general safety

measures and mitigation measures.

Table 4-25: Impact Scoring of Occupational Health, Community Health and Safety

Code Impacting Activity Impact Scoring

Basis of Scoring Mitigation Measures S L S X L

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8

1 Ethylene Oxide

Leak

-2 2 -4

C = -2 as flash point is low and L = 2 as sufficient safety

measures provided

Isolated Flame Proof Area

Dyke wall Provided Catastrophic Rupture

2 Acetic Acid

Leak

-4 2 -8

S = -4 as flammable & Toxic and L = 2 as

sufficient safety measures provided

Isolated Area with All Safety Measure

Dyke wall Provided Catastrophic

Rupture

3 Ammonia Leak -4 2 -8 S = -4 as Toxic and L = 2 Isolated Area with All Safety





MITIGATION MEASURES


Code Impacting Activity Impact Scoring

Basis of Scoring Mitigation Measures S L S X L

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8

Catastrophic Rupture

as sufficient safety measures provided

Measure

Dyke wall Provided

4 Ethylene Di-Amine

Leak

-2 2 -4


measures provided



5 Liq.

Bromine

Leak

-4 2 -8 S = -4 as Toxic and L = 2

as sufficient safety measures provided



6 Methanol

Leak

-2 2 -4


measures provided



7 Formic Acid

Leak

-4 2 -8

S = -4 as flammable & Toxic and L = 2 as

sufficient safety measures provided



S: Severity; L: Likelihood of Occurrence; S X P: Significance

4.18.2 General Safety Measures

Considering the various chemicals handled and stored at site; following safety measures will be provided at the site.

Requisite personnel protective equipment shall be provided. Instruction/Notice to wear the same will be

displayed. Further, it will be insisted to use the same while at work.

Fire Fighting

Provision of safety shower with eye washer.

MSDS of all hazardous chemicals will be available at office and with responsible persons.

Antidotes for all chemicals being used as per MSDS will be available at the site.

Regular training programme for safety awareness.

Provisions of First Aid Box and trained person in first aid.

Prohibition on eating, drinking or smoking at work-area.

Any leakage/spillage of liquid chemical shall be immediately attended.

Work area will be monitored to maintain work environment free from any dust/chemicals-fumes/vapors and to

keep well within below permissible limit.

Provision of adequate Fire Extinguishers at site and training will be imparted to the workers also.

Maintaining the Fire-Protection System adequately.

Availability of Self Breathing Apparatus at site.

Provisions of immediate accident/incident reporting and investigation.

Instructions on Emergency/Disaster will be displayed.

Safety Posters and slogans will be exhibited at conspicuous places.

Arrangement of Periodical Training to workers and supervisors.

Work permit systems will be strictly followed

Safety Committee will be constituted and safety, health and environmental matters/issues will be discussed in

the meeting and enlighten the participants in these respect.


Medical checkup would be carried out at an regular intervals

During site preparation proper care would be taken by JCIL, appropriate PPEs will be provided to site workers

and staff members





MITIGATION MEASURES


Appropriate personnel protective clothing to be used to prevent skin contact.

Safety Goggles will be used to prevent eye contact.

Hand gloves of natural rubber, neoprene, and polyvinyl chloride will be used as and when required

Acoustic enclosures will be provided to noise generating equipment

JCIL will develop and implement a spill management plan to prevent risk of spill which may cause health

problem.




VATVA GIDC, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES


5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (Technology & Site)

Analysis of alternatives has not been recommended at the scoping stage and has therefore not carried out.




VATVA GIDC, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM


6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan

Environmental monitoring program is given in Table 6-1.


MANUFACTURING PLANT AT VATVA GIDC, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM


Table 6-1: Environmental Monitoring Plan

S. No

Parameters Measurement Methodology Frequency Location Data Analysis Reporting Schedule

Fixed Cost, INR Recurring Budget in

INR

A Air

1

Ambient air quality monitoring for parameters specified by GPCB in their consent (PM10,

PM2.5, SO2, NOx, NH3, O3, Benzene, Arsenic, Lead, Nickel

etc.)

IS-5182 & CPCB Guidelines Vol. 1 (Gravimetric Method), Gas chromatography, AAS,

modified APHA method

Monthly At project

site (Ambient

Air)

Comparison with permissible values as

per NAAQS and previous baseline data of the area if

available

Compliance report of EC to

MOEF&CC on 6 monthly and

Compliance report of CtO to GPCB,

Environment Audit Report as per requirement

- ~ 60,000/-

2

Regular (Workplace) monitoring of VOCs & HC

concentration in ambient air within project premises

HC: : Gas chromatography Monthly

&

Quarterly


per NAAQS - ~ 60,000/-

VOCs: Gas chromatography

3

Stack air monitoring of boilers, HAGs, DG sets etc. for

Parameters specified by GPCB in their consent

Stack Monitoring by Isokinetic sampling IS: 11255

Monthly At project site (Flue

gas stacks)


per CTO.

~ 50,00,000 (Installation of

additional proposed Boiler, HAGs, DG

set along with stack of adequate height

and other allied facilities)

~ 1,32,000/-

4 Stack air monitoring of process vents for Parameters specified

by GPCB in their consent


Quarterly

At project site (various

process stacks)


per CTO.


additional proposed process stacks)

~ 1,98,000/-

B Water

4 Maintaining record of water

consumption and wastewater generation

Flow meters at inlet and outlet Daily Plant site

office

Comparison with allowed water

consumption and effluent generation as

per Consents



Compliance report of CtO to GPCB in

case on new/expansion/renewal application

or as per requirement

-- 0




S. No



INR

5

Monitoring of outlet of industrial effluent of

parameters specified by GPCB in their consents

APHA : 23rd Edition, 2017 Once in month

Treated Effluent

outlet going to CETP

Comparison with specified limits in GPCB consents






-

3000 per month = 36000 per

Annum

6 Monitoring of Rain water

quality APHA : 23rd Edition, 2017

Once in rainy

season

Rain water collection

tank -

1500 one time

C Noise

8 Ambient Noise level IS 9989 : 1981 Once in Quarter

6-7 locations at

Site

Comparison with specified limits






-

1000 Per Quarter X 4 = 4000

per Annum

D Hazardous Waste




S. No



INR

9 Maintaining record of

Hazardous Waste Generation, Storage and Disposal

Keep record of hazardous waste generation, sale,

transfer, storage, recycling, recovery, pre-processing, co-processing and utilization vide

Form 3

Provide Board at hazardous waste storage area showing type of hazardous waste,

category, quantity stored on weekly basis or as and when

disposal takes place

Maintain transportation record including Date, Manifest

number, Disposal quantity, type of waste, category, type

of transportation vehicle, vehicle number etc.

Ensure all the containers of waste sent for disposal have proper labels as specified in Form 8 of Haz. Waste Rule

2018

Prepare and submit annual return of Hazardous waste

vide Form 4 to SPCB

Maintain daily

hazardous waste

generation, disposal and stock data to fill yearly

Form-4

Hazardous waste storage facility

Comparison with permitted limit in

Consent and earlier data

Form-4 by 30th June for financial

year,

Compliance of CTO to GPCB, reporting to

higher authority as per company

procedure

log books, membership fees of TSDF & CHWIF and

cost of Labels

6,000 per year

10 Hazardous waste analysis APHA : 23rd Edition, 2017

IS-2720 Once in a

year At EPS

Comparison with specified limits in

consent



procedure

-

3000 one time X 4 =12000

per annum

E Soil




S. No



INR

11 Soil sample analysis APHA : 23rd Edition, 2017

IS-2720 Yearly

Greenbelt area of site





case on new application or as per requirement

4000 per Annum

12 Readiness for Emergency

Response Conduct mock drill in presence

of observer Once in a half year

Various location

Mock drill report with identification of shortcomings in

emergency responces and taking corrective

actions

After every mock drill

- 10,000/-

(Consumables)






6.2 Regulatory Framework

The following EHS regulatory requirements are applicable to the activities being planned, and the checklist given in

Table 6-2 may be taken into consideration prior to actual commencement of operations. This checklist requires to

be reviewed at quarterly intervals.

Table 6-2: Applicable EHS Regulatory Requirements

S.

No. Applicable Legislation / Rule /

Permit Requirement

Action Required /

Timing of Action

1 Environmental Clearance as per the EIA Notification dated 14th Sept 2006 and

amended till date Permit to establish facility Before commencement of the project

2 Consent to Establish/ NOC from the

GPCB under water and air act Permit to establish facility Before commencement of the project

3 Approval from the Directorate of

Industrial Safety & Health / Factory Inspectorate

Approval of plan to undertake plant activities from a safety and occupational health viewpoint.

On completion of detailed plant layout and prior to commencement of

operations.

4 Factory License from the DISH

(Directorate of Industrial Safety Health) A basic safety license to run the

Factory Application prior to construction and

also commissioning

5 Consent to Operate under the Air Act

from the GPCB

Permit to discharge air emissions from the flue gas stacks and

process vents

Application to be filed with the GPCB once the EC and CTE is obtained after

the commencement of the project

6 Consent to Operate under the Water Act

from the GPCB

Permit to generate/discharge wastewater resulting from the

project activities

Application to be filed with the GPCB once the EC and CTE is obtained after the commencement of the

project

7 Authorization to generate, transport and dispose hazardous wastes from the GPCB

Permit to generate and dispose hazardous wastes

Application to be filed with the GPCB once the EC and CTE is obtained after

the commencement of the project

8 The Manufacture, Storage and Import of

Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989 (as amended till date)

Listing of hazardous materials; thresholds against which Safety Audit and Safety Report has to be maintained; Requirements of

disclosure of information; Availability of MSDS’;

If required, safety audit and safety report to be prepared as per Factories

Act.

9 The Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991

(PLI) Insurance to be taken Unit will take insurance under PLI

10 Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness and Response) Rules, 1996

Preparation of Local/District Level Crisis groups, for management of

offsite emergencies.

Identify whether Local or District Level Crisis Groups exist and take proactive part in preparing Offsite

DMP.

6.3 Details of In-House Monitoring System

JCIL-3 has its own in-house laboratory. Unit is monitoring effluent samples of each stages of ETP on daily basis.

Parameters are pH, TSS, TDS, COD, BOD, Ammonical Nitrogen, MLSS, MLVSS & chloride. List of equipment &

laboratory photographs are given in Table 6-3 & Photograph 6-1.

Table 6-3: List of Equipment

S. No Name of Equipment Nos. of Equipment

1 pH meter 1

2 Hot air oven 1

3 COD digester 2

4 BOD incubator 1

5 Muffle Furnace 1






S. No Name of Equipment Nos. of Equipment

6 Distilled Water Apparatus 1

7 Ammonical Nitrogen Distillation system 2

8 Magnetic Stirrer 1

9 All required glassware 02 Set

Photograph 6-1: Lab Instruments

BOD incubator COD digestor

Muffle Furnace, Hot air oven & Distillation system Weighing Balance & Glassware




VATVA GIDC, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT PROJECT BENEFITS


8 PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 Improvements in the physical infrastructure



various varieties of Synthetic Organic Dyes by chemical synthesis @ 2000MT/Month. GIDC Vatva is already

developed with full infrastructure facilities like roads, drainage system and steet light. So there are no possibilities

for any more physical infrastructure improvement.

8.2 Improvements in the social infrastructure

JCIL-3 is situated in GIDC Vatva. JCIL-3 is active member of Vatva Industrial Association (VIA). VIA is doing several

activities for the social infrastrure improvement. Being the member of VIA, JCIL-3 is indirectly contributing or

participating social infrastructure activities.

8.3 Employment potential –skilled; semi-skilled and unskilled

JCIL-3, further specifically have created an opportunity of about 70 permanent positions after proposed expansion

which includes skilled, semiskilled and unskilled manpower.

Enhanced direct employment for technical/administrative works and indirect employment opportunities for

transporters of raw materials and finished goods

Business opportunities for local people as there will be scope of hiring vehicle like tractors & trolleys, bulldozers,

JCB, excavators during construction and operation phase of the project.




VATVA GIDC, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS


9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

Environmental cost benefit analysis has not been recommended at the scoping stage, and has therefore not been

carried out.




VATVA GIDC, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN


10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

10.1 Introduction

The EIA study for the proposed project has identified impacts that are likely to arise during different phases of the

project. The study has also examined the extent to which the adverse impacts identified can be controlled through

the adoption of mitigation measures. An EMP, presented in the following sections, describes generic good practice

measures as well as site-specific measures, the implementation of which is aimed at mitigating potential impacts

associated with the proposed activities.

The EMP is prepared with a view to facilitate effective environmental management of the project in general and

implementation of the mitigation measures in particular. The EMP describes a delivery mechanism for implementing

the suggested mitigation measures aimed at addressing the potential adverse impacts and to introduce standards

of good practice to be adopted for all project works. For each stage of the program, the EMP lists all the

administrative aspects necessary to ensure effective implementation of the mitigation measures. It also lists the

parameters which needs to be monitored to ensure effective implementation. The detailed description of the

Environmental Monitoring Program appears in Table 6-1.


MANUFACTURING PLANT AT VATVA GIDC, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)


10.2 Environmental Management Plan

10.2.1 Land Use

The project involves Expansion in the existing project premises. It is located in Industrial area of Vatva, GIDC Ahmedabad, so it will not lead to any change in land

use. The proposed expansion is within the existing premises land no additional land will be purchased. The map indicates that land use and land cover classes in the

area are predominantly Agriculture covering ~41.92% and built up land covering ~30.96% of study area. It is our belief that land use related impacts are nil and land

cover related impacts are manageable and should not impede the objective of sustainable development.

10.2.2 Air Quality

The environmental management plan for air quality is given as Table 10-1.

Table 10-1: Environment Management Plan for Air Environment

Impacting Activities

Mitigation Measures and Rationale

Implementation and Management

Remarks Location Timing Responsibility

Monitoring/ Data Analysis

Records

Construction Phase

Preparation of site

Barricading shall be provided along the periphery of construction area, regular

water sprinkling shall be done to suppress dust emission.

At site (in proposed

expansion area)

During construction

phase

Contractor/Site-supervisor

Random Check by site engineer

-- --

Vehicular movement for transportation of

materials and equipment

Regular water sprinkling shall be done on unpaved roads used for transportation; PUC Certified vehicles shall be used for

transportation. Traffic management shall be ensured.

At Site (near main entry/exit

gate)

During construction

phase

Contractor/Site-supervisor/

Security Guard present at entry-

exit gate

Random check by Security officer/ site engineer

PUC Certificate of vehicles & vehicle

logs to be maintained

-

Excavation work Barricading shall be done along the periphery of construction area during

excavation & other dust generation works, regular water sprinkling shall be done to

suppress dust emission.


expansion area)

During construction

phase



- - Filling of foundation

Painting Lead free paints shall be used; PPEs like nose mask, safety goggles, hand gloves, breathing apparatus etc. shall be used.


expansion area)

During construction

phase



PPEs issue record/logs to be

maintained -

Final cleaning at site Water Sprinkling for dust suppression, adequate safety precautions shall be


During Post construction



- -









Records

opted, use of necessary PPEs during cleaning works.

expansion area) phase

Usage of Energy & Power

DG set with adequate stack height & use during power failure only.

At site (DG set flue gas stack)

During construction

phase


Periodic stack monitoring.


Record of stack monitoring reports. Record of regular maintenance &

preventive checks of DG set &

attached stack.

-

Operation Phase

Storage of Hazardous Raw materials

Keep container tightly closed and sealed until ready for use; Avoid all possible sources of ignition; Use of PPEs (nose

mask, safety goggles, safety shoes, hand gloves, breathing apparatus); periodic

preventive check & maintenance of storage tanks; ensure use of close feed

system to avoid leakage, training for persons involved in handling or

transportation of hazardous materials (raw materials, products, wastes)

At site During operation

phase

Store Manager/Plant

supervisor

Periodic workplace ambient air monitoring.

Random check by plant in-charge/ EHS

team

Record of monitoring Reports

-

Transportation of raw materials and

products

Adequate safety measures along with spill control mechanism; PUC Certified vehicles

shall be used for transportation. Traffic management shall be ensured.

At Site (near main entry/exit

gate)

During operation phase

Security officer/ Plant supervisor

Random check by plant in-charge/ EHS

team

PUC Certificate of vehicles & vehicle

logs to be maintained

--

Operation of DG Set Adequate Stack height of 12 m shall be

provided for DG sets for proper dispersion & use during power failure only.

At site (DG set flue gas stack)

During Operation phase

plant in-charge/ EHS team

Periodic stack monitoring

Record of monitoring Reports

-

Operation of Water heat boilers

Adequate APCMs for air emission control along with adequate stack height shall be

provided

At site (in plant operation area)



Periodic stack monitoring

Record of monitoring Reports & Record of regular

equipment/ machineries

maintenance to be maintained

-

Operation of air pollution control measures system

All the APCMs in operation shall be provided periodic preventive checks &

maintenance.

At site (in plant operation area)



Periodic AAQ & stack

monitoring -

Decommissioning Phase

Dismantling of structures of the

Sprinkling of water shall be carried out for dust suppression.

At site During

decommissioning Contractor/Site-

supervisor Random Check by site engineer

- -









Records

project components phase

10.2.3 Noise Environment

The environmental management plan for noise generated due to the proposed project is as presented in Table 10-2.

Table 10-2: Environmental Management Plan for Noise Environment

Objective To reduce noise level due to the proposed project

Benefit of EMP Noise environment of the area will not be impacted by the proposed activity

Impacting Activity

Mitigation Measures


Remark Data Analysis

Measurement Methodology

Frequency Location Reporting Schedule/

Responsibility

Emergency Procedure

Procurement Schedule

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C11 C12

Vehicular movement for

transportation of materials and

equipment

Vehicles trips during daytime

only fixing route by avoiding

populated area and proper

servicing shall be done

Vehicle movement

records Manual Daily

At material gate

Security officer Route for safe exit will be in

place.

During construction and operation phase

-

Start-up activities like operation of equipment for all

the plants

Acoustic enclosures will be used. Ear plugs and Ear muffs will be provided to

workers

Noise Levels SLM

Once during week (Hourly reading for 24 hours at

each location)

Inside plants Plant in charge &

Third Party/Contractor

Regular Maintenance of equipment to be done.


Ear plugs/Ear muffs to be

worn by workers at all

times.

Operation of other utilities like Cooling Tower, Pumps, etc. &

Equipment maintenance

SOP’s will be followed. Acoustic

enclosures will be provided. Ear plugs and

Noise Levels SLM

Once during week (Hourly reading for 24 hours at

each location)

All plants Plant in charge &

Third Party/Contractor

Periodic Maintenance

of all equipment will be scheduled


Proper personal

protective equipment to be worn by

workers at all




Objective To reduce noise level due to the proposed project

Benefit of EMP Noise environment of the area will not be impacted by the proposed activity

Impacting Activity

Mitigation Measures


Remark Data Analysis

Measurement Methodology

Frequency Location Reporting Schedule/

Responsibility

Emergency Procedure

Procurement Schedule

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C11 C12

Ear muffs will be provided to

workers

times.

10.2.4 Water Quality and Hazardous waste managemnent & disposal

Details of expected impact from various activities and its management plan are given in Table 10-3.

Table 10-3: Details of Activities responsible for Impact on Water Environment and Hazardous waste Management plan

Objective To reduce surface water pollution

Concern Pollution to surface water

Benefit of EMP Surface water quality will not be impacted by the proposed activity


Mitigation Measures and Rationale Implementation and Management

Remarks Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records

Usage of Water

Drip irrigation systems shall be proposed for gardening.

Online flow meters shall be installed at each of raw water consumption point.

Explore the condensate recovery from the boiler.

At site All time Site EHS

Manager / EHS Team

Monitoring of water

consumption at intake points

Records of Water consumption at each unit to be carried out

-

Wastewater generation,

treatment and disposal

Wastewater generated from the proposed project shall be segregated at source and treated in ETP.

Online flow meters shall be installed at inlet and outlet of the ETPs.

Use of PPE’s shall be mandatory while handling the chemicals in ETP to avoid spillages.

ETP Sludge shall be disposed into approved Landfill site.

At Site All time

Site EHS Manager / EHS

Team/ETP incharge

Monitoring of inlet and

outlet quality of

wastewater

Records of wastewater generation and discharge

quantity to be maintained.

Hazardous waste Management and

Disposal

Hazardous waste shall be segregated at source and stored in hazardous waste storage area.

Proper area shall be demarcated for the storage of hazardous waste facilitate with impervious flooring to avoid

At Site All time Site EHS

Manager / EHS Team

Periodic Workplace monitoring

shall be

Records of hazardous waste generation and disposal quantity to be

maintained.




leakage problem.

Spill control mechanism shall be in place. PPE’s shall be mandatory wile handling the hazardous waste during

loading & unloading of wastes.

carried out




VATVA GIDC, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)


10.2.5 Soil

EMP for soil environment for the proposed project is given in Table 10-4.

Table 10-4: Environmental Management Plan for Soil Environment

Sr. No.

Potential Impact Mitigation Measures Parameters for Monitoring Timings

1 Soil contamination Control spillage of

construction materials EC, pH and ESP (exchangeable

sodium per cent) Completion of

construction work

10.2.6 Ecology and Biodiversity

Green Belt Development

Green Belt design and development has been attributed a great importance and became an essential element of

planning policy. The main objective of the green belt is to provide a buffer / barrier between the sources of

pollution and the surrounding areas. The green belt helps to capture the fugitive emissions and attenuate the noise

apart from improving the aesthetics quality of the region. Greenbelt will be developed by using appropriate plant

species as suggested by CPCB guidelines to mitigate air pollution and to improve biodiversity status of the study

area.

Green Belt Designing

Identification of Impact Zone

Though the concentration of PM, SO2, NOx, SO2, HC, Cl2 and NH4 is found within permissible limits.

Selection of Plant Species

Facts considered during selection of plant species for greenbelt development are:

Type of pollutant (mainly air) likely to disperse from project

Agro-climatic zone and sub-zone of the project area (Gujarat Plains and Hill region, Semi-arid and Middle

Gujarat)

Biological–filter Efficiency: Absorption of gases, Dust capturing and Noise control

Green belt at Site

Likely impacts due to gaseous pollutants can be reduced by growing multi layers of vegetation cover around the

project boundary. The existing unit already has well developed greenbelt by using many plant species.

Green belt has been developed in periphery and along internal road sides of project. Proposed plantation will be

carried out as per CPCB guidelines (CPCB 2000)7.

Existing & proposed green belt at site and over area allotted by GIDC

Unit has carried out plantation of 30 existing well developed plants (28 Trees & 02 Shrubs) of 7 species at site over

100m2 area and additional new plantations of 324 trees and shrubs are proposed for plantation on 2260.0 m2 which

has been allotted at side margin of roads and back side of Jay chemical’s plot located at Vatva GIDC, phase-2, Plot

No. 109 & 220 by Vatva GIDC vide its letter dated 28.05.201. Hence, after addition of 2260.0m2 area, total

greenbelt area will be 2360.0 m2 (0.236Ha) which is ~20.23% of the total plot area. Considering 1500 trees per Ha,

7 CPCB 20500. Guidelines for developing green belts, Programme Objective Series PROBES/75/1999-2000nCentral Pollution Control Board, New Delhi, pp. 195.






project area should have a total plantation of 354 trees out of which total 30 plants (28 Trees & 02 Shrubs) are

already exists at site. Remaining plantation of 324 tree/shrubs species will be carried out at side margin of roads

and back side of Jay chemical’s plot located at Vatva GIDC, phase-2, Plot No. 109 & 220. Space allotment letter

from GIDC for greenbelt development is given in Annexure 18. Greenbelt plantation shown in Table 10-5.

Table 10-5: Details of Existing Greenbelt/ Plantation at project site/ core zone

S. No. Plant Species Common Name Total number of trees

1 Alstonia scholaris Saptparni 03

2 Cassia fistula Amaltas 03

3 Nerium indicum Kaner 02

4 Peltophorum pterocarpum Peela gulmohar 06

5 Phoenix sylvestris Date Palm 02

6 Pongomia pinnata Karanj 12

7 Thespesia populnea Paras Pipal 02

Total No. of Tress/shrubs 30

Table 10-6: Details of Proposed Greenbelt Plantation at project site

Plant Species Local/Hindi Name Height

(m) Type

Ecological and Environmental

Performances of Plant Species

No. of trees/ Shrubs to be

planted

Bauhinia varigata Kachnar 5m Tree T,DC,NC

324 Trees/Shrubs

Bougainvillea spectabilis Bougainvillea 8m Shrub T,DC,NC

Emblica officinalis Amla 5m Tree T,DC,NC

Saraca asoka Asoka 5m Tree T,DC,NC

Butea monosperma Palas 10 Tree NC, OGE, DC

Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka 15 Tree DC, OGE, NC, AG.

Albizia lebbeck Siris 20 Tree DC, NC, AG, DR, SR, FR.

Azardirachta indica Neem 20 Tree DC, OGE, NC, AG, DR, SR,

FR.

Derris indica Karanj NC, DR, SR, FR.

Ficus bengalensis Banyan 20 Tree NC, DC

Ficus religiosa Peepal 20 Tree NC, OGE, DC

Mangifera indica Aam 15 Tree DC

Syzygium cumini Jamun, Jambu 20 Tree NC, DC

Tectona grandis Teak 20 Tree DC

Ecological performance: CN –Control Noise level, OGE – Absorb Gas emission (Sexena 1991)8 and (Abbasi & Khan 2000)9, DC - Dust Controller (CPCB 2007)10, Environmental Adaptation (DR - Drought resistance, SR - Salinity resistance, FR - Fire

Resistance, T- Tolerant to Air Pollution).

8 Saxena, V.S. 1991. Afforestation as a tool for environmental improvement. In: Executive development program on greening the townships. Vaniki Prashikshan

Sansthan, Jaipur. Pp 13-44.

9 Greenbelts for Pollution Control: Concepts, Design, Applications. 2000. Abbasi, S.A. and F.I. Khan. Discovery Publishing House, New Delhi.

10 Phytoremediation of particulate matter from ambient environment through dust capturing plant species. Published 2007 by Central Pollution Control Board, Ministry

of Environment & Forests, Govt. of India in Delhi.






Budget Allocation

Table 10-7: Overheads for Proposed Greenbelt Development & Annual Maintenance of Existing & proposed

Greenbelt

S. No

Work or Activity

1st year 2nd year 3rd year 4th year 5th year Capital cost

(INR)

Recurring cost/year (INR)

(considering 20% mortality rate)

1 Plantation at side margin of roads and back side of Jay chemical’s plot lacated at Vatva GIDC, phase-2, Plot No. 109 & 220, totally 324 saplings (remaining plantation) will be

planted (Approx. Cost @ INR 100 per sapling / plant)

Saplings Required

108 108 108 - - 32,400/-

2160

Amount 10,800 10,800 10,800 - -

2 Maintenance for 30 Existing trees at Site 600

Total Budget 32,400/- 2,760/-

Plantation Technique and Care

Plantation Technique

Following basic procedures need to be followed for greening the area.

Since the project area fall under semi-arid condition and having poor soil quality, plantation of tree species

required approx. 1m3 pit for soil enrichment.

Pit should be filled with imported soil with 3:1:1 the ratio of sand, silt and form yard manure.

Procure well grown saplings of recommended species from the nearby Forest Department nursery.

Make 1m diameter ring bund around the planted saplings for water retention.

Watering of sapling is species specific, therefore watering need to be done once in 2 or 3 days for a period of

two years.

Soil wok and weeding need to be done once in a two months.

Monitoring Protocol

The plantations need to be managed by regular watering, soil enrichment work, applying manure, weeding and

provide proper protection.

Replacement of sapling (replanting) required whenever mortality occurs in the plantation during the growth

stage.

Plantation requires after care for a period of minimum five years till the saplings attain matured tree stage.

Any damage to the developed greenbelt due to any natural or cattle activity should be redeveloped and

maintained by the agency.

Biodiversity / Ecological Monitoring

Project site encompasses common and very few species of plants and clearing of vegetation is not required. Further

it will not have significant impact on the floral diversity and associated faunal diversity at ecosystem level.

Moreover, floral and faunal species reported during this survey are common and generally found in many habitats

in the project study area. So, it can be stated that the proposed project and associated activities are unlikely to

influence any floral and faunal components significantly provided that the suggestions / recommendations in this

report are implemented. Strict implementations of EMP / mitigation measures are required to ensure that the

biodiversity of the study area should not impacted negatively.






10.2.7 Rainwater harvesting

For rainwater collection and recharge calculations, areas like process and storage, Godown, scrap yard etc. are

excluded due to having chances of contamination.

Storm water generated from admin buildings, paved area and green belt area can be reused internally In order to

use rainwater to meet the water requirement for some period,

As per IMD data average rainfall of Ahmedabad is 750.9 mm/annum (0.750 m). The estimated runoff quantum

using different run off coefficient applicable for roof top, Green belt and Roads is given in Table 10-8.

Table 10-8: Land Area Breakup and Estimation of Runoff

S. No. Title Area, m2 Rainfall intensity (m) Runoff coefficient Runoff generated (m3)

1 Roof top 146 0.750 0.8 87.6

2 Road 1605 0.750 0.5 601.87

3 Greenbelt 100 0.750 0.2 15

4 Open space 300 0.750 0.2 45

Total 2,150 254.47

From the above it is inferred that ~254.47 m3 effective run off water may likely to be available that can be stored

in the proposed tank for reuse.

10.2.8 Social Management Plan

The social management plan proposes to improve the quality of life of inhabitants of potentially affected villages

directly.

The goal is “a pollution free area with improved quality of life and empowered community “ and the three key

pillars on which this would be developed are – social, health, infrastructure improvements with efforts on minimal

disruptions present life style and any ensuing negative impacts.

Social – Awareness on project benefits, gender empowerment, increases livelihood opportunities during

implementation of technical and social remediation plans and generating community participation.

Health - Awareness on health, hygiene, environmental sanitation and generic issues related to improving quality of

life with specific emphasis on potable drinking water, HIV/AIDS/STI mitigation)

Infrastructure - Developing prioritized infrastructure facilities which are related to the continuum of project benefits

to the local communities and area.

Implementation Arrangement

The social management plan and its activities will be implemented by NGO under the close supervision and

monitoring of the CSR division of the company or any consultant appointed by the company.

Monitoring and Evaluation

Two-time (Mid-term and after completion of the work) monitoring will be done by the third party appointed by the

company.

Corporate Environment Responsibility

According to the CER office memorandum dated 01st May, 2018 of MoEFCC the CER budget for 5 years comes to

INR 70 lacs i.e. 1% of project cost INR 70 crores.

Table 10-9: Budget for CER Activities for 5 years

Sr. No. Activities Budget in % Budget Amount

(INR Lacs)






Sr. No. Activities Budget in % Budget Amount

(INR Lacs)

1. Education 50% 35.00

1.1 Upgradation of School infrastructure - Furniture, sport equipment, library, computer room etc. (Vinzol, Ramol, Ropda)

1.2 RO (Bibipur)

2. Drinking water facility 30% 21.00

2.1 Water Pipeline (Bibipur)

2.2 Overhead water tanks (Bibipur)

3. Health and Hygiene 20% 14.00

3.1 Dustbins (Geratpur)

Total Amount 100% 70.00

*The activities based on Focus Group Discussion

As per the result of social survey, utmost care will be taken for the overall development of the study area. The

above budget breakup is the tentative plan for investment which may vary from time to time depending upon the

priority of the CER activity.

Conclusion

The social management plan therefore concentrates on mitigation of perceived impacts during the running of plant.

The plan emphasizes on health, hygiene, drinking water, Public infrastructure like (Community hall, Toilets, school

infrastructure etc.) and education and includes awareness generation amongst the community on fire hazard and

leakage of chemicals during the running of plants.

The SMP encourages community participation through formation of a Grievance Redressal Group to minimize and

mitigate any grievance that may arise during the period of ESC projects implementation. An NGO would be

appointed by the company to ensure community participation, mitigate potential adverse impacts and help in

resolving any disputes and grievances that may arise. It would also engage in awareness programs with community

and encourage selected community members specifically the poorer sections and women to get employed in the

Contractor’s activities. This is expected to accrue several benefits - the Contractor would gain from local wisdom

and knowledge and nuances that need to be taken care of and the community would get access to gainful

employment closer to home.

Overall, the project would improve quality of life of the surrounding villages in study area.

10.2.9 Occupational Health Management Plan

Noise

Noise will be regularly monitored at plant boundary for checking compliance against environmental noise

parameters as per GPCB norms. It will also be monitored near noise generating equipment to ensure that all noise

generating equipment do not emit noise in excess of the statutory norms.

All workmen will be provided with required set of PPEs like ear plug, ear muff etc. where noise levels in excess of

80 db (A) are regularly generated.

Preventive maintenance of noise generating equipment shall be regularly carried out to ensure that noise levels are

minimized to the extent possible. To the extent feasible, equipment will be purchased considering noise generation

as one of the parameters.

Heat

The project does not envisage conditions that could lead to excess heating. Consequently, special requirements for

protection against heat stress are not anticipated. However, the following shall be carried out:






Ventilation shall be provided to take care of heat evacuation.

Drinking water availability shall be ensured at several locations within the plant to ensure workers have easy

access to the same.

In case of occasional handling of heated equipment or materials, suitable PPEs such as heat resistant gloves

will be used

Dust and other Chemicals being suspended in the Environment

The possibility of suspended particles going into the body of the workmen, either in the form of inhalation,

ingestion or through skin absorption are least and negligible as because the entire operation at the plant will be

performed under closed loop condition, right from charging till discharging, hence it’s a rare possibility that the

workmen will come in direct contact with raw material or final goods.

At the same time the level of SPM and RPM will definitely be of least and nominal value. But even though the same

will be under closed monitoring and periodical surveillance as per EIA norms and applicable legislations and any

minor deviation from the same will be dealt immediately and will be corrected.

Further to this all of the workmen will be provided with complete set of appropriate PPEs, like nose mask / nose

respirator, gloves, helmet, protective uniform and clothing, eye protections etc.

Occupational Hazards Specific Pre-placement and Periodic Monitoring

As per policy and norms all of the workmen are put to medical examination and testing periodically and at set

interval and based on the medical report actions are taken, if at all anything is necessary and required. Even based

on the medical examination report/feedback, workmen are counselled and put in different area /job rotation kind of

activities. Following are the periodic tests conducted by JCIL.

Lab investigations, like fasting blood sugar, post prandial blood sugar, urine routine

Hematology profiles including, complete blood count, ESR, blood grouping and RH type,

Lipid profiles including, Cholesterol, Triglycerides

Liver Function Test including, SGOT, SGPT, Total Bilirubin, Direct Bilirubin, Total Protein, Albumin, A/G Ratio,

AIKP GGT.

Renal Function Tests including, BUN, Creatinine, Electrolytes, Uric Acid, Inorganic Phosphorus, Calcium,

Non-Invasive Investigations including, Chest X-ray, ECG, ECHO, Pulmonary Function Test, USG Abdomen-

Screening, Vision Test, Audiometry.

10.3 Environment Management Cell

Any employee observing or coming to know of a non-compliance / violation of environmental norm shall report the

same to the EHS in-charge. The issue shall be resolved / escalated to the next level as appropriate till a resolution

occurs.

In addition to preparing an EMP, it is also necessary to have a permanent organizational set up to ensure its

effective implementation. Hence, JCIL-3 will create a team consisting of officers from various departments to co-

ordinate the activities concerned with management and implementation of the environmental control measures.

This team will undertake the activity of monitoring the stack emissions, ambient air quality, noise level etc. either

departmentally or by appointing external agencies wherever necessary. Regular monitoring of environmental

parameters will be carried out to find out any deterioration in environmental quality and also to take corrective

steps, if required, through respective internal departments.

An environment management cell shall be created which shall perform the following functions:

Achieve objectives of the ‘Environment Protection Policy’ of the management.

Collect information from regular monitoring and create a database.






Analyze the data and decide thrust area.

Based on the data collected, decide target for each thrust area.

Carry out ‘Projects’ in each thrust area to arrive at practical solutions to environmental problems.

Discuss the reports of study on environment and disseminate the information.

Work out ‘Action plan’ for implementation of the recommendations made in the reports.

Prepare Management Information System (MIS) reports and budget for environment management program.

The works Manager will be responsible for environmental issues at plant. The responsibilities of the various

members of the environment management cell are given in Table 10-10.

Table 10-10: Environment Management Cell

S. No. Designation Proposed Responsibility

1. Managing Director / Director Environmental policy and directions

2. Works Manager Overall responsibility for environmental management and decision making for

all environmental issues

3. Plant Manager Overall in-charge of operation of environmental management facilities of

respective sections.

4. Deputy Manager (Engineering) Secondary responsibility for environmental management and decision making

for all environmental issues

5. EHS in-charge

Ensure environmental monitoring as per appropriate procedures

Ensure correct records of generation, handling, storage, transportation and disposal of solid hazardous wastes.

Ensuring legal compliance by properly undertaking activities as laid down by various regulatory agencies from time to time and interacting with the same

and arranging awareness programme among the workers

Figure 10-1: Organogram of EMS-EMP

10.4 Expenditure on Environmental Matters

The expenditure to be incurred by JCIL-3 on environmental matters is given in Table 10-11.






Table 10-11: Expenditure on Environmental Matters

S. No.

Head Approximate

Capital cost (Rs. In Lacs)

Approximate recurring cost

per annum (Rs. in lacs)

components of capital and recurring cost basis for the amounts mentioned

1 Air pollution

control 50 6

Capital Cost:

Installation of Boiler, D.G.set, process vents and APCM

Recurring Cost (per annum):

Cost of operation of APCM,

Cost of Stack Monitoring

2 Water pollution

control 1130 1880

Capital Cost:

Installation of new ETP (350 KLD) capacity with MEE, RO & ATFD system

Recurring Cost (per annum)

Cost of operating ETP, cost of effluent disposal, manpower cost, cost of chemicals, steam cost etc.

3 Noise pollution

monitoring 1.0 0.04

Capital Cost:

Cost of acoustic enclosure


Monitoring Cost

4

Solid and hazardous

waste management

20 100

Capital Cost:

Membership fee of TSDF and CHWIF for disposal of hazardous waste

Cost of providing storage area of hazardous waste


Cost of Landfilling and Incineration of Hazardous Waste

5 Environment

monitoring and management

- 5.0


Hiring of consultants and payment of various statutory fees to regulatory agencies

6 Green belt 5.0 0.5

Capital Cost:

Cost of greenbelt development


Cost for maintenance of green belt

Total 1206 1991.54




VATVA GIDC, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS


11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

11.1 Introduction and Background



various varieties of Synthetic Organic Dyes by chemical synthesis @ 2000 MT/Month. The company's current

product involves chemical synthesis of Turquoise Blue. Now, looking at the prospective market growth in the Dyes,

the project proponent is keen to start manufacturing of various types of Synthetic Organic Dyes by chemical

synthesis.

11.2 Identification of the project

The proposed project is a brownfield project. The existing plant of M/s. Jay Chemical Industries Ltd, Unit-3 is

manufacture 40 MT/month Turquoise Blue, 160 MT/month vinyl sulphone and 60 MT/month Acetanilide. Now, the

unit proposes to proceed for manufacturing various varieties of Synthetic Organic Dyes by chemical synthesis @

2000MT/Month .This expansion of Synthetic Organic Dyes manufacturing plant at Plot no. - 109 and 220, Phase -

II, GIDC, Vatva, Taluka Ahmedabad, District Ahmedabad, Gujarat.

Production Details

Sr. No



1 Turquoise Blue

Reactive 40 0 40

2 Vinyl Sulphone Intermediate 160 0 160

3 Acetanilide Intermediate 60 0 60

4 Synthetic Organic Dyes Reactive/ Disperse

1 Acid Black 210 99576-15-5

REACTIVE 0 1000 1000

2 Acid Red 357 61951-36.8



5 Reactive Blue 220 128416-19-3


7 Reactive Red 198 78952-61-1




11 Reactive Red 35 85940-67-6

12 Reactive Red 106 152066-97-2









21 Reactive Blue 198 124448-55-1

22 Reactive Blue 160 93921-06-3






Sr. No




24 Reactive Green 19 61931-49-5


26 Reactive Violet 46 -



29 Reactive Red 74 12270-82-5


31 Reactive Red 31 93919-17-6

32 Reactive Red 120 68214-04-0

33 Reactive Red 141 71002-20-5

34 Reactive Orange 14 -

35 Reactive Yellow 86 -




39 Reactive Yellow 145A 93050-80-7

40 Reactive Blue 172 85782-76-9

41 Reactive Blue 194 80156-94-1

42 Reactive Brown 9 70788-62-4

43 Reactive Red 198 A 111211-40-6

44 Reactive Red 195A 93050-79-4

45 Reactive Red 250 152187-49-0




49 Direct Orange 108 6358-79-8

50 Direct Blue 199 90295-11-7

51 Direct Blue 86 1330-38-7

52 Yellow 22 12226-49-2

53 REACTIVE YELLOW C4G -


55 Reactive Brilliant Blue 221 93051-41-3

56 Brilliant Blue JRF 84057-71-6

57 BLUE 72 68967-01-1

58 BLUE P5G 12236-87-2

59 BLACK MIX -

60 YELLOW 160A 84000-63-5

61 YELLOW 95 84045-63-6

62 YELLOW 205 780759-89-9

63 RED 21 80419-51-8

64 YELLOW MIX -

65 RED MIX -

66 BLUE MIX -

67 ORANGE MIX -

68 Red 2BN / Red FB - CI Red

60 6408-72-6 Disperse Dye (Azo

Cynation) 0 50 50

69 Reactive Violet-26 17418-58-5






Sr. No



70 Fluorescent Yellow 10GF - CI

Disperse 184 71838-87-4

Disperse Dye (Yellow Methine)

0 10 10 71 Fluorescent Yellow 8GF - CI

Disperse 82 12239-58-6

72 Fluorescent Yellow 10GN - CI

Disperse 232/184.1 35773-43-4

73 Brilliant Blue SR - CI Disperse

Blue 354 104137-27-1

Disperse Dye (Blue Methine)

0 20 20

74 Cyanine Red - Disperse Dye

(Cyanine Plant) 0 10 10 75 Cyanine Pink -

76 Cyanine Blue -

77 CI - Blue 56 12217-79-7 Disperse Dye (Multi P

Plant) 0 10 10 78 CI - Yellow 64 10319-14-9

79 Blue BG - CI - Blue 60 12217-80-0

80 Orange RL - CI Orange 25 -

Disperse Dye (HCl- Nitrite Base Azo Dye)

0 400 400

81 Yellow SG - CI Yell 114 -

82 Yellow 4G – CI Yell 231 -

83 Scarlet BR - CI Red 74 -

84 Yellow C4G - C.I. Yellow 79 12220-70-1

85 Yellow SGL 70528-90-4

86 Yellow SG- C.I. Yellow 114 61968-66-9

87 Yellow 34 1344-37-2

88 Yellow 119 57308-41-5

89 Yellow 68 21811-64-3

90 Red 278 68248-10-2

91 Yellow M7G -

92 Yellow 247 -

93 Yellow 248 -

94 Yellow 249 -

95 Yellow 235 177570-98-8

96 Orange 25 31482-56-1

97 Red 74 61703-11-5

98 Yellow 56 -

99 Yellow 7GN -

100 Black 296 -

101 Black 1 6054-48-4

102 Orange 288 3769-57-1

103 Navy Blue 3G - CI Blue 79.1 3618-72-2

Disperse Dye (NSA Based Azo Dye)

0 500 500

104 Dark Red 2B - CI Red 167.1 -

105 Violet 3R - CI Violet 99 -

106 Blue 2R - CI Blue 183 -

107 Navy Blue 79.1 3618-72-2

108 Navy Blue 79.2 3618-72-3

109 Navy Blue 183 2309-94-6

110 Navy Blue 183.1 2537-62-4

111 Blue 291 56548-64-2

112 Blue 4R 66557-45-7

113 Blue 6GEF -

114 Blue 4RB -






Sr. No



115 Blue 4GEF -

116 Red BS 78564-86-0

117 Scarlet GS 86836-02-4

118 Red-XF2R -

119 Red 311 77907-28-9

120 Yellow Brown XF -

121 Brown XF -

122 Navy XF2R -

123 Navy XF2G -

124 Brown 378 -

125 Brown 165.1 -

126 Brown 165.1

127 Orange 61 12270-45-0

128 Orange 30 12223-23-3

129 Scarlet 3R C.I. Red 50 12223-35-7

130 Scarlet 3R C.I. Red 54 12217-86-6

131 Blue 373 51868-46-3

132 Red 202 61931-39-3

Total 260 2000 2260

11.3 Regulatory Framework

Products falling under project/activities listed within the Schedule to the EIA notification dated September 14th

2006 (amended till date) requires prior Environmental Clearance (EC) from the Impact Assessment Authority (IAA)

at the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) (for Category A project) or the State Level

Environmental Impact Assessment Authorities (SEIAA) (for Category B projects).

The products of the project are covered under Project /activity, 5(f) B, namely “Synthetic Organic Chemical

Industry (dyes & dyes intermediates; bulk drugs & intermediates excluding drug formulation; synthetic rubbers;

basic organic chemicals; other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates)” requiring Environmental

Clearance from SEIAA, Gujarat as the project site is located within Notified Industrial Area.

The purpose of the report is to conduct an Environmental Impact Assessment study as per the EIA Notification

2006, amended till date and as per the Terms of Reference No. SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/5(f)/827/2019 dated 24th May 2019

and seek Environmental Clearance for the project.

11.3.1 Need for the project and its importance to region

The industrial sector in the past 5 to 7 years has seen a drastic boom and also the keeping in mind the globalization

trend, JCIL-3 have identified the demand for the proposed products and with continuous R & D found that it can be

developed in-house and produce commercially for domestic market as well as an eye more on export markets.

11.4 Project Details

11.4.1 Cost of the Project

The proposed project is a brownfield project for proposed expansion of synthetic organic dyes manufacturing

facility. Cost of the project is listed below;






Existing: INR 10 Crores

Proposed: INR 70 Crores

Total: INR 80 Crores

11.4.2 Area statement

Total plot area is 11666 m2, which include mainly 3160 m2 for processing area and storage area, 300 m2 open area,

1605 m2 road area & 1510 m2 greenbelt area.

11.4.3 Power Requirement

Industry has HT electricity connection of Torrent Power, Ahmedabad. For expansion electricity requirement will be

increased from 650 KW to 2900 KW. In addition, the plant will have 1 No. of DG Set (1000 KVA) for emergency

power back-up during grid failure.

11.4.4 Water Resources & Water Quality

Source of Water

Existing water is sourced from Borewell and its NOC application has already been done to CGWA. For proposed

expansion, source of water is GIDC water supply.

Water Consumption and Waste Water Generation

Existing water consumption is 146.33 KLD (138.66 KLD Industrial + 7.67 KLD Domestic) and proposed water

consumption will be 1782 KLD (1752 KLD Industrial + 30 KLD Domestic). So after expansion total water

consumption will be 1928.33 KLD (1890.66 KLD Industrial + 37.67 KLD Domestic).




Wastewater Treatment Facility




11.4.5 Air Emission

There will be 18 nos. of flue gas stacks 4 attached to boilers, 2 attached to thermic fluid heater, 10 attached to

HAG and 2 attached to D G Set.

Also, there will be 19 Nos. of Process vents attached to reaction vessel, spray dryer, dumping Vessel and scrubber.

11.4.6 Solid and Hazardous Waste Generation and Disposal

Hazardous Solid wastes generated at site will be maintained as per Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and

Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016 and will be disposed off.

11.4.7 Employment Generation

At present 60 Nos. permanent employees are working at site and after proposed expansion ~70 Nos. of people will

be employed.






11.5 Description of Environment

Baseline environmental studies were carried out during 12 weeks of summer season from 20th March, 2019 to 22nd

June, 2019.

11.5.1 Study Period

The study period was from 20th March, 2019 to 22nd June, 2019 i.e. summer Season of the year 2019.

11.5.2 Study Area

The study area is considered to be the area within 10 km radius of the site.

11.5.3 Landuse of the Study Area

Landuse within 10 km radius of the study area has been determined with the help of satellite imagery.

11.5.4 Climatology

Baseline meteorological data has been collected hourly by installing automatic meteorological station in the study

area.

Average Temperature recorded as 33.8˚C with maximum temperature recorded as 46.0˚C and Minimum of

19.0˚C.

Average relative humidity was 30 % with maximum Humidity as 71 % and Minimum of 8 %.

Wind blows predominantly from West to East direction.

Average wind speed was recorded 2.9 m/s and mostly afternoon & evening hours are windier. Maximum wind

speed was 23.1 m/s.


MANUFACTURING PLANT AT VATVA GIDC, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS


11.5.5 Ambient Air Quality

Ambient air monitoring was carried out at 8 locations in the study area in Summer Season of the year 2018 (20th March, 2019 to 22nd June, 2019). A comparison of

results obtained during monitoring with the range indicators provided by CPCB indicates the followings;

Station Code Sampling Location


Average Pollutant Concentration µg/m3

Average Pollutant Concentration µg/m3



Duration (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr) (24 hr)

(24 hr) (24 hr) Grab (1 hr) (24 hr)


100 60 80 80 NS NS 400 NS 4 NS

AA01 At Project site Average 143 49 10.4 15.3 3.7 <1 14.5 1121 1.25 <1

AA02 Ramol Village Average 142 50 8.6 13.2 1.1 <1 16.8 1150 1.24 <1

AA03 Aslali Village Average 121 44 8.8 14.9 1.1 <1 15.4 1145 1.25 <1

AA04 Shanti Nagar Average 142 42 8.7 14.7 1.2 <1 15.6 1133 1.26 <1

AA05 Vanch Village Average 141 49 9.0 14.4 1.3 <1 16.8 1165 1.28 <1

AA06 Vinzol Village Average 128 46 9.3 15.5 1.4 <1 15.2 1060 1.31 <1

AA07 Gatrad Village Average 90 37 10.2 16.5 1.2 <1 14.3 1075 1.29 <1

AA08 Ramraj Nagar Average 137 49 10.2 16.3 1.9 <1 13.5 1094 1.22 <1

The comparison of the results with the value range indicators NAAQ standards 2009 provided by CPCB for industrial, residential, rural & other area indicates that;

Average concentration of PM10 was recorded in range from minimum 90 µg/m3 (at AAQ7-Gatrad Nagar) to maximum 143 µg/m3 (at AAQ1-at project site);

Average concentration of PM2.5 was recorded in range from minimum 37 µg/m3 (at AAQ7- Gatrad village) to maximum 50 µg/m3 (at AAQ2-Ramol Village);

Average concentration of SO2 was recorded in range from minimum 8.6 µg/m3 (at AAQ2-Ramol village) to maximum 10.4 µg/m3 (at AAQ1-At project site),

Average concentration of NOx was recorded in range from minimum 13.2 µg/m3 (at AAQ2-Ramol village) to maximum 16.5 µg/m3 (at AAQ7-Gatrad Village);

Average concentration of NH3 was recorded in range from minimum 13.5 µg/m3 (at AAQ8-Ramraj Nagar) to maximum 16.8 µg/m3 (at AAQ2-Ramol Village);

CO levels were recorded in range of 1.31 mg/m3 to 1.22 mg/m3 at various locations which is within the specified limit of CPCB.

HC levels were recorded in range of 1060 µg/m3 to 1165 µg/m3 at various locations.

Cl2 levels were recorded in range of 1.1 µg/m3 to 3.7 µg/m3 at various locations.

At all the locations average concentration of HCl & VOCs was recorded below the detection limit i.e. < 1.0 µg/m3.

It is observed that average results of SO2, NOX, NH3, & CO parameters at all locations were within the specified limits of CPCB except PM10 & PM2.5.






Key Findings

The main sources of air pollution in the area are various Industrial activities & urban settlements in the area.

Another source of air pollution is vehicular movement. The gaseous parameters are well within specified

National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), 2009 provided by CPCB for industrial, residential, rural &

other area.

11.5.6 Noise

Noise monitoring was done at 8 locations within the study area. The results are given in following table;

Location Code

Location Category CPCB Limits in dB (A)

Baseline average Noise levels in dB (A)

Day Time Night Time Day Time Night Time

NL1 At Site north Gate Industrial 75.0 70.0 71.6 65.4

NL2 At site - Near Compressor area Industrial 75.0 70.0 72.5 68.4

NL3 At site - Near Boiler Industrial 75.0 70.0 70.6 67.5

NL4 At site – Near south Boundary Industrial 75.0 70.0 66.9 62.1

NL5 Machhunagar Residential 55.0 45.0 54.9 44.9

NL6 Vinzol Village Residential 55.0 45.0 54.5 44.5

NL7 Dibiyapur Village Residential 55.0 45.0 53.8 43.2

NL8 1.5 km East from project boundary Residential 55.0 45.0 54.2 44.5

Noise levels during day time & night time, in Industrial area were observed within the CPCB standards i.e.

Industrial area (75 dBA (d) & 70 dBA (n)).

Noise level during day and night time in Residential area were observed within the CPCB standards i.e.

residential area (55 dBA (d)) & 45 dBA (n)).

11.5.7 Surface Water Quality

Surface water samples were collected at 8 locations as shown in following table:

Sample

Code Location Source

Date of Sampling

Distance

(km)

Direction

SW 1 Nr. Site Canal 31.05.2019 0.01 S

SW 2 Nikol Pond 31.05.2019 9.54 NNE

SW 3 Vastral Pond 31.05.2019 5.26 NNE

SW 4 Ramol Pond 01.06.2019 3.11 NE

SW 5 Vinzol Pond 01.06.2019 0.29 S

SW 6 Aslali Pond 01.06.2019 6.37 SW

SW 7 Sabarmati River 01.06.2019 9.19 WNW

SW 8 Malek Saban Lake Pond 14.06.2019 7.60 N

11.5.8 Ground Water Quality

Ground water samples were collected at 8 locations as shown in following table.


GW 1 At site (vatva) Tube well 14.06.2019

GW 2 Vanch Tube well 30.05.2019

GW 3 Geratpur Tube well 30.05.2019

GW 4 Aslali Tube well 30.05.2019

GW 5 Laxmipur Tube well 30.05.2019







GW 6 Vastral Tube well 30.05.2019

GW 7 Ramol Tube well 01.05.2019

GW 8 Vinzol Tube well 30.05.2019

11.5.9 Soil

Surface soil samples were taken from 7 locations as mentioned in following table;

Sr.No. Sampling Location Date of sampling Source From the project site

Distance Direction

S1 At site (vatva) 14.06.2019 Industrial - -

S2 Vanch 30.05.2019 Agriculture 3.57 ENE

S3 Geratpur 30.05.2019 Agriculture 3.95 SSE

S4 Aslali 30.05.2019 Agriculture 5.78 SW

S5 Vastral 30.05.2019 Agriculture 4.47 NNE

S6 Ramol 01.05.2019 Agriculture 2.62 NE

S7 Vinzol 30.05.2019 Agriculture 0.52 S

11.5.10 Biological Environment

Threat status for all species has been mentioned in the respective tables above. In core zone / project site no any

threatened species were reported during survey. However, from buffer zone, three species of birds i.e. Pavo

crestatus (Peacock), Black Winged Kite (Elanus caeruleus), Europian Spoon Bill (Platalea leucorodia) were reported

under the Schedule –I of Wildlife Protection Act (1972). However, two species of bird i.e.Painted Stork (Mycteria

leucocephala) and Black Headed Ibis (Threskiornis melanocephalus) reported under Near Threatened categeory of

IUCN. Among recorded faunal species, none of the species can be designated as an endemic.

11.5.11 Socio-Economics

The study area covers 28 habitations in Ahmedabad district as sorted from the land use map of study area.

11.6 Explanation of How, Adverse Effects have been Mitigated

11.6.1 Air Environment

Impact Identification

Activities causing air emissions of various pollutants due to operation of proposed Project.




24 hr. Average Incremental Increase in GLC

Sr. No.



from Site)

Pollutant


unless mentioned)







(µg/m3) Remarks

From Paved road


C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9=(C5+C6+C7+C8) C10

1. AAQ1 – At Project Site (0.0/Base)


PM2.5 60 49 - 0.00 - 49.00 Within limit

SO2 80 10.4 0.40 - - 10.8 Within limit

NOx 80 15.3 28.6 - 0.44 44.34 Within limit

Cl2 100 3.7 0.06 - - 3.76 Within limit

HCl 5 < 1 0.14 - - 0.14/<1 Within limit

NH3 400 14.5 0.31 - - 14.81 Within limit

2. AAQ2 – Ramol

village (3.17 km in NE)


PM2.5 60 50 - 0.00 - 50.00 Within limit

SO2 80 8.6 0.02 - - 8.62 Within limit

NOx 80 13.2 0.6 - 0.00 13.8 Within limit

Cl2 100 1.1 0.00 - - 1.1 Within limit

HCl 5 < 1 0.01 - - 0.01/<1 Within limit

NH3 400 16.8 0.01 - - 16.81 Within limit

3. AAQ3 – Aslali

Village (6.82 km in SW)


PM2.5 60 44 - 0.00 - 44.0 Within limit

SO2 80 8.8 0.00 - - 8.8 Within limit

NOx 80 14.9 0.1 - 0.00 15.0 Within limit

Cl2 100 1.1 0.00 - - 1.1 Within limit


NH3 400 15.4 0.00 - - 15.4 Within limit

4. AAQ4 – Santi

Nagar (5.48 km in W)


PM2.5 60 42 - 0.00 - 42.0 Within limit

SO2 80 8.7 0.01 - - 8.71 Within limit




Sr. No.



from Site)

Pollutant


unless mentioned)







(µg/m3) Remarks

From Paved road


C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9=(C5+C6+C7+C8) C10

NOx 80 14.7 0.4 - 0.00 15.1 Within limit

Cl2 100 1.2 0.00 - - 1.2 Within limit

HCl 5 < 1 0.01 - - 0.01/<1 Within limit

NH3 400 15.6 0.00 - - 15.6 Within limit

5. AAQ5 – Vanch

Village (5.11 km in ESE)


PM2.5 60 49 - 0.00 - 49.0 Within limit

SO2 80 9.0 0.04 - - 9.04 Within limit

NOx 80 14.4 1.4 - 0.02 15.82 Within limit

Cl2 100 1.3 0.01 - - 1.31 Within limit

HCl 5 < 1 0.02 - - 0.02/<1 Within limit

NH3 400 16.8 0.01 - - 16.81 Within limit

6. AAQ6 – Vinzol

Village (0.59 km in S)


PM2.5 60 46 - 0.00 - 46.0 Within limit

SO2 80 9.3 0.03 - - 9.33 Within limit

NOx 80 15.5 0.9 - 0.09 16.49 Within limit

Cl2 100 1.4 0.01 - - 1.41 Within limit

HCl 5 < 1 0.02 - - 0.02/< 1 Within limit

NH3 400 15.2 0.01 - - 15.21 Within limit

7. AAQ7 – Gatrad Village (6.72 km

in NE)

PM10 100 90 0.20 0.00 0.00 90.2 Within limit

PM2.5 60 37 - 0.00 - 37.0 Within limit

SO2 80 10.2 0.03 - - 10.23 Within limit

NOx 80 16.5 0.7 - 0.01 17.21 Within limit

Cl2 100 1.2 0.01 - - 1.21 Within limit

HCl 5 < 1 0.01 - - 0.01/< 1 Within limit

NH3 400 14.3 0.01 - - 14.31 Within limit




Sr. No.



from Site)

Pollutant


unless mentioned)







(µg/m3) Remarks

From Paved road


C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9=(C5+C6+C7+C8) C10

8. AAQ8 – Ramraj Nagar (6.5 km

in N)


PM2.5 60 49 - 0.00 - 49.0 Within limit

SO2 80 10.2 0.01 - - 10.21 Within limit

NOx 80 16.3 0.3 - 0.00 16.6 Within limit

Cl2 100 1.9 0.00 - - 1.9 Within limit


NH3 400 13.5 0.00 - - 13.5 Within limit

Comparing the incremental ground level concentrations of pollutants with the ambient air quality limits prescribed by CPCB & as per Factories Act, it can be concluded

the following:

The predicted impact level due to the proposed project activities for SO2, NOx & NH3 are within the prescribed limits of CPCB for the ambient air quality at all

locations.

The reason for surpassing concentration of particulate matters (PM) would be due to vehicular emissions, traffic congestion and various industrial activities in the

Industrial area.

Consequently, air impact due to proposed activities is not expected to cause an adverse effect on vegetation and human settlements in the vicinity of the project

site.






Mitigation Measures

Mitigation measures to minimize impacts on air quality due to proposed project activities:

Adequate stack height shall be provided as per the statutory requirements to flue gas stack attached to boiler,

HAGs & DG Sets.

Well-designed APCMs shall be provided as per the applicability to control emissions of PM, SO2, NH3, HCl, Cl2

from various processes;

Online sensors for PM, SO2 & NOx shall be provided with flue gas stack attached to boiler, HAG;

Online sensors for HCl & Cl2 shall be provided with stack attached to HCl scrubber;

LDAR program shall be prepared & followed;

Plant load shall be maintained to reduce the air emissions;

Proper operating procedures shall be followed during startup and shutdown;

Ensure well working of APCMs & other equipment/machineries used in manufacturing process.

Regular work place monitoring shall be done;

Periodic air quality monitoring shall be carried out at project site and other location within study area.

Regular preventive check & maintenance of machineries shall be done.

Use of PPEs (nose mask, safety goggles, safety shoes, hand gloves, breathing apparatus etc.) by all workers

and employees shall be ensured.

Odour levels control shall be done by applying various engineering controls.

Closed feed system shall be maintained to reduce the chances of odour nuisance.

Vehicles used shall be PUC certified from time to time.

Traffic management plan shall be prepared and strictly followed for mitigation of vehicular emission.

Internal roads shall be maintained in good condition by controlling speed limit.

Regular water spraying shall be done on the access roads to control re-entrained dust during dry season (if

required);

Odour, dust and air emission can be controlled by greenbelt/green cover development. Greenbelt shall be

developed & maintained properly.

11.6.2 Noise Environment


The proposed project related activities will lead to emission of noise that may have minor impact on the

surrounding communities in terms of minor increase in noise levels. The potential impacts on noise level may arise

out of the following:

Noise from Machinery

During operation phase, the machinery will be used during daytime and will emit noise within permissible limits.

Thus, there will not be any adverse impact on nearby habitation due to proposed activity.

Noise from Vehicle /Traffic

Vehicle movement for transportation of materials and work force to the site will cause minor noise emission as the

frequency of vehicular movement is few times in a week.

Noise from Cooling tower, DG set, etc.

Noise generated from Cooling Tower, DG Set etc. will have a permanent effect to the workers working in the

nearby vicinity, if they will work for more hours in a day






Mitigation Measure

Although there was no significant increase predicted at any of the noise monitoring locations outside the project

site, the noise environment also includes the people who are working within the project site, and who may face

permanent hearing damage in case they face the Noise Dosage beyond the permissible limits. Therefore, it is

important to implement adequate noise control measures in order to avoid any permanent hearing damage to the

people working inside the project site. Jay chemical Industries Limited is already adopting necessary noise control

measures as given below and the same will be further strengthened in the proposed expansion project. Additional

noise control measures will be adopted, wherever required.

Provision of Acoustic Enclosures on major noise generating stationary equipment in the plant

Provision of suitable personal protective equipment (PPE) such as earmuffs and earplugs to Workers exposed

to high noise generating operations/area.

Job Rotation of workers working in the high noise area

Replacement of old, noisy machines with new silent type machines, wherever feasible.

Identification of High noise generating areas and marking with display board for warning.

Development of thick Green belt within the plant premises and along project boundary to screen noise.

Provision of Acoustic mufflers / enclosures in large engines/machinery.

All equipment operated within specified design parameters.

Equipment to be maintained in good working order.

Implement good working practices (equipment selection) to minimize noise and reduce its impacts on human

health (earmuffs, safe distances, and enclosures).

Periodic monitoring of ambient noise levels in the plant premises and Noise Exposure levels for workers

deputed in different sections in the plant. Based on the monitoring results, effectiveness of noise control

measures will be identified and additional noise control measures will be adopted, if required.

11.6.3 Hydrology, Surface Water and Ground Water


Ground Water

No adverse impact on ground water. Impact on ground water may occure due to leakage during chemical

transportation, storage of chemicals and storage of hazardous waste.

Surface Water

No untreated water will be disposed outside the plant area to avoid impact on surface water quality

Mitigation Measures

Ground Water

As mentioned as this being an over-exploited zone as per CGWA the concept of water conserve is water produce

will be used here. The stored run off water from green belt are roof top and Paved are used as a supplemental

water supply to reduce fresh water consumption to some extent and adoption for pond in nearby location for

recharging groundwater of 200% against groundwater withdrawal as per CGWA guideline.

The special care will be to be taken to make the subsurface area impermeable/impervious below likely foundation

depth, by providing a thin layer (20-25 mm thickness) made up of Bentonite, fly ash, fine sand and cement to

reduce the possibility/probability of any likely leakage of pollutant into underground environment.






Surface Water

Proper operation and maintenance of effluent treatment plant will be done to ensure meeting specified disposal

standards and also no discharge of untreated waste water on land, avoiding leakages;

Drip irrigation system will be proposed to reduce fresh water demand for gardening.

Independent storm water drainage from effluent drainage is suggested to avoid any contamination of surface

water sources;

All chemical and fuel storage and handling areas will be provided with proper bunds to avoid run-off

contamination.

Hazardous Wastes will be properly handled in containers and properly stored in hazardous waste storage areas

as per rules and also bunding will be provided to avoid overflow of spillage waters which can contaminate the

surroundings.

All solid and hazardous waste will be disposed as per the conditions /rules given by the SPCB

11.6.4 Soil

No untreated water will be disposed outside the plant area to avoid impact on land.

Mitigation Measures

Spillage of construction materials may be taken care of to avoid soil contamination and deterioration on soil

quality as cement is highly alkaline

Spillage of oil, diesel etc. take care to avoid soil contamination

If soil becomes saline/alkaline due to fall of construction materials, use of ETP waste water/municipal solid

waste etc.; use gypsum, organic manures and provide drainage for removal of excess salt

11.6.5 Ecology & Biodiversity

Impact Identification& Mitigation Measures

S. No. Project Activity Identified Aspect Impact Consequence -

Probability Description / Justification

Operation Controls / Mitigation Measures

1.1

Transportation of Raw Materials and Products/

vehicular emission

Effect on vegetation due to leak or spillage of chemicals/ materials/

emission of SO2, Nox & PM

Impact on surrounding vegetation and associated

biodiversity.

Thick Green belt will be developed around project

site to avoid any such depositions outside the project premises.Gas

absorbing plant species (OGE – Absorb Gas

emission) will be planted along with dust absorbing

broad leaf species.

1.2 Landscaping and greenbelt

area development

Development of greenbelt will generate

positive impact Reduced Particulate matter

11.6.6 Socio-Economic Environment

Impacts

Critical analysis of the existing socio-economic profile of the area vis-à-vis its scenario with proposed project

activities identifies the following impacts

The proposed activities shall generate indirect employment in the region due to the requirement of workers,

supply of raw material, auxiliary and ancillary works, which would marginally improve the economic status of

the people.

The activities would result in an increase in local skill levels through exposure to activities.

As the existing loose / soft surface roads, may be upgraded to facilitate the movement of the heavy equipment

required, the project in turn would lead to improvement in transport facilities.






Mitigation Measures

Approach roads will be upgraded to facilitate heavy vehicular movement.

Project proponent may provide educational aid to local villages based on need and request from the village

Panchayat.

The project proponent will provide employment opportunities to the local people of the villages.

Suggested activities

Sr. No. Name of Village Suggested activities

1 Vinzol

Primary School

Equipment for Mid-day meal

Cupboards – 10 nos.

Tables- 08 nos.

Chair – 08 nos.

Mats for Mid-day meal

2 Geratpur Panchayat

Dustbins

3 Ropda

Primary School

Computer Lab

Library Room

4 Ramol

Primary School

RO plant sufficient for 800 students

Computers

Furniture

Sport equipment

5 Bibipur

Panchayat

Overheard water tank

C.C. Road

Drinking water supply

Primary School

RO system with cooler sufficient for 300 students

Rooms construction for computer lab and office

Notebooks and study material

11.6.7 Occupational Health & Risk

On the basis of the study of the chemical properties like flash point, phase of chemical, operating conditions and

total inventory etc. following chemicals have been selected to carry out consequence analysis.

Acetic acid, Ammonia, Ethylene Di Amine, Liq. Bromine, Methanol, Formic acid

Major failures selected for the analysis are 10 mm& 25 mm leak as maximum credible scenario and catastrophic

rupture as worst case.

Mitigation Measures

Medical checkup would be carried out at an regular intervals

During site preparation proper care would be taken by JCIL, appropriate PPEs will be provided to site workers

and staff members

Appropriate personnel protective clothing to be used to prevent skin contact.

Safety Goggles will be used to prevent eye contact.

Hand gloves of natural rubber, neoprene, and polyvinyl chloride will be used as and when required

Acoustic enclosures will be provided to noise generating equipment

JCIL will develop and implement a spill management plan to prevent risk of spill which may cause health

problem.






11.7 Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

The Environment Management Plan (EMP) is prepared with a view to facilitate effective environmental management

of the project, in general and implementation of the mitigation measures in particular. The EMP provides a delivery

mechanism to address potential adverse impacts and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all

project works. For each stage of the program, the EMP lists all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of

every potential biophysical and socio-economic impact identified in the EIA. For each impact or operation, which

could otherwise give rise to impact, the following information is presented:

Role of proponent and its contractors;

A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures (actions) that APL shall implement;

The parameters that shall be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the action;

The timing for implementation of the action to ensure that the objectives of mitigation are fully met.

Specifically project related management plans has been prepared for air, water, noise, soil, ecology and

biodiversity, occupational health and socio-economic conditions.




11.8 Environmental Monitoring Plan

Environment Monitoring Plan is given below.

S. No



INR

A Air

1

Ambient air quality monitoring for parameters specified by GPCB in their consent (PM10,

PM2.5, SO2, NOx, NH3, O3, Benzene, Arsenic, Lead, Nickel

etc.)

IS-5182 & CPCB Guidelines Vol. 1 (Gravimetric Method), Gas chromatography, AAS,

modified APHA method

Monthly At project

site (Ambient

Air)


per NAAQS and previous baseline data of the area if

available



Compliance report of CtO to GPCB,

Environment Audit Report as per requirement

- ~ 60,000/-

2

Regular (Workplace) monitoring of VOCs & HC

concentration in ambient air within project premises

HC: : Gas chromatography

Monthly Comparison with

permissible values as per NAAQS

- ~ 60,000/- VOCs: Gas chromatography

3

Stack air monitoring of boilers, HAGs, DG sets etc. for

Parameters specified by GPCB in their consent


Monthly At project site (Flue

gas stacks)


per CTO.


additional proposed Boiler, HAGs, DG

set along with stack of adequate height

and other allied facilities)

~ 1,32,000/-

4 Stack air monitoring of process vents for Parameters specified

by GPCB in their consent


Quarterly

At project site (various

process stacks)


per CTO.


additional proposed process stacks)

~ 1,98,000/-

B Water




S. No



INR

4 Maintaining record of water

consumption and wastewater generation

Flow meters at inlet and outlet Daily Plant site

office

Comparison with allowed water

consumption and effluent generation as

per Consents






-- 0

5

Monitoring of outlet of industrial effluent of

parameters specified by GPCB in their consents

APHA : 23rd Edition, 2017 Once in month

Treated Effluent

outlet going to CETP

Comparison with specified limits in GPCB consents






-

3000 per month = 36000 per

Annum

6 Monitoring of Rain water

quality APHA : 23rd Edition, 2017

Once in rainy

season

Rain water collection

tank -

1500 one time

C Noise

8 Ambient Noise level IS 9989 : 1981 Once in Quarter

6-7 locations at

Site







-

1000 Per Quarter X 4 = 4000

per Annum




S. No



INR

D Hazardous Waste

9 Maintaining record of

Hazardous Waste Generation, Storage and Disposal

Keep record of hazardous waste generation, sale,

transfer, storage, recycling, recovery, pre-processing, co-processing and utilization vide

Form 3

Provide Board at hazardous waste storage area showing type of hazardous waste,

category, quantity stored on weekly basis or as and when

disposal takes place

Maintain transportation record including Date, Manifest

number, Disposal quantity, type of waste, category, type

of transportation vehicle, vehicle number etc.

Ensure all the containers of waste sent for disposal have proper labels as specified in Form 8 of Haz. Waste Rule

2018

Prepare and submit annual return of Hazardous waste

vide Form 4 to SPCB

Maintain daily

hazardous waste

generation, disposal and stock data to fill yearly

Form-4

Hazardous waste storage facility

Comparison with permitted limit in

Consent and earlier data

Form-4 by 30th June for financial

year,



procedure

log books, membership fees of TSDF & CHWIF and

cost of Labels

6,000 per year

10 Hazardous waste analysis APHA : 23rd Edition, 2017

IS-2720

Once in a year

At EPS Comparison with specified limits in

consent



procedure

-

3000 one time X 4 =12000

per annum

E Soil




S. No



INR

11 Soil sample analysis APHA : 23rd Edition, 2017

IS-2720 Yearly

Greenbelt area of site





case on new application or as per requirement

4000 per Annum

12 Readiness for Emergency

Response Conduct mock drill in presence

of observer Once in a half year

Various location

Mock drill report with observations

After every mock drill

- 10,000/-

(Consumables)

11.9 Conclusion

It can be concluded from overall assessment of the impacts in terms of positive and negative effects on various environmental components that the project activities

will not have any significant adverse effect on the surrounding environment.




VATVA GIDC, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS


12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

12.1 Brief Resume and Nature of Consultancy Rendered by Kadam Environmental Consultants

Kadam Environmental Consultants (KEC) was established in 1981 and has four decades of varied experience

in the field of environment. The mission of the company is to provide sustainable solutions in the field of

Environmental Consultancy and allied fields with the firm belief on “Environment for Development”.

Headquartered at Vadodara, India, Kadam group of companies (including Kadam Pollution Control Pvt. Ltd.

and Kadam Enviro Projects LLP in addition to Kadam Environmental Consultants), have a total office and site

staff strength of ~350 persons covering the entire gamut of specializations in the Environment, Health and

Safety spheres.

KEC has been servicing its clients, including several multinationals, government institutions, public and private sector Indian enterprises across several sectors for four decades, now.

KEC is certified to ISO 9001:2015 and OHSAS 18001:2007 by BSI. KEC has been recognized as Environmental

Auditors with Gujarat Pollution Control Board (GPCB) since inception of the Environmental Audit Scheme. KEC

is also empanelled with Gujarat Industrial Development Corporation (GIDC), Ministry of Housing and Urban

Affairs (MHUF) and Gujarat Infrastructure Development Board (GIDB) as Consultants.

Customer services provided by KEC are mainly categorized into:

Consultancy Services: Environmental Impact assessment, Environmental Site Assessment and Due Diligence, Enviro-Legal Services, Statutory Environmental Audits/ Environmental Statements/Compliance, Risk assessments and HAZOP, Energy Audit, Environmental, Health and Safety Management Systems, Deep Sea Pipeline Projects and Waste Management Systems.

Engineering Services: Collection and Conveyance of liquid and solid wastes, designing and executing effluent and sewage treatment plants, municipal solid waste studies and solid waste management systems, bio gas plants, rain water harvesting systems and deep sea marine disposal systems.

Laboratory Services: Chemical and waste testing, microbiology, soil testing and field sampling. The company has a well-equipped laboratory with modern instruments and experienced staff catering to the need of statutory and advisory environmental testing of water, wastewater and hazardous solid waste. KEC’s widely-acclaimed laboratory is accredited by National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories (NABL), a Constituent Board of Quality Council of India. The laboratory is capable of monitoring of ambient air and air emissions, water, including surface waters (marine as well as sweet water including ecological parameters), groundwater, soil, solid and hazardous wastes. The laboratory is staffed by more than 25 full time scientists supported by an equal number of field staff engaged in sampling and collection of environmental samples.

KEC has a team comprising of environmental planners and engineers, chemical, civil, structural and electrical engineers, geologists and hydrogeologists, enviro-legal experts, socio-economic experts, microbiologists, zoologists, botanists, industrial hygienists and industrial / analytical chemists.

For Environmental Impact Assessment Studies, the company’s strength lies in project management, performing risk assessment, HAZOP/HAZID studies, formulating environmental disaster plans, use of satellite imagery in impact assessment, use of mathematical models for air / surface water / ground water / marine studies / solid waste / hazardous waste and soil assessment, and expertise in public consultation.




VATVA GIDC, AHMEDABAD, GUJARAT DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS


KEC is an accredited EIA Consultant Organization (ACO) by NABET, Quality Council of India under EIA accreditation scheme as per mandatory requirement of the MOEF&CC, Govt. of India for carrying out Environmental Impact Assessment studies. It has accredited EIA coordinators and Functional Area Experts for undertaking Environmental Impact Assessment and related studies in all approved functional areas.

12.2 EIA Team Members

Work presented in this report was carried out by KEC with active co-operation from M/s. Jay Chemical Industries

Limited (U-3). The names of the EIA co-ordinator and FAEs deployed for the project are mention at the start of the

report (in Quality Control Section). KEC team members (along with their role in the project) include:

Table 12-1: List of EIA team members

Functional Areas Name of the

Team Member Involvement /Task

Project Co-ordinator Arpana Patel Site Visit, assist in identification of impact of the project & suggesting mitigation measures, preparation of EMP & environment budget, key

issue identification in the project

Air Pollution Monitoring & Control (AP) Heta Bhatt,

Govardhan Upadhyay

Finalization of monitoring locations, checking air quality data, evaluation of results of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) and contribution to

EIA documentation

Air Quality Modeling and Prediction (AQ)

Finalization of monitoring locations, checking air quality data, evaluation of results of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM)

Noise and Vibration (NV) Dhara Patel Site visit, Supervision of noise sampling programme, analysis of data and

contribution to EIA documentation

Risk and Hazards (RH) Heta Bhatt contribution to the EIA documentation, identification of impacts,

finalization of DMP, contribution to RA / DMP Documentation

Water Pollution (WP) Arpana Patel Site visit, finalize sampling locations, water balance, evaluation of water pollution control management of mitigation measures, contribution to

EIA documentation

Solid and Hazardous Waste Management (SHW)

Kundan Ajudiya, Dhara Patel

Identification of waste generated from the industry, studying adequacy of mitigation measures for management of hazardous waste

Soil Conservation (SC) Arpana Patel Site visit, selection of sampling locations, analysis of data based on

secondary analysis data and contribution to EIA documentation

Laboratory Vaishali Patel Sample analysis of water, soil and air collected from the study area as

per MoEF requirements.

Drafts Man Jeetesh Mali Preparation of landuse maps of study area using GIS / related tools

Independent Review Satish Joshi Independent Review of EIA report against pre-set criteria

m/s. jay chemical industries limited,...

Documents